S-3 1 filing.htm filing.htm
 
 

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 26, 2008
REGISTRATION NO. 333-_________

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
______________________

SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)
(EXACT NAME OF  REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
_______________________

Delaware
04-2461439
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
(I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481  (781) 237-6030
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
_______________________

Sandra M. DaDalt, Esq.
Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel
Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
One Sun Life Executive Park, SC 1335
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481
(800) 786-5433
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
_______________________

Copies of Communications to:
Thomas C. Lauerman, Esq.
Jorden Burt LLP
1025 Thomas Jefferson Street, NW, Suite 400E
Washington, D.C. 20007-0805
(202) 965-8156
______________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable following effectiveness of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans), check the following box.  R

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
         
 
Non-accelerated filer
R
Smaller reporting company


 
 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
 
Title of each class of securities to be
registered
 
 
Amount to be
registered (1)
Proposed
maximum
aggregate price
per unit(2)
Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price (2)
 
 
Amount of
registration fee
Market value adjusted interests under
deferred annuity contracts(3) . . . . . . . .
 
$2,544,500
 
100%
 
100%
 
$100(4)

 
(1)
 
An indeterminate number or amount of market value adjusted interests under deferred annuity contracts of Sun Life Insurance and Annuity Company of New York that may from time to time be issued at indeterminate prices, in U.S. dollars. In no event will the aggregate maximum offering price of all securities issued pursuant to this registration statement exceed $2,544,500.
   
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee.
   
(3)
The market value adjusted interests registered hereby are the "Guarantee Periods" issued on terms and conditions set forth in deferred annuity contracts and described in the prospectuses contained in this registration statement.
   
(4)
This amount was paid in connection with the initial filing on April 26, 1999 of a predecessor registration statement (Commission File No. 333-77041) with respect to the offering to be registered hereon, and that amount of fee is being included herein (together with the $2,544,500 of securities registered hereby) pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, no additional registration fee is being paid herewith.

The Registrant hereby amends his Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

 

PROSPECTUS
MAY 1, 2008
MFS REGATTA PLATINUM

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) and Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F offer the flexible payment deferred annuity contracts and certificates described in this Prospectus to groups and individuals.

You may choose among a number of variable investment options and fixed interest options. The variable options are Sub-Accounts in the Variable Account. Each Sub-Account invests in one of the following investment options of the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II (the ''Trust''):

Large-Cap Equity Funds
Specialty/Sector Funds
  MFS® Capital Appreciation Portfolio
  MFS® Technology Portfolio
  MFS® Core Equity Portfolio
  MFS® Utilities Portfolio
  MFS® Growth Portfolio1
Asset Allocation Funds
  MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio
  MFS® Total Return Portfolio
  MFS® Blended Research Core Equity Portfolio
Global Asset Allocation Funds
  MFS® Research Portfolio
  MFS® Global Total Return Portfolio
  MFS® Value Portfolio
Money Market Funds
Mid-Cap Equity Funds
  MFS® Money Market Portfolio
  MFS® Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
Intermediate-Term Bond Funds
Small-Cap Equity Funds
  MFS® Bond Portfolio
  MFS® New Discovery Portfolio
  MFS® Government Securities Portfolio
International/Global Equity Funds
Multi-Sector Bond Funds
  MFS® Global Growth Portfolio
  MFS® Strategic Income Portfolio
  MFS® Research International Portfolio
High Yield Bond Funds
  MFS® International Growth Portfolio
  MFS® High Yield Portfolio
Emerging Markets Equity Funds
World Bond Funds
  MFS® Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
  MFS® Global Governments Portfolio

1
Formerly MFS® Emerging Growth Portfolio.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company serves as investment adviser to all of the Funds in the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II.

The fixed account options are available for specified time periods, called Guarantee Periods, and pay interest at a guaranteed rate for each period.

Please read this Prospectus and the Trust prospectus carefully before investing and keep them for future reference. They contain important information about the Contract and the Funds.

We have filed a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2008 (the ''SAI'') with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the ''SEC''), which is incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The table of contents for the SAI is on page 42 of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy without charge by writing to us at the address shown below (which we sometimes refer to as our ''Annuity Mailing Address'') or by telephoning (800) 752-7215. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI, material incorporated by reference, and other information regarding companies that file with the SEC.

The Contracts are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Any reference in this Prospectus to receipt by us means receipt at the following address:

     Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
     P.O. Box 9133
     Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL TERMS                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
FEES AND EXPENSES                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
EXAMPLE                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT                                                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)                                                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE MFS® VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST II[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE FIXED ACCOUNT                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS                                                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE ACCUMULATION PHASE                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Issuing Your Contract                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Allocation of Net Purchase Payments                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Your Account                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Your Account Value                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Variable Account Value                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Fixed Account Value                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Transfer Privilege                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates                                                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Other Programs                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Cash Withdrawals                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Withdrawal Charge                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge                                                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Market Value Adjustment                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
CONTRACT CHARGES                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Account Fee                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Administrative Expense Charge                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Premium Taxes                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Fund Expenses                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Modification in the Case of Group Contracts                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
DEATH BENEFIT                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount of Death Benefit                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Spousal Continuance                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Calculating the Death Benefit                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Method of Paying Death Benefit                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Non-Qualified Contracts                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection and Change of Beneficiary                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Payment of Death Benefit                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Due Proof of Death                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE INCOME PHASE - ANNUITY PROVISIONS                                                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Options                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of Annuity Option                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount of Annuity Payments                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exchange of Variable Annuity Units                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Account Fee                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Payment Rates                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit                                                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exercise of Contract Rights                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Change of Ownership                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Voting of Fund Shares                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Reports to Owners                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Substitution of Securities                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Change in Operation of Variable Account                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Splitting Units                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Modification                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Limitation or Discontinuance of New Participants                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Reservation of Rights                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Right to Return                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
TAX CONSIDERATIONS                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Puerto Rico Tax Considerations                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
AVAILABLE INFORMATION                                                                [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE                                                                                                                     [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
STATE REGULATION                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                                                                                                                                          [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY                                                      [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX B - WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX C - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                                                                                           [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]


 
 

 


Your Contract is a legal document that uses a number of specially defined terms. We explain most of the terms that we use in this Prospectus in the context where they arise, and some are self-explanatory. In addition, for convenient reference, we have compiled a list of these terms in the Glossary included at the back of this Prospectus as Appendix A. If, while you are reading this Prospectus, you come across a term that you do not understand, please refer to the Glossary for an explanation.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

The headings in this section correspond to headings in the Prospectus under which we discuss these topics in more detail.

The Annuity Contract

The Regatta Platinum Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning.  During the Accumulation Phase, you make Payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options.  During the Income Phase, we make annuity payments to you or someone else based on the amount you have accumulated.  The Contract provides tax-deferral so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings until you withdraw them. When purchased in connection with a tax-qualified plan, the Contract provides no additional tax-deferral benefits because tax-qualified plans confer their own tax-deferral. The Contract also provides a death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase.

The Accumulation Phase

Under most circumstances, you can buy the Contract with an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 or more, and you can make additional Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase.  Currently, there is no minimum amount required for additional Purchase Payments.  However, we reserve the right to limit additional Purchase Payments to at least $1,000.  We will not normally accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $1 million or, if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $1 million.

Variable Account Options:  The Funds

You can allocate your Purchase Payments among Sub-Accounts, each of which invests in a separate securities portfolio of the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II, an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our affiliate, Massachusetts Financial Services Company ("MFS"), serves as the investment adviser to the Trust.  The investment returns on the Funds are not guaranteed.  You can make or lose money.  You can make transfers among the Funds and the Fixed Account Options.

The Fixed Account Options:  The Guarantee Periods

You can allocate your Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account and elect to invest in one or more of the Guarantee Periods we make available from time to time.  Each Guarantee Period earns interest at a Guaranteed Interest Rate that we publish.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rate from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate permitted by law.  Once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.  We may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods. Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period of a particular duration, future allocations or transfers into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted.

Fees and Expenses

The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each.

Each year for the first five Account Years, we deduct an annual Account Fee equal to the lesser of $35 or 2% of your Account Value.  After the fifth Account Year, we may increase the fee annually, but it will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value.  During the Income Phase, the annual Account Fee is $35.  We will not charge the annual Account Fee if your Account had been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year, or your Account Value is more than $75,000 on your Account Anniversary.

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge at an annual rate of 1.25% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.  We also deduct an administrative charge at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.

If you take more than a specified amount of money out of your Contract, we assess a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment withdrawn. For each Purchase payment, the withdrawal charge (also known as a "contingent deferred sales charge") starts at 6% and declines to 0% after the Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for seven years.

Currently, you can make 12 free transfers each year; however, we reserve the right to impose a charge of up to $15 per transfer.

In addition to the charges we impose under the Contract, there are also charges (which include management fees and operating expenses) imposed by the Funds.  The charges vary depending upon which Fund(s) you have selected.

The Income Phase:  Annuity Provisions

If you want to receive regular income from your annuity after the Annuity Commencement Date, you can select one of several Annuity Options. You can choose to receive annuity payments from either the Fixed Account or from the available Variable Account options.  If you choose to have any part of your annuity payments come from the Variable Account, the dollar amount of the payments may fluctuate with the performance of the Funds. Subject to the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you decide when your Income Phase will begin but, once it begins, you cannot change your choice of annuity payment options.

Death Benefit

If you die before the Contract reaches the Income Phase, the Beneficiary will receive a death benefit.  The amount of the death benefit depends upon your age on the Contract Date.  If you are 86 or older on your Contract Date, the death benefit is equal to the amount we would pay on a full surrender of your Contract ("Surrender Value").  If you are 85 or younger on your Contract Date, the death benefit pays the greatest of the following amounts:  (1) your Account Value on your Death Benefit Date, (2) your Surrender Value on your Death Benefit Date, (3) your Account Value on the Seven-Year Account Anniversary (adjusted for subsequent payments, withdrawals, and charges), (4) your highest Account Value on any Account Anniversary before your 81st birthday (adjusted for subsequent payment, withdrawals and charges), or (5) subject to certain limitations, your total Purchase Payments, adjusted for withdrawals, plus interest accrued on each Purchase Payment or transfers to the Variable Account at 5% per year.

Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment

You can withdraw money from your Contract during the Accumulation Phase.  You may withdraw a portion of your Account Value each year without the imposition of a withdrawal charge.  For any Account Year, this "free withdrawal amount" equals 10% of all Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year), plus all Purchase Payments we have held for at least 7 Account Years.  Withdrawals made from the Fixed Account may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see prospectus under "Market Value Adjustment"). You may also have to pay income taxes and tax penalties on money you withdraw.

Right to Return

Your Contract contains a "free look" provision.  If you cancel your Contract within 10 days after receiving it (or later, if required by your state), we will send you, depending upon the laws of your state, either the full amount of all of your Purchase Payments or your Account Value as of the day we receive your cancellation request in good order. (This amount may be more or less than the original Purchase Payment).  We will not deduct a withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

 
 

 


Tax Considerations

Your earnings are not taxed until you take them out.  If you withdraw money during the Accumulation Phase, earnings come out first and are taxed as income.  If you are younger than 59½ when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal tax penalty.
                                              

NOTE ABOUT OTHER ANNUITY CONTRACTS THAT WE OFFER: In addition to the Contracts, we currently offer many other forms of annuity contracts with a wide variety of features, benefits and charges. Depending on your circumstances and needs, some of these other contracts may be at lower cost to you. Not all of the annuity contracts that we offer are available in all jurisdictions or through all of the selling agents who offer the contracts. You should consider with your selling agent what annuity contract or financial product is most consistent with your needs and preferences.

If you have any questions about your Contract or need more information, please contact us at:

     Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
     P. O. Box 9133
     Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts  02481
     Toll Free (800) 752-7215


 
 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract.

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, or transfer cash value between investment options.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

 
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of Purchase Payments):
 
0%
       
 
Maximum Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of Purchase Payments):
 
6%*
       
 
Number of Complete Account Years Since
Purchase Payment has been in the Account
 
Withdrawal Charge
   
 
0-1
6%
   
 
2-3
5%
   
 
4-5
4%
   
 
6
3%
   
 
7 or more
0%
   
         
 
Maximum Fee Per Transfer (currently $0):
 
$15**
       
 
Premium Taxes (as a percentage of Certificate Value or total Purchase Payments):
 
0% - 3.5%***

*
A portion of your Account may be withdrawn each year without imposition of any withdrawal charge and, after a Purchase Payment has been in your Account for 7 Account Years, it may be withdrawn free of the withdrawal charge.  (See "Withdrawal Charges.")
   
**
Currently, we impose no fee upon transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a fee of up to $15 per transfer.  We do impose certain restrictions upon the number and frequency of transfers. (See "Transfer Privilege.")
   
***
The premium tax rate and base vary by your state of residence and the type of Certificate you own. Currently, we deduct premium taxes from Certificate Value upon full surrender (including a surrender for the death benefit) or annuitization. See "Contract Charges -- Premium Taxes."

The tables below describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.

 
Annual Account Fee
$ 50*

Variable Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net Variable Account assets)

 
Mortality and Expense Risks Charge:
1.25%
 
Administrative Expenses Charge:
0.15%
     
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses:
1.40%

*
The Annual Account Fee is equal to the lesser of $35 or 2% of your Account Value in Account Years 1 through 5; thereafter, the Annual Account Fee may be changed annually but it will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value. The Annual Account Fee is waived if your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year or if your Account Value is $75,000 in value on your Account Anniversary. (See "Account Fee.")

The table below shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract.  More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

 
 

 


 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Minimum
Maximum
 
(expenses as a percentage of average daily Fund net assets that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)
   
 
   Prior to any fee waiver or expense reimbursement*
0.55%
1.55%

*
The expenses shown are for the year ended December 31, 2007, and do not reflect any fee waiver or expense reimbursement. The advisers and/or other service providers of certain Funds have agreed to reduce their fees and/or reimburse the Funds' expenses in order to keep the Funds' expenses below specified limits. The expenses of some Funds are reduced by contractual fee reduction and expense reimbursement arrangements that will remain in effect at least through April 30, 2009. Other Funds have voluntary fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangements that may be terminated at any time. If all such contractual or voluntary arrangements are taken into account, the minimum and maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for all Funds fall within the range shown. Each fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangement is described in the relevant Fund's prospectus.

THE ABOVE EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS WERE PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS.  WE HAVE NOT INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.

EXAMPLE

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts.  These costs include Contract Owner transaction expenses, contract fees, variable account annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses, and are based on a sample Contract with the maximum possible fees.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the Funds.  For purpose of converting the annual contract fee to a percentage, the Example assumes an average Contract size of $35,000. In addition, this Example assumes no transfers were made and no premium taxes were deducted.  If these arrangements were considered, the expenses shown would be higher.  This Example also does not take into consideration any fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement of the Funds.  If these arrangements were taken into consideration, the expenses shown would be lower.

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

(1)
If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
         
 
$860
$1,322
$1,842
$3,387

(2)
If you annuitize your Contract or if you do not surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
         
 
$308
$942
$1,601
$3,387

The fee table and Example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses and charges of the Sub-Accounts.  Your actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.  The Example does not include the deduction of state premium taxes, which may be assessed upon full surrender, death or annuitization, or any taxes and penalties you may be required to pay if you surrender the Contract. Similarly, the 5% annual rate of return assumed in the Example is not intended to be representative of past or future investment performance.  For more information about Fund expenses, including a description of any applicable fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement, see the prospectuses for the Funds.


Historical information about the value of the units we use to measure the variable portion of your Contract (''Variable Accumulation Units'') is included in the back of this Prospectus as Appendix C.

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) and Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F (the ''Variable Account'') offer the Contract to groups and individuals for use in connection with their retirement plans. The Contract is available on a group basis and, in certain states, may be available on an individual basis. We issue an Individual Contract directly to the individual Participant of the Contract. We issue a Group Contract to the Owner covering all individuals participating under the Group Contract. Each individual receives a Certificate that evidences his or her participation under the Group Contract.

In this Prospectus, unless we state otherwise, we refer to both the owners of Individual Contracts and participating individuals under Group Contracts as ''Participants'' and we address all those Participants as ''you''; we use the term ''Contracts'' to include Individual Contracts, Group Contracts and Certificates issued under Group Contracts. For the purpose of determining benefits under both Individual Contracts and Group Contracts, we establish an Account for each Participant, which we will refer to as ''your'' Account or a ''Participant Account.''

Your Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning. It has an Accumulation Phase, during which you make payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options, and an Income Phase, during which we make payments based on the amount you have accumulated. Your Contract provides tax deferral, so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings under your Contract until you withdraw them. However, if you purchase your Contract in connection with a tax-qualified plan, your purchase should be made for reasons other than tax-deferral.  Tax-qualified plans provide tax-deferral without the need for purchasing an annuity contract.

Your Contract also provides a death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase. Finally, if you so elect, during the Income Phase we will make annuity payments to you or someone else for life or for another period that you choose.

You choose these benefits on a variable or fixed basis or a combination of both. When you choose Variable Account investment options or a Variable Annuity option, your Account Value will change in response to changes in the return available from the different types of investments you select under your Contract. With these options, you assume all investment risk under the Contract. When you choose a Guarantee Period in our Fixed Account or a Fixed Annuity option, we assume the investment risk, except in the case of early withdrawals, where you bear the risk of unfavorable interest rate changes. You may also bear the risk that the interest rates we will offer in the future and the rates we will use in determining your Fixed Annuity may not exceed our minimum guaranteed rate. Our minimum guaranteed interest rate will never be less than that permitted by law.

The Contract is designed for use in connection with personal retirement and deferred compensation plans, some of which qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Contract is also designed so that it may be used in connection with certain non-tax-qualified retirement plans, such as payroll savings plans and such other groups (trusteed or nontrusteed) as may be eligible under applicable law. We refer to Contracts used with plans that receive favorable tax treatment as ''Qualified Contracts,'' and all others as ''Non-Qualified Contracts.'' A qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract. A decision to purchase an annuity contract should not be based on the assumption that the purchase of an annuity contract is necessary to obtain tax-deferral benefits under a qualified retirement plan.

COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT

All materials sent to us, including Purchase Payments, must be sent to us at our Annuity Mailing Address, as set forth on the first page of this Prospectus. For all telephone communications, you must call (800) 752-7215.

Unless this Prospectus states differently, we will consider all materials sent to us and all telephone communications to be received on the date we actually receive them at our Annuity Mailing Address. However, we will consider Purchase Payments, withdrawal requests and transfer instructions to be received on the next Business Day if we receive them (1) on a day that is not a Business Day or (2) after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. In some cases, receipt of financial transactions by the broker-dealer of record will be deemed to be constructive receipt by us.

When we specify that notice to us must be in writing, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion, to accept notice in another form.

SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)

We are a stock life insurance company incorporated under the laws of Delaware on January 12, 1970. We do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and we have an insurance company subsidiary that does business in New York. Our Executive Office mailing address is One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.

We are ultimately controlled by Sun Life Financial Inc. (''Sun Life Financial''). Sun Life Financial, a corporation organized in Canada, is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with common shares listed on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

We established the Variable Account as a separate account on July 13, 1989, pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors. The Variable Account funds the Contract and various other variable annuity contracts that we offer. These other products may have features, benefits and charges that are different from those under the Contract.

Under Delaware insurance law and the Contract, the income, gains or losses of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are held in relation to the Contract described in this Prospectus and other variable annuity contracts that provide benefits that vary in accordance with the investment performance of the Variable Account. Although the assets maintained in the Variable Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out of any other business we conduct, all obligations arising under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.

The assets of the Variable Account are divided into Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of a specific Fund of the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II (the ''Trust''). All amounts allocated by you to a Sub-Account will be used to purchase Fund shares at their net asset value. Any and all distributions made by the Trust with respect to the shares held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments, death benefits, Account Fees, Contract charges against the assets of the Variable Account for the assumption of mortality and expense risks, administrative expenses and any applicable taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund shares at their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted. The Variable Account will be fully invested in Fund shares at all times.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE MFS® VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST II

The MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II (the ''Trust'') is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our affiliate, Massachusetts Financial Services Company (''MFS''), serves as the investment adviser to the Trust.

The Trust is composed of a number of independent portfolios of securities, each of which has separate investment objectives and policies. Shares of the Trust are issued in a number of investment options (each, a "Fund"), each corresponding to one of the portfolios. Additional portfolios may be added to the Trust which may or may not be available for investment by the Variable Account.

Each Fund pays fees to MFS, as its investment adviser, for its services pursuant to investment advisory agreements. MFS also serves as investment adviser to each of the funds in the MFS Family of Funds, and to certain other investment companies established by MFS and/or us. MFS Institutional Advisers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MFS, provides investment advice to substantial private clients. MFS and its predecessor organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924. MFS operates as an autonomous organization and the obligation of performance with respect to the investment advisory and underwriting agreements is solely that of MFS. We undertake no obligation in this regard.

MFS may serve as the investment adviser to other mutual funds which have similar investment goals and principal investment policies and risks as the Funds, and which may be managed by a Fund's portfolio manager(s). While a Fund may have many similarities to these other funds, its investment performance will differ from their investment performance. This is due to a number of differences between a Fund and these similar products, including differences in sales charges, expense ratios and cash flows.

The Trust also offers its shares to other separate accounts established by the Company and our New York subsidiary in connection with variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. Although we do not anticipate any disadvantages to this arrangement, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of the Variable Account and one or more of the other separate accounts investing in the Trust. A conflict may occur due to differences in tax laws affecting the operations of variable life and variable annuity separate accounts, or some other reason. We and Trust's Board of Trustees will monitor events for such conflicts, and, in the event of a conflict, we will take steps necessary to remedy the conflict, including withdrawal of the Variable Account from participation in the Fund which is involved in the conflict or substitution of shares of other Funds or other mutual funds.

Information about the Trust and the management, investment objectives, policies, restrictions, expenses and potential risks of each Fund may be found in the current Trust prospectus. You should read the Trust prospectus carefully before investing. The statement of additional information of the Trust is available by calling (800) 752-7215.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

The Fixed Account is made up of all the general assets of the Company other than those allocated to any separate account. Amounts you allocate to Guarantee Periods become part of the Fixed Account, and are available to fund the claims of all classes of our customers, including claims for benefits under the Contracts.

We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account in those assets we choose that are allowed by applicable state insurance laws. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate mortgages, real estate and certain other investments. We intend to invest primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities (i.e., rated by a nationally recognized rating service within the 4 highest grades) or instruments we believe are of comparable quality.

We are not obligated to invest amounts allocated to the Fixed Account according to any particular strategy, except as may be required by applicable state insurance laws. You will not have a direct or indirect interest in the Fixed Account investments.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS

You may elect one or more Guarantee Period(s) from those we make available.  From time to time, we may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.  Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period for a particular duration, allocations or transfers into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted. We publish Guaranteed Interest Rates for each Guarantee Period offered.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rates we offer from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed rate permitted by state law.  Also, once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.

We determine Guaranteed Interest Rates at our discretion. We do not have a specific formula for establishing the rates for different Guarantee Periods. Our determination will be influenced by the interest rates on fixed income investments in which we may invest with amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods. We will also consider other factors in determining these rates, including regulatory and tax requirements, sales commissions and administrative expenses borne by us, general economic trends and competitive factors. We cannot predict the level of future interest rates.

We may from time to time at our discretion offer interest rate specials for new Purchase Payments that are higher than the rates we are then offering for renewals or transfers.

Early withdrawals from your allocation to a Guarantee Period, including cash withdrawals, transfers, and commencement of an annuity, may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which could decrease or increase the value of your Account. See ''Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.''

THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, you make Payments into your Account, and your earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The Accumulation Phase begins with our acceptance of your first Purchase Payment and ends the Business Day before your Annuity Commencement Date. The Accumulation Phase will end sooner if you surrender your Contract or die before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Issuing Your Contract

When you purchase a Contract, a completed Application and the initial Purchase Payment are sent to us for acceptance. When we accept an Individual Contract, we issue the Contract to you. When we accept a Group Contract, we issue the Contract to the Owner; we issue a Certificate to you as a Participant when we accept your Application.

We will credit your initial Purchase Payment to your Account within 2 Business Days of receiving your completed Application. If your Application is not complete, we will notify you. If we do not have the necessary information to complete the Application within 5 Business Days, we will send your money back to you or ask your permission to retain your Purchase Payment until the Application is made complete. Then we will apply the Purchase Payment within 2 Business Days of when the Application is complete.

Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments

The amount of Purchase Payments may vary; however, we will not accept an initial Purchase Payment of less than $10,000, and, although there is currently no minimum amount for additional Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to limit each additional Purchase Payment to at least $1,000. In addition, we will not accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $1 million, or if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $1 million, unless we have approved the Payment in advance. Within these limits, you may make Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase, except that if you own a Contract issued in the state of Oregon, you may make Purchase Payments only during the first 3 Account Years, rather than at any time during the Accumulation Phase.

Allocation of Net Purchase Payments

You may allocate your Purchase Payments among the different Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods currently available.

In your Application, you may specify the percentage of each Purchase Payment to be allocated to each Sub-Account or Guarantee Period. These percentages are called your allocation factors. Your allocation factors will remain in effect as long as your selected Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods continue to be available for investment.  You may, however, change the allocation factors for future Payments by sending us notice of the change in a form acceptable to us. We will use your new allocation factors for the first Purchase Payment we receive with or after we have received notice of the change, and for all future Purchase Payments, until we receive another change notice.

Although it is currently not our practice, we may deduct applicable premium taxes or similar taxes from your Purchase Payments (see ''Contract Charges - Premium Taxes''). In that case, we will credit your Net Purchase Payment, which is the Purchase Payment minus the amount of those taxes.

Your Account

When we accept your first Purchase Payment, we establish an Account for you, which we maintain throughout the Accumulation Phase of your Contract.

Your Account Value

Your Account Value is the sum of the value of the 2 components of your Contract: the Variable Account portion of your Contract (''Variable Account Value'') and the Fixed Account portion of your Contract (''Fixed Account Value''). These 2 components are calculated separately, as described below under the headings ''Variable Account Value'' and ''Fixed Account Value.''

Variable Account Value

     Variable Accumulation Units

In order to calculate your Variable Account Value, we use a measure called a Variable Accumulation Unit for each Sub-Account. Your Variable Account Value is the sum of your Account Value in each Sub-Account, which is the number of your Variable Accumulation Units for that Sub-Account times the value of each Unit.

     Variable Accumulation Unit Value

The value of each Variable Accumulation Unit in a Sub-Account reflects the net investment performance of that Sub-Account. We determine that value once on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, at the close of trading, which is currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. (The close trading is determined by the New York Stock Exchange.) We also may determine the value of Variable Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account on days the Exchange is closed if there is enough trading in securities held by that Sub-Account to materially affect the value of the Variable Accumulation Units. Each day we make a valuation is called a ''Business Day.'' The period that begins at the time Variable Accumulation Units are valued on a Business Day and ends at that time on the next Business Day is called a Valuation Period. On days other than Business Days, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit does not change.

To measure these values, we use a factor - which we call the Net Investment Factor - which represents the net return on the Sub-Account's assets. At the end of any Valuation Period, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit for a Sub-Account is equal to the value of that Sub-Account's Variable Accumulation Units at the end of the previous Valuation Period, multiplied by the Net Investment Factor. We calculate the Net Investment Factor by dividing (1) the net asset value of a Series share held in the Sub-Account at the end of that Valuation Period, plus the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains distribution made by that Series during the Valuation Period, by (2) the net asset value per share of the Series share at the end of the previous Valuation Period; we then deduct a factor representing the asset-based insurance charges (the mortality and expense risk charge and administrative expense charge) for each day in the Valuation Period.

For a hypothetical example of how we calculate the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit, see the Statement of Additional Information.

     Crediting and Canceling Variable Accumulation Units

When we receive an allocation to a Sub-Account, either from a Net Purchase Payment or a transfer of Account Value, we credit that amount to your Account in Variable Accumulation Units. Similarly, we cancel Variable Accumulation Units when you transfer or withdraw amounts from a Sub-Account, or when we deduct certain charges under the Contract. We determine the number of Units credited or canceled by dividing the dollar amount by the Variable Accumulation Unit value for that Sub-Account at the end of the Valuation Period during which the transaction or charge is effective.

Fixed Account Value

Your Fixed Account value is the sum of all amounts allocated to Guarantee Periods, either from Net Purchase Payments, transfers or renewals, plus interest credited on those amounts, and minus withdrawals, transfers out of Guarantee Periods, and any deductions for charges under the Contract taken from your Fixed Account Value.

     Crediting Interest

We credit interest on amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period at the applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for the duration of the Guarantee Period. The Guarantee Period begins the day we apply your allocation and ends when the number of calendar years (or months if the Guarantee Period is less than one year) in the Guarantee Period (measured from the end of the calendar month in which the amount was allocated to the Guarantee Period) have elapsed. The last day of the Guarantee Period is its Expiration Date. During the Guarantee Period, we credit interest daily at a rate that yields the Guaranteed Interest Rate on an annual effective basis.

     Guarantee Amounts

Each separate allocation you make to a Guarantee Period, together with interest credited thereon, is called a Guarantee Amount. Each Guarantee Amount is treated separately for purposes of determining the Market Value Adjustment. We may restrict a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. Renewals into a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date will result in the application of a Market Value Adjustment upon annuitization or withdrawal. We reserve the right to limit each new allocation to a Guarantee Period to at least $1,000.

     Renewals

We will notify you in writing between 45 and 75 days before the Renewal Date for any Guarantee Amount. If you would like to change your Fixed Account option, we must receive from you prior to the Renewal Date:

l
written notice electing a different Guarantee Period from among those we then offer, or
   
l
written instructions to transfer the Guarantee Amount to one or more Sub-Accounts, in accordance with the transfer privilege provisions of the Contract (see "Transfer Privilege.")

If we receive no instructions from you prior to the Renewal Date, we will automatically renew your Fixed Account allocation into a new Guarantee Period of the same duration as the last Guarantee Period. A Guarantee Amount will not renew into a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. In that case, unless you notify us otherwise, we will automatically transfer your Guarantee Amount into the next available Guarantee Period.

     Early Withdrawals

If you withdraw, transfer, or annuitize an allocation from a Guarantee Period more than 30 days prior to the Expiration Date, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to the transaction. This could result in an increase or decrease of your Account Value, depending on interest rates at the time. You bear the risk that you will receive less than your principal if the Market Value Adjustment applies. See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment."

Transfer Privilege

     Permitted Transfers

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer all or part of your Account Value to one or more Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Periods then available, subject to the following restrictions:

l
you may not make more than 12 transfers in any Account Year;
   
l
the amount transferred from a Guarantee Period must be the entire Guarantee Amount, except for transfers of interest credited during the current Account Year;
   
l
at least 30 days must elapse between transfers to and from Guarantee Periods;
   
l
transfers to or from Sub-Accounts are subject to terms and conditions that may be imposed by the Funds; and
   
l
we impose additional restrictions on market timers, which are further described below.

These restrictions do not apply to transfers made under any Optional Program. At our discretion, we may waive some or all of these restrictions.

We reserve the right to waive these restrictions and exceptions at any time, as discussed under "Short-Term Trading," or to change them.  Any change will be applied uniformly.  We will notify you of any change prior to its effectiveness.

There is usually no charge imposed on transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a transfer charge of $15 for each transfer. Transfers out of a Guarantee Period occurring more than 30 days before the Renewal Date or any time after the Expiration Date or any time after the Expiration Date will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment described below. Under current law there is no tax liability for transfers.

     Requests for Transfers

You may request transfers in writing or by telephone. If the request is by telephone, it must be made before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. The telephone transfer privilege is available automatically during regular business hours before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, and does not require your written election. We will require personal identifying information to process a request for transfer made by telephone. We will not be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that we reasonably believe are genuine.

Your transfer request will be effective as of the close of the Business Day if we receive your transfer request before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. Otherwise, your transfer request will be effective on the next Business Day.

     Short-Term Trading

The Contracts are not designed for short-term trading.  If you wish to employ such strategies, do not purchase a Contract. Transfer limits and other restrictions, described below, are subject to our ability to monitor transfer activity.  Some Participants and their third party intermediaries engaging in short-term trading may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection.  Despite our efforts to prevent short-term trading, there is no assurance that we will be able to identify such Participants or intermediaries or curtail their trading.  A failure to detect and curtail short-term trading could result in adverse consequences to the Participants.  Short-term trading can increase costs for all Participants as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, short-term trading can adversely affect a Fund's performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund's investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

The Company has policies and procedures to discourage frequent transfers of contract value.  As described under "Transfer Privilege," such policies include limiting the number and timing of certain transfers, subject to exceptions described in that section and exceptions designed to protect the interests of individual Participants.  The Company also reserves the right to charge a fee for transfers.

Short-term trading activities whether by the Participant or a third party authorized to initiate transfer requests on behalf of Participant(s) may be subject to other restrictions as well. For example, we reserve the right to take actions against short-term trading which restrict your transfer privileges more narrowly than the policies described under "Transfer Privilege," such as requiring transfer requests to be submitted in writing through regular first-class U.S. mail (e.g., no overnight, priority or courier delivery allowed), and refusing any and all transfer instructions.

If we determine that a third party acting on your behalf is engaging (alone or in combination with transfers effected by you directly) in a pattern of short-term trading, we may refuse to process certain transfers requested by such a third party. In particular, we will treat as short-term trading activity and refuse to process any transfer that is requested by an authorized third party within 6 days of a previous transfer (whether the earlier transfer was requested by you or a third party acting on your behalf). We may also impose special restrictions on third parties that engage in reallocations of contract values by limiting the frequency of the transfer, requiring advance notice of the transfer pursuant to in-force service agreements, and reallocating or exchanging 100% of the values in the redeeming sub-accounts.

We will provide you written notification of any restrictions imposed.

We reserve the right to waive short-term trading restrictions, where permitted by law and not adverse to the interests of the relevant underlying Fund and other shareholders, in the following instances:

l
when a new broker of record is designated for the Contract;
   
l
when the Participant changes;
   
l
when control of the Contract passes to the designated beneficiary upon the death of the Participant or Annuitant;
   
l
when necessary in our view to avoid hardship to a Participant; or
   
l
when underlying Funds are dissolved or merged or substituted.

If short-term trading results as a consequence of waiving the restrictions against short-term trading, it could expose Participants to certain risks.  The short-term trading could increase costs for all Participants as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, the short-term trading could adversely affect a Fund’s performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.  Unless the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy are applied uniformly, some Participants may experience a different application of the policy and therefore may experience some of these risks. We uniformly apply the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy to all Contracts. If we did not do so, some Participants could experience a different application of the policy and therefore may be treated unfairly. Too much discretion on our part in allowing the waivers of short-term trading policy could result in an unequal treatment of short-term traders by permitting some short-term traders to engage in short-term trading while prohibiting others from doing the same.

     Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies

In addition to the restrictions that we impose (as described under "Permitted Transfers" and "Short-Term Trading"), most of the Funds have adopted restrictions or other policies about transfers or other purchases and sales of the Fund's shares. These policies (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies") are intended to protect the Fund from short-term trading or other trading practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund. The Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies may be more restrictive in some respects than the restrictions that we otherwise would impose, and the Funds may modify their Shareholder Trading Policies from time to time.

We are legally obligated to provide (at the Funds' request) information about each amount you cause to be deposited into a Fund (including by way of Purchase Payments and transfers under your Contract) or removed from the Fund (including by way of withdrawals and transfers under your Contract). If a Fund identifies you as having violated the Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, we are obligated, if the Fund requests, to restrict or prohibit any further deposits or exchanges by you (or a third party acting on your behalf) in respect of that Fund. Any such restriction or prohibition may remain in place indefinitely.

Accordingly, if you do not comply with any Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, you (or a third party acting on your behalf) may be prohibited from directing any additional amounts into that Fund or directing any transfers or other exchanges involving that Fund. You should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

Funds may differ significantly as to such matters as: (a) the amount, format, and frequency of information that the Funds request from us about transactions that our customers make; and (b) the extent and nature of any limits or restrictions that the Funds request us to impose upon such transactions. As a result of these differences, the costs borne by us and (directly or indirectly) by our customers may be significantly increased. Any such additional costs may outweigh any additional protection that would be provided to our customers, particularly in view of the protections already afforded by the trading restrictions that we impose as described under "Permitted Transfers" and under " Short-Term Trading." Also, if a Fund imposes more strict trading restrictions than are reasonably necessary under the circumstances, you could be deprived of potentially valuable flexibility to make transactions with respect to that Fund.  For these and other reasons, we may disagree with the timing or substance of a Fund's requests for information from us or with any transaction limits or restrictions that the Fund requests us to impose upon our customers.  If any such disagreement with respect to a Fund cannot be satisfactorily resolved, the Fund might be restricted or, subject to obtaining any required regulatory approval, replaced as a variable investment option.

Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates

We may reduce or waive the withdrawal charge or annual Account Fee, credit additional amounts, or grant bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates in certain situations. These situations may include sales of Contracts (1) where selling and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as the sale of several Contracts to the same Participant, sales of large Contracts, and certain group sales, and (2) to officers, directors and employees of the Company or its affiliates, registered representatives and employees of broker-dealers with a current selling agreement with the Company and affiliates of such representatives and broker-dealers, employees of affiliated asset management firms, and persons who have retired from such positions (''Eligible Employees'') and immediate family members of Eligible Employees. Eligible Employees and their immediate family members may also purchase a Contract without regard to minimum Purchase Payment requirements. For other situations in which withdrawal charges may be waived, see ''Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.''

Other Programs

You may participate in any of the following Optional Programs free of charge.  Transfers made pursuant to the provisions of the following optional programs will not be charged a transfer fee, nor will such transfers count as one of the 12 free transfers per year allowed under the section entitled "Transfer Privilege."

     Dollar-Cost Averaging

Dollar-cost averaging allows you to invest gradually, over time, in up to 12 Sub-Accounts. You may select a dollar-cost averaging program at no extra charge by allocating a minimum amount to a designated Sub-Account or to a Guarantee Period we make available in connection with the program.  (We reserve the right to limit minimum investments to at least $1,000.)

Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account under the program will earn interest at a rate declared by the Company for the Guarantee Period you select. Previously applied amounts may not be transferred to a Guarantee Period made available in connection with this program. Each month or quarter, as you select, we will transfer the same amount automatically to one or more Sub-Accounts that you choose, up to a maximum of 12 Sub-Accounts. The program continues until your Account Value allocated to the program is depleted or you elect to stop the program. The final amount transferred from the Fixed Account will include all interest earned.

No Market Value Adjustment (either positive or negative) will apply to amounts automatically transferred from the Fixed Account under the dollar-cost averaging program, except that if you discontinue or alter the program prior to completion, amounts remaining in the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account, unless you instruct us otherwise, and the Market Value Adjustment will be applied. Any allocation of a new Purchase Payment to the program will be treated as commencing a new dollar-cost averaging program and may be subject to the $1,000 minimum investment limit.

The main objective of a dollar-cost averaging program is to minimize the impact of short-term price fluctuations on Account Value. Since you transfer the same dollar amount to the Sub Accounts at set intervals, dollar-cost averaging allows you to purchase more Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, more Fund shares) when prices are low and fewer Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, fewer Fund shares) when prices are high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per Variable Accumulation Unit over the long term. A dollar-cost averaging program allows you to take advantage of market fluctuations. However, it is important to understand that a dollar-cost averaging program does not insure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market. We do not allow transfers into any of the Guarantee Periods pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging program.

     Asset Allocation

One or more asset allocation programs may be available in connection with the Contracts, at no extra charge. Asset allocation is the process of investing in different asset classes - such as equity funds, fixed income funds, and money market funds - depending on your personal investment goals, tolerance for risk, and investment time horizon. By spreading your money among a variety of asset classes, you may be able to reduce the risk and volatility of investing, although there are no guarantees, and asset allocation does not insure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market.

Currently, you may select one of the available asset allocation models, each of which represents a combination of Sub-Accounts with a different level of risk. These models, as well as the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program, are fully described in a separate brochure. We may add or delete programs in the future.

Our asset allocation programs are "static" programs.  That is to say, if you elect an asset allocation program, we automatically rebalance your Account Value among the Sub-Accounts represented in the model you chose, but we do not change your original percentage allocations among the Sub-Accounts in your chosen model, unless you advise us to do so. Nevertheless, we have selected an independent third-party administrator who reviews the existing models annually to determine whether the investment objective of the model is being met in light of changing markets.  Based upon this review, the third-party administrator may recommend that new models be substituted for the existing models.  If so, the new models will only be offered to Contracts issued on or after the date the new model goes into effect or to Participants who elect an asset allocation program on or after that date.  Participants of any existing asset allocation programs may make an independent decision to change their asset allocations at any time.  You should consult your financial adviser periodically to consider whether the model you have selected is still appropriate for you.

     Systematic Withdrawal and Interest Out Programs

You may select our Systematic Withdrawal Program or our Interest Out Program. Under the Systematic Withdrawal Program, you determine the amount and frequency of regular withdrawals you would like to receive from your Fixed Account Value and/or Variable Account Value and we will process them automatically. Under the Interest Out Program, we automatically pay to you, or reinvest, interest credited for all Guarantee Periods you have chosen. Withdrawals under these programs may be subject to surrender charges and a Market Value Adjustment.  They may also be included as income and subject to a 10% federal tax penalty.  You should consult a qualified tax professional before choosing these options. We reserve the right to limit the election of either of these programs to Contracts with a minimum Account Value of $10,000.

You may change or stop either program at any time, by written notice to us or other means approved by us.

     Portfolio Rebalancing Program

Under the Portfolio Rebalancing Program, we transfer funds among the Sub-Accounts to maintain the percentage allocation you have selected among these Sub-Accounts. At your election, we will make these transfers on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.

No transfers to or from any Guarantee Period are permitted while this program is in effect.

     Secured Future Program

Under the Secured Future Program, we divide your Purchase Payment between the Fixed Account and the Variable Account. For the Fixed Account portion, you choose a Guarantee Period from among those we offer, and we allocate to that Guarantee Period the portion of your Purchase Payment necessary so that at the end of the Guarantee Period, your Fixed Account allocation, including interest, will equal the entire amount of your original Purchase Payment, less the amount of any Contract charges that have been deducted from the Fixed Account. The remainder of the original Purchase Payment will be invested in Sub-Accounts of your choice. At the end of the Guarantee Period, you will be guaranteed the amount of your Purchase Payment (assuming no withdrawals or transfers), plus you will have the benefit, if any, of the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts you have chosen.

WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Cash Withdrawals

     Requesting a Withdrawal

At any time during the Accumulation Phase you may withdraw in cash all or any portion of your Account Value. To make a withdrawal, other than a Systematic Withdrawal, you must send us a written request at our Annuity Mailing Address. Your request must specify whether you want to withdraw the entire amount of your Account or, if less, the amount you wish to receive.

All withdrawals may be subject to a withdrawal charge (see ''Withdrawal Charge'' below) and withdrawals from your Fixed Account Value also may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see ''Market Value Adjustment'' below). Upon request we will notify you of the amount we would pay in the event of a full or partial withdrawal. Withdrawals also may have adverse federal income tax consequences, including a 10% penalty tax (see ''Tax Considerations.''). You should carefully consider these tax consequences before requesting a cash withdrawal.


 
 

 

     Full Withdrawals

If you request a full withdrawal, we calculate the amount we will pay you as follows: We start with your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your withdrawal request; we deduct the Account Fee, if applicable, for the Account Year in which the withdrawal is made; we add or subtract the amount of any Market Value Adjustment applicable to your Fixed Account Value; and finally, we deduct any applicable withdrawal charge.

A full withdrawal results in the surrender of your Contract, and cancellation of all rights and privileges under your Contract.

     Partial Withdrawals

Unless you specify otherwise, when you request a partial withdrawal, we will pay you the amount specified in your request adjusted by any applicable charges and/or MVA and then reduce the value of your Account by the gross amount of the withdrawal.

You may specify the amount you want withdrawn from each Sub-Account and/or Guarantee Period to which your Account is allocated. If you do not so specify, we will deduct the total amount you request pro rata, based on your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request.

Partial withdrawals may affect the death benefit amount.  In calculating the amount payable under the death benefit, we may reduce the benefit amount to an amount equal to the benefit amount payable immediately before the withdrawal multiplied by the ratio of the Account Value immediately after withdrawal to the Account Value immediately before the withdrawal.  (See "Calculating the Death Benefit.")

If you request a partial withdrawal that would result in your Account Value being reduced to an amount less than the Account Fee for the Account Year in which you make the withdrawal, we reserve the right to treat it as a request for a full withdrawal.

     Time of Payment

We will pay you the applicable amount of any full or partial withdrawal within 7 days after we receive your withdrawal request, except in cases where we are permitted to defer payment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and applicable state insurance law. Currently, we may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Variable Account only for the following periods:

l
when the New York Stock Exchange is closed (except weekends and holidays) or when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
   
l
when it is not reasonably practical to dispose of securities held by a Fund or to determine the value of the net assets of a Fund, because an emergency exists; and
   
l
when an SEC order permits us to defer payment for the protection of Participants.

We also may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we receive your withdrawal request. We do not pay interest on the amount of any payments we defer.

     Withdrawal Restrictions for Qualified Plans

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you should carefully check the terms of your retirement plan for limitations and restrictions on cash withdrawals.

Special restrictions apply to withdrawals from Contracts used for Section 403(b) annuities. (See ''Tax Considerations - Tax-Sheltered Annuities.'')

When you make a withdrawal, we consider the oldest Purchase Payment that you have not already withdrawn to be withdrawn first, then the second oldest Purchase Payment, and so forth. Once all Purchase Payments are withdrawn, the balance withdrawn is considered to be accumulated value.

Withdrawal Charge

We do not deduct any sales charge from your Purchase Payments when they are made. However, we may impose a withdrawal charge (known as a ''contingent deferred sales charge'') on certain amounts you withdraw. We impose this charge primarily to defray some of our expenses related to the sale of the Contracts, such as commissions we pay to agents, the cost of sales literature, and other promotional costs and transaction expenses.

     Free Withdrawal Amount

In each Account Year you may withdraw a portion of your Account Value, which we call the ''free withdrawal amount,'' before incurring the withdrawal charge. For any year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to (1) 10% of the amount of all Purchase Payments you have made during the last 7 Account Years, including the current Account Year (the ''Annual Withdrawal Allowance''), plus (2) the amount of all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years that you have not previously withdrawn. Any portion of the Annual Withdrawal Allowance that you do not use in an Account Year is cumulative, that is, it is carried forward and available for use in future years.

For convenience, we refer to Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year) as ''New Payments,'' and all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years as ''Old Payments.''

For example, assume you wish to make a withdrawal from your Contract in Account Year 10. You made an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 in Account Year 1, you made one additional Purchase Payment of $8,000 in Account Year 8, and you made no previous withdrawals. Your Account Value in Account Year 10 is $35,000. The free withdrawal amount for Account Year 10 is $19,400, calculated as follows:

l
$800, which is the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for Account Year 10 (10% of the $8,000 Purchase Payment made in Account Year 8, the only New Payment); plus
   
l
$8,600, which is the total of the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances of $1,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 7 and $800 for each of Account Years 8 and 9 that are carried forward and available for use in Account Year 10; plus
   
l
$10,000, which is the amount of all Old Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

     Withdrawal Charge on Purchase Payments

If you withdraw more than the free withdrawal amount in any Account Year, we consider the excess amount to be withdrawn first from New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn. We impose the withdrawal charge on the amount of these New Payments. Thus, the maximum amount on which we will impose the withdrawal charge in any year will never be more than the total of all New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

The amount of your withdrawal, if any, that exceeds the total of the free withdrawal amount plus the aggregate amount of all New Payments not previously withdrawn, is not subject to the withdrawal charge.

     Order of Withdrawal

New Payments are withdrawn on a first-in first-out basis until all New Payments have been withdrawn. For example, assume the same facts as in the example above. In Account Year 10 you wish to withdraw $25,000. We attribute the withdrawal first to the free withdrawal amount of $19,400, which is not subject to the withdrawal charge. The remaining $5,600 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 8 (the only New Payment) and is subject to the withdrawal charge. The $2,400 balance of the Account Year 8 Purchase Payment will remain in your Account. If you make a subsequent $5,000 withdrawal in Account Year 10, $2,400 of that amount will be withdrawn from the remainder of the Account Year 8 Purchase Payment and will be subject to the withdrawal charge. The other $2,600 of your withdrawal (which exceeds the amount of all New Payments not previously withdrawn) will not be subject to the withdrawal charge.


 
 

 

     Calculation of Withdrawal Charge

We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the Purchase Payments you withdraw by a percentage. The percentage varies according to the number of Account Years the Purchase Payment has been held in your Account, including the year in which you made the Payment, but not the year in which you withdraw it. Each payment begins a new seven-year period and moves down a declining surrender charge scale at each Account Anniversary. Payments received during the current Account Year will be charged 6% if withdrawn. On your next scheduled Account Anniversary, that payment along with any other payments made during that Account Year, will be considered to be in their second Account Year and will have a 5% withdrawal charge. On the next Account Anniversary, these payments will move into their third Account Year and will have a withdrawal charge of 5%, if withdrawn. The withdrawal charge decreases according to the number of Account Years the purchase payment has been in your Account. The declining Withdrawal Charge scale is as follows:

Number of Account Years Purchase Payment has been in Your Account
Withdrawal Charge
0-1
6%
2-3
5%
4-5
4%
6
3%
7 or more
0%

For example, using the same facts as in the example in ''Free Withdrawal Amount'' above, the percentage applicable to the withdrawals in Account Year 10 of Purchase Payments made in Account Year 8 would be 5%, because the number of Account Years the Purchase Payments have been held in your Account would be 2.

The withdrawal charge will never be greater than 6% of the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments you make under the Contract.

For a Group Contract, we may modify the withdrawal charges and limits, upon notice to the Owner of the Group Contract. However, any modification will only apply to Accounts established after the date of the modification.

For additional examples of how we calculate withdrawal charges, see Appendix B.

Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge

We do not impose a withdrawal charge on withdrawals from the Accounts of (a) our employees, (b) employees of our affiliates, or (c) licensed insurance agents who sell the Contracts. We also may waive withdrawal charges with respect to Purchase Payments derived from the surrender of other annuity contracts we issue.

     Nursing Home Waiver

If approved in your state, we will waive the withdrawal charge for a full withdrawal if:

l
at least one year has passed since we issued your Contract and
   
l
you are confined to an eligible nursing home and have been confined there for at least the preceding 180 days, or any shorter period required by your state.

An ''eligible nursing home'' means a licensed hospital or licensed skilled or intermediate care nursing facility at which medical treatment is available on a daily basis and daily medical records are kept for each patient. You must provide us evidence of confinement in the form we determine.

     Minimum Distributions

For each Qualified Contract, the free withdrawal amount in any Account Year will be the greater of the free withdrawal amount described above and any amounts required to be withdrawn to comply with the minimum distribution requirement of the Internal Revenue Code. This applies only to the portion of the required minimum distribution attributable to that Qualified Contract.

     Other Withdrawals

We do not impose the withdrawal charge on amounts you apply to provide an annuity, amounts withdrawn from a Non-Qualified Contract as part of our non-qualified stretch program, amounts we pay as a death benefit, or amounts you transfer among the Sub-Accounts, between the Sub- Accounts and the Fixed Account, or within the Fixed Account.

Market Value Adjustment

If permitted under the laws of your state, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment if you withdraw or transfer amounts from your Fixed Account Value more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period. For this purpose, using Fixed Account Value to provide an annuity is considered a withdrawal, and the Market Value Adjustment will apply. However, we will not apply the Market Value Adjustment to automatic transfers to a Sub-Account from a Guarantee Period as part of our dollar-cost averaging program.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment separately to each Guarantee Amount in the Fixed Account, that is, to each separate allocation you have made to a Guarantee Period together with interest credited on that allocation. However, we do not apply the adjustment to the amount of interest credited during your current Account Year. Any withdrawal from a Guarantee Amount is attributed first to such interest.

A Market Value Adjustment may decrease, increase or have no effect on your Account Value. This will depend on changes in interest rates since you made your allocation to the Guarantee Period and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. In general, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate we currently declare for Guarantee Periods equal to the balance of your Guarantee Period (or your entire Guarantee Period for Guarantee Periods of less than one year) is higher than your Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to decrease your Account Value. If our current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to increase your Account Value.

We determine the amount of the Market Value Adjustment by multiplying the amount that is subject to the adjustment by the following formula:

[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1

where:

I
is the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to the Guarantee Amount from which you withdraw, transfer or annuitize;
   
J
is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for Guarantee Periods equal to the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period applicable to your Guarantee Amount, rounded to the next higher number of complete years, for Guarantee Periods of one year or more. For any Guarantee Periods of less than one year, J is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for a Guarantee Period of the same length as your Guarantee Period. If, at that time, we do not offer the applicable Guarantee Period we will use an interest rate determined by straight-line interpolation of the Guaranteed Interest Rates for the Guarantee Periods we do offer;
   
N
is the number of complete months remaining in your Guarantee Period; and
   
b
is a factor that currently is 0% but that in the future we may increase to up to 0.25%. Any increase would be applicable only to Participants who purchase their Contracts after the date of that increase.

We will apply the Market Value Adjustment to the amount being withdrawn after deduction of any Account Fee, if applicable, but before we impose any withdrawal charge on the amount withdrawn.

For examples of how we calculate the Market Value Adjustment, see Appendix B.

No Market Value Adjustment will apply to Contracts issued in the states of Maryland, Texas and Washington, or to one-year Guarantee Periods under Contracts issued in the State of Oregon.

CONTRACT CHARGES

Account Fee

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, we will deduct from your Account an annual Account Fee to help cover the administrative expenses we incur related to the issuance of Contracts and the maintenance of Accounts. We deduct the Account Fee on each Account Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the first day of the month after we issue your Contract. In Account Years 1 through 5, the Account Fee is equal to the lesser of $35 or 2% of your Account Value. After Account Year 5, we may change the Account Fee each year, but the Account Fee will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value. We deduct the Account Fee pro rata from each Sub-Account and each Guarantee Period, based on the allocation of your Account Value on your Account Anniversary.

We will not charge the annual Account Fee if:

l
your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year; or
   
l
your Account Value is more than $75,000 on your Account Anniversary.

If you make a full withdrawal of your Account, we deduct the full amount of the Account Fee at the time of the withdrawal. In addition, on the Annuity Commencement Date we will deduct a pro rata portion of the Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed between the last Account Anniversary and the day before the Annuity Commencement Date.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, we deduct an annual Account Fee of $35 in the aggregate in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment we make during the year. We do not deduct any Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments.

Administrative Expense Charge

We deduct an administrative expense charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an annual effective rate equal to 0.15% of your average daily Variable Account Value during both the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase. This charge is designed to reimburse us for expenses we incur in administering the Contracts, the Accounts and the Variable Account that are not covered by the annual Account Fee.

Depending on the amount of expenses that we incur, we expect that we may earn a profit from this charge. If so, we may use the profit for any proper corporate purpose, including paying any other expenses in connection with the Contracts or adding to our corporate surplus.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an effective annual rate equal to 1.25%. We assume numerous mortality and expense risks under the Contracts. These risks include, but are not limited to, (1) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to continue to make annuity payments to each Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group live; (2) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to pay a death benefit upon the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, including in cases where the death benefit is greater than a Contract's Account Value; (3) the risk that our cost of providing benefits according to the terms of any optional death benefit riders will exceed the amount of the charges we deduct for those riders; and (4) the risk that the annual Account Fee and the administrative expense charge we assess under the Contracts may be insufficient to cover the actual total administrative expenses we incur. If the amount of the charge is insufficient to cover our costs resulting from these and other mortality and expense risks, we will bear the loss. If, as we expect, the amount of the charge is more than sufficient to cover the risks, we will make a profit on the charge. We may use this profit for any proper corporate purpose, including the payment of marketing and distribution expenses for the Contracts. In setting the rate of this charge, we not only consider our expected mortality and expense risks, but also our objective to earn a profit from the Contracts, after all of the costs, expenses, credits, and benefits we expect to pay in connection with the Contracts.


 
 

 

Premium Taxes

Some states and local jurisdictions impose a premium tax on us that is equal to a specified percentage of the Purchase Payments you make. In many states there is no premium tax. We believe that the amounts of applicable premium taxes currently range from 0% to 3.5%. You should consult a qualified tax professional to find out if your state imposes a premium tax and the amount of any tax.

In order to reimburse us for the premium tax we may pay on Purchase Payments, our policy is to deduct the amount of such taxes from the amount you apply to provide an annuity at the time of annuitization. However, we reserve the right to deduct the amount of any applicable tax from your Account at any time, including at the time you make a Purchase Payment or make a full or partial withdrawal. We do not make any profit on the deductions we make to reimburse premium taxes.

Fund Expenses

There are fees and charges deducted from each Fund of the Trust. These fees and expenses are described in the relevant Fund's prospectus and related Statement of Additional Information.

Modification in the Case of Group Contracts

For Group Contracts, we may modify the annual Account Fee, the administrative expense charge and the mortality and expense risk charge upon notice to Owners. However, such modification will apply only with respect to Participant Accounts established after the effective date of the modification.

DEATH BENEFIT

If you die during the Accumulation Phase, we will pay a death benefit to the designated Beneficiary(ies), using the payment method elected (a single cash payment or one of our Annuity Options). If the Beneficiary is not living on the date of your death, we will pay the death benefit to the Annuitant, or, if the Annuitant is not then living, in one sum to your estate. We do not pay a death benefit if you die during the Income Phase. However, the Beneficiary will receive any payments provided under an Annuity Option that is in effect.

Amount of Death Benefit

To calculate the amount of your death benefit, we use a ''Death Benefit Date.'' The Death Benefit Date is the date we receive proof of your death in an acceptable form (''Due Proof of Death'') if you have elected a death benefit payment method before your death and it remains effective. Otherwise, the Death Benefit Date is the later of the date we receive Due Proof of Death or the date we receive the Beneficiary's election of either payment method or, if the Beneficiary is your spouse, Contract continuation. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Death Benefit Date will be the last day of the 60 day period.

The amount of the death benefit is determined as of the Death Benefit Date.

If you were 85 or younger on your Contract Date (the date we accepted your first Purchase Payment), the death benefit will be the greatest of the following amounts:

(1)
your Account Value for the Valuation Period during which the Death Benefit Date occurs;
   
(2)
the amount we would pay if you had surrendered your entire Account on the Death Benefit Date;
   
(3)
your Account Value on the Seven-Year Anniversary immediately before the Death Benefit Date, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals and charges made between the Seven-Year Anniversary and the Death Benefit Date;
   
(4)
your highest Account Value on any Account Anniversary before your 81st birthday, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals made between that Account Anniversary and the Death Benefit Date; and
   
(5)
your total Purchase Payments plus interest accruals thereon, adjusted for partial withdrawals; interest will accrue on Purchase Payments allocated to and transfers to the Variable Account while they remain in the Variable Account at a rate of 5% per year until the first day of the month following your 80th birthday, or until the Purchase Payment or amount transferred has doubled in amount, whichever is earlier.

If you were 86 or older on your Contract Date, the death benefit is equal to amount (2) above; because this amount will reflect any applicable withdrawal charges and Market Value Adjustment, it may be less than your Account Value.


Spousal Continuance

If your spouse is your Beneficiary, upon your death your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the Participant, rather than receive the death benefit. In that case, the amount of your death benefit, calculated as described under ''Amount of Death Benefit,'' will become the Contract's Account Value on the Death Benefit Date. All other provisions of the Contract, including any withdrawal charges, will continue as if your spouse had purchased the Contract on the original date of coverage. Upon surrender or annuitization, this step-up to the spouse will not be treated as premium, but will be treated as income.

Calculating the Death Benefit

In calculating the death benefit amount payable under (3), (4) and (5) above, any partial withdrawals will reduce the amount by the ratio of the Account Value immediately following the withdrawal to the Account Value immediately before the withdrawal.

If the death benefit is amount (2), (3), (4) or (5) above, your Account Value will be increased by the excess, if any, of that amount over amount (1). Any such increase will be allocated to the Sub- Accounts in proportion to your Account Value in those Sub-Accounts on the Death Benefit Date. Also, any portion of this new Account Value attributed to the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account (without the application of a Market Value Adjustment). The Beneficiary may then transfer to the Fixed Account and begin a new Guarantee Period.

Method of Paying Death Benefit

The death benefit may be paid in a single cash payment or as an annuity (either fixed, variable or a combination), under one or more of our Annuity Options. We describe the Annuity Options in this Prospectus under ''The Income Phase - Annuity Provisions.''

During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect the method of payment for the death benefit. These elections are made by sending us at our Service Address an election form, which we will provide. If no such election is in effect on the date of your death, the Beneficiary may elect either a single cash payment or an annuity. If the Beneficiary is the Participant's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract. This election is made by sending us a letter of instruction. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, we will pay the death benefit in a single cash payment.

If we pay the death benefit in the form of an Annuity Option, the Beneficiary becomes the Annuitant/Payee under the terms of that Annuity Option. (See ''The Income Phase - Annuity Provisions'').

Non-Qualified Contracts

If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, special distribution rules apply to the payment of the death benefit. The amount of the death benefit must be distributed either (1) as a lump sum within 5 years after your death or (2) if in the form of an annuity, over a period not greater than the life or expected life of the ''designated beneficiary'' within the meaning of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, with payments beginning no later than one year after your death.

The person you have named a Beneficiary under your Contract, if any, will be the ''designated beneficiary.'' If the named Beneficiary is not living and no contingent beneficiary has been named, the Annuitant automatically becomes the designated beneficiary.

If the designated beneficiary is your surviving spouse, your spouse may continue the Contract in his or her own name as Participant. To make this election, your spouse must give us written notification within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death. The special distribution rules will then apply on the death of your spouse. To understand what happens when your spouse continues the Contract, see ''Spousal Continuance,'' above.

During the Income Phase, if the Annuitant dies, the remaining value of the Annuity Option(s) in place must be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution under that option.

If the Participant is not a natural person, the special distribution rules apply on a change in, or the death of, any Annuitant or Co-Annuitant.

Payments made in contravention of these special rules would adversely affect the treatment of the Contracts as annuity contracts under the Internal Revenue Code. Neither you nor the Beneficiary may exercise rights that would have that effect.

Selection and Change of Beneficiary

You select your Beneficiary in your Application. You may change your Beneficiary at any time by sending us written notice on our required form, unless you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation. A new Beneficiary designation is not effective until we record the change.

Payment of Death Benefit

Payment of the death benefit in cash will be made within 7 days of the Death Benefit Date, except if we are permitted to defer payment in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If an Annuity Option is elected, the Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second calendar month following the Death Benefit Date, and your Account will remain in effect until the Annuity Commencement Date.

Due Proof of Death

We accept any of the following as proof of any person's death:

l
an original certified copy of an official death certificate;
   
l
an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
   
l
any other proof we find satisfactory.


During the Income Phase, we make regular monthly payments to the Annuitant.

The Income Phase of your Contract begins with the Annuity Commencement Date. On that date, we apply your Account Value, adjusted as described below, under the Annuity Option(s) you have selected, and we make the first annuity payment.

Once the Income Phase begins, no lump sum settlement option or cash withdrawals are permitted, except pursuant to Annuity Option D, Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain, as described under ''Annuity Options,'' and you cannot change the Annuity Option(s) selected. (Also, a Beneficiary receiving payments after the Annuitant's death under Option B, Life Annuity with 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain, may elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in a single sum, as discussed under "Annuity Options.")  You may request a full withdrawal before the Annuity Commencement Date, which will be subject to all charges applicable on withdrawals. (See ''Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.'')

Selection of the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant

You select the Annuitant in your Application. The Annuitant is the person who receives annuity payments during the Income Phase and on whose life these payments are based. In your Contract, the Annuity Option(s) refer to the Annuitant as the ''Payee.'' If you name someone other than yourself as Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Phase, you become the Annuitant.

Under a Non-Qualified Contract, if you name someone other than yourself as the Annuitant, you may also select a Co-Annuitant, who will become the new Annuitant if the original Annuitant dies before the Income Phase. If both the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant die before the Income Phase, you become the Annuitant. If you have named both an Annuitant and a Co-Annuitant, you may designate one of them to become the sole Annuitant as of the Annuity Commencement Date, if both are living at that time. If you have not made that designation on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date, and both the Annuitant and the Co-Annuitant are still living, the Co-Annuitant will become the Annuitant on the Annuity Commencement Date.

When an Annuity Option has been selected as the method of paying the death benefit, the Beneficiary is the Payee of the annuity payment.

Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date

You select the Annuity Commencement Date in your Application. The following restrictions apply to the date you may select:

l
The earliest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the second month following your Contract Date.
   
l
The latest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the month following the Annuitant's 95th birthday ("maximum Annuity Commencement Date") or, if there is a Co-Annuitant, the 95th birthday of the younger of the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant.
   
l
The Annuity Commencement Date must always be the first day of a calendar month.

You may change the Annuity Commencement Date from time to time by sending us written notice, in a form acceptable to us, with the following additional limitations:

l
We must receive your notice, in good order, at least 30 days before the current Annuity Commencement Date.
   
l
The new Annuity Commencement Date must be at least 30 days after we receive the notice.

There may be other restrictions on your selection of the Annuity Commencement Date imposed by your retirement plan or applicable law. In most situations, current law requires that for a Qualified Contract, certain minimum distributions must commence no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant reaches age 70½ (or, for Qualified Contracts other than IRAs, no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant retires, if later than the year the Annuitant reaches age 70½).

Annuity Options

We offer the following Annuity Options for payments during the Income Phase. Each Annuity Option may be selected for a Variable Annuity, a Fixed Annuity, or a combination of both. We may also agree to other settlement options, at our discretion.


 
 

 

     Annuity Option A - Life Annuity

We provide monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. Annuity payments stop when the Annuitant dies. There is no provision for continuation of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option B - Life Annuity With 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. In addition, we guarantee that the Beneficiary will receive monthly payments for the remainder of the period certain, if the Annuitant dies during that period. The election of a longer period results in smaller monthly payments. If no Beneficiary is designated, we pay the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum to the Annuitant's estate. The Beneficiary may also elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum. The discount rate for a Variable Annuity will be the assumed interest rate in effect; the discount rate for a Fixed Annuity will be based on the interest rate we used to determine the amount of each payment.

     Annuity Option C - Joint and Survivor Annuity

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and another person you designate and during the lifetime of the survivor of the two. We stop making payments when the survivor dies. There is no provision for continuance of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option D - Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain

We make monthly payments for a specified period of time from 5 to 30 years, as you elect. The longer the period you elect, the smaller your monthly payments will be If payments under this option are paid on a Variable Annuity basis, the Annuitant may elect to receive some or all of the discounted value of the remaining payments, less any applicable withdrawal charge; the discount rate for this purpose will be the assumed interest rate in effect. If the Annuitant dies during the period selected, the remaining income payments are made as described above for payments to a Beneficiary under Annuity Option B. The election of this Annuity Option may result in the imposition of a penalty tax.

Selection of Annuity Option

You select one or more of the Annuity Options, which you may change during the Accumulation Phase, as long as we receive your selection or change in writing at least 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. If we have not received your written selection on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date, you will receive Annuity Option B, for a life annuity with 120 monthly payments certain.

You may specify the proportion of your Adjusted Account Value you wish to provide a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity. Under a Variable Annuity, the dollar amount of annuity payments will vary, while under a Fixed Annuity, the dollar amount of payments will remain the same. If you do not specify a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity, your Adjusted Account Value will be divided between Variable Annuities and Fixed Annuities in the same proportions as your Account Value was divided between the Variable and Fixed Accounts on the Annuity Commencement Date. You may allocate your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity among the Sub-Accounts, or we will use your existing allocations.

There may be additional limitations on the options you may elect under your particular retirement plan or applicable law.

Remember that the Annuity Options may not be changed once annuity payments begin.

Amount of Annuity Payments

     Adjusted Account Value

The Adjusted Account Value is the amount we apply to provide a Variable Annuity and/or a Fixed Annuity. We calculate Adjusted Account Value by taking your Account Value on the Business Day immediately prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and making the following adjustments:

l
We deduct a proportional amount of the annual Account Fee, based on the fraction of the current Account Year that has elapsed.
   
l
If applicable, we apply the Market Value Adjustment to your Account Value in the Fixed Account, which may result in a deduction, an addition, or no change to your Account Value.
   
l
We deduct any applicable premium tax or similar tax if not previously deducted.

     Variable Annuity Payments

Variable Annuity payments may vary each month. We determine the dollar amount of the first payment using the portion of your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity and the Annuity Payment Rates in your Contract, which are based on an assumed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually. See ''Annuity Payment Rates.''

To calculate the remaining payments, we convert the amount of the first payment into Annuity Units for each Sub-Account; we determine the number of those Annuity Units by dividing the portion of the first payment attributable to the Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period ending just before the Annuity Commencement Date. This number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account will remain constant (unless the Annuitant requests an exchange of Annuity Units). However, the dollar amount of the next Variable Annuity payment - which is the sum of the number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account times its Annuity Unit Value for the Valuation Period ending just before the date of the payment - will increase, decrease, or remain the same, depending on the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts.

If the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts selected is the same as the assumed interest rate of 3%, compounded annually, the payments will remain level. If the net investment return exceeds the assumed interest rate, payments will increase and, conversely, if it is less than the assumed interest rate, payments will decrease.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more information about calculating Variable Annuity Units and Variable Annuity payments, including examples of these calculations.

     Fixed Annuity Payments

Fixed Annuity payments are the same each month. We determine the dollar amount of each Fixed Annuity payment using the fixed portion of your Adjusted Account Value and the applicable Annuity Payment Rates. These will be either (1) the rates in your Contract, which are based on a minimum guaranteed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually, or (2) new rates we have published and are using on the Annuity Commencement Date, if they are more favorable. See ''Annuity Payment Rates.''

     Minimum Payments

If your Adjusted Account Value is less than $2,000, or the first annuity payment for any Annuity Option is less than $20, we will pay the Adjusted Account Value to the Annuitant in one payment.

Exchange of Variable Annuity Units

During the Income Phase, the Annuitant may exchange Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another, up to 12 times each Account Year. Any such exchanges may be subject to any restrictions or other policies that the Funds have adopted to protect the Funds from short-term trading or other practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies"). The applicability of the Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies is the same during the Income Phase as during the Accumulation Phase, and this is discussed in this prospectus under "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies." For the reasons discussed there, you should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

To make an exchange, the Annuitant sends us, at our Annuity Mailing Address, a written request stating the number of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account he or she wishes to exchange and the new Sub-Account for which Annuity Units are requested. The number of new Annuity Units will be calculated so the dollar amount of an annuity payment on the date of the exchange would not be affected. To calculate this number, we use Annuity Unit values for the Valuation Period during which we receive the exchange request.

Before exchanging Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another, the Annuitant should carefully review the Series Fund prospectus for the investment objectives and risk disclosure of the Series in which the Sub-Accounts invest.

During the Income Phase, we permit only exchanges among Sub-Accounts. No exchanges to or from a Fixed Annuity are permitted.

Account Fee

During the Income Phase, we deduct the annual Account Fee in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment. We do not deduct the annual Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments (see ''Contract Charges - Account Fee'').

Annuity Payment Rates

The Contract contains Annuity Payment Rates for each Annuity Option described in this Prospectus. The rates show, for each $1,000 applied, the dollar amount of: (a) the first monthly Variable Annuity payment based on the assumed interest rate specified in the applicable Contract (at least 3% per year, compounded annually); and (b) the monthly Fixed Annuity payment, when this payment is based on the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in the Contract (at least 3% per year, compounded annually). We may change these rates under Group Contracts for Accounts established after the effective date of such change (see ''Other Contract Provisions - Modification'').

The Annuity Payment Rates may vary according to the Annuity Option(s) elected and the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The Contract also describes the method of determining the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The mortality table used in determining the Annuity Payment Rates for Options A, B and C is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table.

Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit

You or your Beneficiary may also select one or more Annuity Options to be used in the event of your death before the Income Phase, as described under the ''Death Benefit'' section of this Prospectus. In that case, your Beneficiary will be the Annuitant/Payee. The Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second month beginning after the Death Benefit Date.

OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract Rights

An Individual Contract belongs to the individual to whom the Contract is issued. A Group Contract belongs to the Owner. In the case of a Group Contract, the Owner may expressly reserve all Contract rights and privileges; otherwise, each Participant will be entitled to exercise such rights and privileges. In any case, such rights and privileges can be exercised without the consent of the Beneficiary (other than an irrevocably designated Beneficiary) or any other person. Such rights and privileges may be exercised only before the Annuity Commencement Date, except as the Contract otherwise provides.

The Annuitant becomes the Payee on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. The Beneficiary becomes the Payee on the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, or on the death of the Annuitant after the Annuity Commencement Date. Such Payee may thereafter exercise such rights and privileges, if any, of ownership which continue.

Change of Ownership

Ownership of a Qualified Contract may not be transferred except to: (1) the Annuitant; (2) a trustee or successor trustee of a pension or profit sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; (3) the employer of the Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after transfer is maintained under the terms of a retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Annuitant; (4) the trustee or custodian of an individual retirement account plan qualified under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Participants under a Group Contract; or (5) as otherwise permitted from time to time by laws and regulations governing the retirement or deferred compensation plans for which a Qualified Contract may be issued. Subject to the foregoing, a Qualified Contract may not be sold, assigned, transferred, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose to any person other than the Company.

The Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract may change the ownership of the Contract prior to the last Annuity Commencement Date, and each Participant, in like manner, may change the ownership interest in a Contract. A change of ownership will not be binding on us until we receive written notification. When we receive such notification, the change will be effective as of the date on which the request for change was signed by the Owner or Participant, as appropriate, but the change will be without prejudice to us on account of any payment we make or any action we take before receiving the change. If you change the Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract, you will become immediately liable for the payment of taxes on any gain realized under the Contract prior to the change of ownership, including possible liability for a 10% federal excise tax.

Voting of Fund Shares

We will vote Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts at meetings of shareholders of the Fund or in connection with similar solicitations, but will follow voting instructions received from persons having the right to give voting instructions. During the Accumulation Phase, you will have the right to give voting instructions, except in the case of a Group Contract where the Owner has reserved this right. During the Income Phase, the Payee (that is the Annuitant or Beneficiary entitled to receive benefits) is the person having such voting rights. We will vote any shares attributable to us and Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as the shares for which we receive instructions from Owners, Participants and Payees, as applicable.

Owners of Qualified Contracts issued on a group basis may be subject to other voting provisions of the particular plan and under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Employees who contribute to plans that are funded by the Contracts may be entitled to instruct the Owners as to how to instruct us to vote the Fund shares attributable to their contributions. Such plans may also provide the additional extent, if any, to which the Owners shall follow voting instructions of persons with rights under the plans. If no voting instructions are received from any such person with respect to a particular Participant Account, the Owner may instruct the Company as to how to vote the number of Fund shares for which instructions may be given.

Neither the Variable Account nor the Company is under any duty to provide information concerning the voting instruction rights to persons who may have such rights under plans, other than rights afforded under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any duty to inquire as to the instructions received by Owners, Participants or others, or the authority of any such persons, to instruct the voting of Fund shares. Except as the Variable Account or the Company has actual knowledge to the contrary, the instructions given by Owners under Group Contracts and Payees will be valid as they affect the Variable Account, the Company and any others having voting instruction rights with respect to the Variable Account.

All Fund proxy material, together with an appropriate form to be used to give voting instructions, will be provided to each person having the right to give voting instructions at least 10 days prior to each meeting of the shareholders of the Fund. We will determine the number of Fund shares as to which each such person is entitled to give instructions as of the record date set by the Fund for such meeting, which is expected to be not more than 90 days prior to each such meeting. Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which voting instructions may be given to the Company is determined by dividing the value of all of the Variable Accumulation Units of the particular Sub-Account credited to the Participant Account by the net asset value of one Fund share as of the same date. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which such instructions may be given by a Payee is determined by dividing the reserve held by the Company in the Sub-Account with respect to the particular Payee by the net asset value of a Fund share as of the same date. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which a Payee is entitled to give voting instructions will generally decrease due to the decrease in the reserve.

Reports to Owners

We will send you, by regular U.S. mail, confirmation of all Purchase Payments (including any interest credited), withdrawals, (including any withdrawal charges, negative market value adjustments, and federal taxes on withdrawals), minimum distributions, death benefit payments, and transfers (excluding dollar-cost averaging transfers).  Such confirmations will be sent within two business days after the transaction occurs.

In addition, within 5 business days after each Account Quarter, we will send you a statement showing your current Account Value, death benefit value, and investment allocation by asset class.  Each quarterly statement will detail transactions that occurred during the last Account Quarter including Purchase Payments, annuity payments, transfers (including dollar-cost averaging transfers), partial withdrawals, systematic withdrawals, minimum distributions, portfolio rebalancing, asset reallocations, interest credited on fixed accounts, and annual contract fees assessed.

We will also send you annual and semi-annual reports of the funds in which you are invested, including a list of investments held by each portfolio as of the current date of the report.

It is your obligation to review each such statement carefully and to report to us, at the address or telephone number provided on the statement, any errors or discrepancies in the information presented therein within 60 days of the date of such statement. Unless we receive notice of any such error or discrepancy from you within such period, we may not be responsible for correcting the error or discrepancy.

Substitution of Securities

Shares of any or all Funds of the Trust may not always be available for investment under the Contract. We may add or delete Funds or other investment companies as variable investment options under the Contracts. We may also substitute for the shares held in any Sub-Account shares of another Fund or shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust for the shares held in any Sub-Account, provided that the substitution has been approved, if required, by the SEC. In the event of any substitution pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the substitution.

Change in Operation of Variable Account

At our election and subject to any necessary vote by persons having the right to give instructions with respect to the voting of Series Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be deregistered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration is no longer required. Deregistration of the Variable Account requires an order by the SEC. In the event of any change in the operation of the Variable Account pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change and take such other action as we deem necessary and appropriate to effect the change.

Splitting Units

We reserve the right to split or combine the value of Variable Accumulation Units, Annuity Units or any of them. In effecting any such change of unit values, strict equity will be preserved and no change will have a material effect on the benefits or other provisions of the Contracts.

Modification

Upon notice to the Participant, in the case of an Individual Contract, and the Owner and Participant(s), in the case of a Group Contract (or the Payee(s) during the Income Phase), we may modify the Contract if such modification: (1) is necessary to make the Contract or the Variable Account comply with any law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which the Company or the Variable Account is subject; (2) is necessary to assure continued qualification of the Contract under the Internal Revenue Code or other federal or state laws relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; (3) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of the Variable Account or the Sub- Account(s) (see ''Change in Operation of Variable Account''); (4) provides additional Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options; or (5) as may otherwise be in the best interests of Owners, Participants, or Payees, as applicable. In the event of any such modification, we may make appropriate endorsement in the Contract to reflect such modification.

In addition, upon notice to the Owner, we may modify a Group Contract to change the withdrawal charges, Account Fee, mortality and expense risk charges, administrative expense charges, the tables used in determining the amount of the first monthly variable annuity and fixed annuity payments and the formula used to calculate the Market Value Adjustment, provided that such modification applies only to Participant Accounts established after the effective date of such modification. In order to exercise our modification rights in these particular instances, we must notify the Owner of such modification in writing. The notice shall specify the effective date of such modification which must be at least 60 days following the date we mail notice of modification. All of the charges and the annuity tables which are provided in the Group Contract prior to any such modification will remain in effect permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to Participant Accounts established prior to the effective date of such modification.

Limitation or Discontinuance of New Participants

We may limit or discontinue the acceptance of new Applications and the issuance of new Certificates under a Group Contract by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Owner. This will not affect rights or benefits with respect to any Participant Accounts established under such Group Contract prior to the effective date of such limitation or discontinuance.

Reservation of Rights

We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law, to: (1) combine any 2 or more variable accounts or Sub-Accounts; (2) add or delete Series, sub-series thereof or other investment companies and corresponding Sub-Accounts; (3) add or remove Guarantee Periods available at any time for election by a Participant; and (4) restrict or eliminate any of the voting rights of Participants (or Owners) or other persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account. Where required by law, we will obtain approval of changes from Participants or any appropriate regulatory authority. In the event of any change pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change.

Right to Return

If you are not satisfied with your Contract, you may return it by mailing or delivering it to us at our Annuity Mailing Address as shown on the cover of this Prospectus within 10 days, or longer if required by your state, after it was delivered to you. State law may also allow you to return the Contract to your sales representative. When we receive the returned Contract, it will be cancelled and we will refund to you your Account Value. However, if applicable state law requires, we will return the full amount of any Purchase Payment(s) we received.

If you are establishing an Individual Retirement Annuity (''IRA''), the Internal Revenue Code requires that we give you a disclosure statement containing certain information about the Contract and applicable legal requirements. We must give you this statement on or before the date the IRA is established. If we give you the disclosure statement before the seventh day preceding the date the IRA is established, you will not have any right of revocation under the Code. If we give you the disclosure statement at a later date, then you may give us a notice of revocation at any time within 7 days after your Contract Date. Upon such revocation, we will refund your Purchase Payment(s). This right of revocation with respect to an IRA is in addition to the return privilege set forth in the preceding paragraph. We allow a Participant establishing an IRA a ''ten day free-look,'' notwithstanding the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section provides general information on the federal income tax consequences of ownership of a Contract based upon our understanding of current federal tax laws. Actual federal tax consequences will vary depending on, among other things, the type of retirement plan under which your Contract is issued. Also, legislation altering the current tax treatment of annuity contracts could be enacted in the future and could apply retroactively to Contracts that were purchased before the date of enactment. We make no attempt to consider any applicable federal estate, federal gift, state, or other tax laws. We also make no guarantee regarding the federal, state, or local tax status of any Contract or any transaction involving any Contract. You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice before purchasing a Contract or executing any other transaction (such as a rollover, distribution, withdrawal or payment) involving a Contract.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion applies only to those Contracts issued in the United States. For a discussion of tax considerations effecting Contracts issued in Puerto Rico, see "Puerto Rico Tax Considerations."


 
 

 

     Deductibility of Purchase Payments

For federal income tax purposes, Purchase Payments made under Non-Qualified Contracts are not deductible.  Under certain circumstances, Purchase Payments made under Qualified Contracts may be excludible or deductible from taxable income.  Any such amounts will also be excluded from the "investment in the contract" for purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distributions from a Qualified Contract. As a general rule, regardless of whether you own a Qualified or a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount of your tax liability on earnings and distributions will depend upon the specific tax rules applicable to your Contract and your particular circumstances.

     Pre-Distribution Taxation of Contracts

Generally, an increase in the value of a Contract will not give rise to a current income tax liability to the Owner of a Contract or to any payee under the Contract until a distribution is received from the Contract.  However, certain assignments or pledges of a Contract or loans under a Contract will be treated as distributions to the Owner of the Contract and will accelerate the taxability of any increases in the value of a Contract.

Also, corporate (or other non-natural person) Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally incur a current tax liability on Account Value increases. There are certain exceptions to this current taxation rule, including: (i) any Contract that is an "immediate annuity", which the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") defines as a single premium contract with an annuity commencement date within one year of the date of purchase which provides for a series of substantially equal periodic payments (to be made not less frequently than annually) during the annuity period, and (ii) any Contract that the non-natural person holds as agent for a natural person (such as where a bank or other entity holds a Contract as trustee under a trust agreement).

You should note that a qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract.  For that reason, no decision to purchase a Qualified Contract should be based on the assumption that the purchase of a Qualified Contract is necessary to obtain tax deferral under a qualified plan.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts

The Account Value of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally include both (i) an amount attributable to Purchase Payments, the return of which will not be taxable, and (ii) an amount attributable to investment earnings, the receipt of which will be taxable at ordinary income rates. The relative portions of any particular distribution that derive from nontaxable Purchase Payments and taxable investment earnings depend upon the nature and the timing of that distribution.

Any withdrawal of less than your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date, must be treated as a receipt of investment earnings. You may not treat such withdrawals as a non-taxable return of Purchase Payments unless you have first withdrawn the entire amount of the Account Value that is attributable to investment earnings. For purposes of determining whether a Participant has withdrawn the entire amount of the investment earnings under a Non-Qualified Contract, the Code provides that all Non-Qualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company to the same Participant during any one calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. If you withdraw your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date (a "full surrender"), the taxable portion will equal the amount you receive less the "investment in the contract" (i.e., the total Purchase Payments (excluding amounts that were deductible by, or excluded from the gross income of, the Participant of a Contract), less any Purchase Payments that were amounts previously received which were not includable in income).

A Payee who receives annuity payments under a Non-Qualified Contract after the Annuity Commencement Date, will generally be able to treat a portion of each payment as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments and to treat only the remainder of each such payment as taxable investment earnings. Until the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered in this manner, the nontaxable portion of each payment will be determined by the ratio of (i) the total amount of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract, to (ii) the Payee's expected return under the Contract. Once the Payee has received nontaxable payments in an amount equal to total Purchase Payments, no further exclusion is allowed and all future distributions will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. If payments are terminated upon the death of the Annuitant or other Payee before the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered, the unrecovered Purchase Payments may be deducted on the final return of the Annuitant or other Payee.

A penalty tax of 10% may also apply to taxable cash withdrawals, including lump-sum payments from Non-Qualified Contracts. This penalty will generally not apply to distributions made after age 59½, to distributions pursuant to the death or disability of the owner, to distributions that are a part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for life or life expectancy, or to distributions under an immediate annuity (as defined above).

Death benefits paid upon the death of a Participant are not life insurance benefits and will generally be includible in the income of the recipient to the extent they represent investment earnings under the contract.  For this purpose, the amount of the investment in the contract is not affected by the Participant's or annuitant's death, i.e., the investment in the contract must still be determined by reference to the Participant's investment in the Contract. Special mandatory distribution rules also apply after the death of the Participant when the beneficiary is not the surviving spouse of the Participant.  

If death benefits are distributed in a lump sum, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as upon a full surrender of the contract.  If death benefits are distributed under an annuity option, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as annuity payments, as described above.

Any amounts held under a Non-Qualified Contract that are assigned or pledged as collateral for a loan will also be treated as if withdrawn from the Contract.  In addition, upon the transfer of a Non-Qualified Contract by gift (other than to the Participant's spouse), the Participant must treat an amount equal to the Account Value minus the total amount paid for the Contract as income.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Qualified Contracts

In most cases, all of the distributions you receive from a Qualified Contract will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. Also, a 10% penalty tax will apply to distributions prior to age 59½, except in certain circumstances.

If you receive a distribution for a Qualified Contract used in connection with a qualified pension plan, from a tax-sheltered annuity, a governmental Code Section 457 plan or an individual retirement annuity "IRA" and roll over some or all that distribution to another eligible plan, following the rules set out in the Code and IRS regulations, the portion of such distribution that is rolled over will not be includible in your income. An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, tax-sheltered annuity or governmental Section 457 plan will be subject to 20% mandatory withholding as described below. Because the amount of the cash paid to you as an eligible rollover distribution will be reduced by this withholding, you will not be able to roll over the entire account balance under your Contract, unless you use other funds equal to the tax withholding to complete the rollover. Rollovers of IRA distributions are not subject to the 20% mandatory withholding requirement.

An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, governmental Section 457 plan or tax-sheltered annuity is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of an employee, except that the term does not include:

l
a distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually under a lifetime annuity or for a specified period of ten years or more;
   
l
any required minimum distribution, or
   
l
any hardship distribution.

Only you or your surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect to roll over a distribution to an eligible retirement plan. However, a non-surviving-spouse Beneficiary may able to directly transfer a distribution to a so-called inherited IRA that will be subject to the IRS distribution rules applicable to beneficiaries.

     Withholding

In the case of an eligible rollover distribution (as defined above) from a Qualified Contract (other than from an IRA), we (or the plan administrator) must withhold and remit to the U.S. Government 20% of the distribution, unless the Participant or Payee elects to make a direct rollover of the distribution to another qualified retirement plan that is eligible to receive the rollover; however, only you or your spouse may elect a direct rollover. In the case of a distribution from (i) a Non-Qualified Contract, (ii) an IRA, or (iii) a Qualified Contract where the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution, we will withhold and remit to the U.S. Government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution unless, prior to the distribution, the Participant or Payee provides us his or her taxpayer identification number and instructs us (in the manner prescribed) not to withhold. The Participant or Payee may credit against his or her federal income tax liability for the year of distribution any amounts that we (or the plan administrator) withhold.

     Investment Diversification and Control

The Treasury Department has issued regulations that prescribe investment diversification requirements for the mutual fund series underlying non-qualified variable contracts. All Non-Qualified Contracts must comply with these regulations to qualify as annuities for federal income tax purposes. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract that does not meet these guidelines will be subject to current taxation on annual increases in value of the Contract. We believe that each Fund available as an investment option under the Contract complies with these regulations.

The IRS has stated that satisfaction of the diversification requirements described above by itself does not prevent a Participant from being treated as the owner of separate account assets under an "owner control" test.  If a Participant is treated as the owner of separate account assets for tax purposes, the contract owner would be subject to taxation on the income and gains from the separate account assets. In published revenue rulings through 1982 and then again in 2003, the IRS has stated that a variable contract Participant will be considered the owner of separate account assets if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise control over the investment of the assets.  In Revenue Ruling 2003-91, the IRS considered certain variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and concluded that the owners of the variable contracts would not be considered the owners of the contracts' underlying assets for federal income tax purposes.

Revenue Ruling 2003-91 states that the determination of whether the owner of a variable contract possesses sufficient incidents of ownership over the assets underlying the variable contract so as to be deemed the owner of those assets for federal income tax purposes will depend on all the facts and circumstances. We do not believe that the differences between the Contract and the contracts described in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 should prevent the holding in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 from applying.  Nevertheless, you should consult with a qualified tax professional on the potential impact of the investor control rules of the IRS as they relate to the investment decisions and activities you may undertake with respect to the Contract.  In addition, the IRS and/or the Treasury Department may issue new rulings, interpretations or regulations on this subject in the future.  Accordingly, we therefore reserve the right to modify the Contracts as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner, for tax purposes, of the underlying assets.  We also reserve the right to notify you if we determine that it is no longer practicable to maintain the Contract in a manner that was designed to prevent you from being considered the owner of the assets of the Separate Account.  You bear the risk that you may be treated as the owner of Separate Account assets and taxed accordingly.

     Tax Treatment of the Company and the Variable Account

As a life insurance company under the Code, we will record and report operations of the Variable Account separately from other operations. The Variable Account will not, however, constitute a regulated investment company or any other type of taxable entity distinct from our other operations. Under present law, we will not incur tax on the income of the Variable Account (consisting primarily of interest, dividends, and net capital gains) if we use this income to increase reserves under Contracts participating in the Variable Account.

     Qualified Retirement Plans

"Qualified Contracts" are Contracts used with plans that receive tax-deferral treatment pursuant to specific provisions of the Code.  Annuity contracts also receive tax-deferral treatment.  It is not necessary that you purchase an annuity contract to receive the tax-deferral treatment available through a Qualified Contract.  If you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you do not receive additional tax-deferral.  Therefore, if you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you should do so for reasons other than obtaining tax deferral.

You may use Qualified Contracts with several types of qualified retirement plans. Because tax consequences will vary with the type of qualified retirement plan and the plan's specific terms and conditions, we provide below only brief, general descriptions of the consequences that follow from using Qualified Contracts in connection with various types of qualified retirement plans. We stress that the rights of any person to any benefits under these plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms of the Qualified Contracts that you are using. These terms and conditions may include restrictions on, among other things, ownership, transferability, assignability, contributions and distributions.

     Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans

Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 403(a) of the Code permit business employers and certain associations to establish various types of retirement plans for employees. The Code requirements are similar for qualified retirement plans of corporations and those of self-employed individuals. Self-employed persons, as a general rule, may therefore use Qualified Contracts as a funding vehicle for their retirement plans.

     Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to purchase annuity contracts and, subject to certain limitations, exclude the amount of purchase payments from gross income for tax purposes. The Code imposes restrictions on cash withdrawals from Section 403(b) annuities.

If the Contracts are to receive tax-deferred treatment, cash withdrawals of amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions (other than withdrawals of accumulation account value as of December 31, 1988) may be made only when the Participant attains age 59½, has a severance from employment with the employer, dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Code). These restrictions apply to (i) any post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (ii) any growth or interest on post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (iii) any growth or interest on pre-1989 salary reduction contributions that occurs on or after January 1, 1989, and (iv) any pre-1989 salary reduction contributions since we do not maintain records that separately account for such contributions.  It is permissible, however, to withdraw post-1988 salary reduction contributions (but not the earnings attributable to such contributions) in cases of financial hardship. The Internal Revenue Service has not issued specific rules defining financial hardship, but those rules do not become effective until January 1, 2009.  Until then, we expect that to qualify for a hardship distribution, the Participant must have an immediate and heavy bona fide financial need and lack other resources reasonably available to satisfy the need. Hardship withdrawals (as well as certain other premature withdrawals) will be subject to a 10% tax penalty, in addition to any withdrawal charge applicable under the Contracts. Under certain circumstances the 10% tax penalty will not apply if the withdrawal is for medical expenses.

Section 403(b) annuities, like IRAs, are subject to required minimum distributions under the Code.  Section 403(b) annuities are unique, however, in that any account balance accruing before January 1, 1987 (the "pre-1987 balance") needs to comply with only the minimum distribution incidental benefit (MDIB) rule and not also with the minimum distribution rules set forth in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  This special treatment for any pre-1987 balance is, however, conditioned upon the issuer identifying the pre-1987 balance and maintaining accurate records of changes to the balance.  Since we do not maintain such records, your pre-1987 balance, if any, will not be eligible for special distribution treatment.

Under the terms of a particular Section 403(b) plan, the Participant may be entitled to transfer all or a portion of the Account Value to one or more alternative funding options. Participants should consult the documents governing their plan and the person who administers the plan for information as to such investment alternatives.

The Internal Revenue Service has issued comprehensive regulations that are generally effective January 1, 2009, to 403(b) plans and annuities, but that may apply to a Section 403(b) annuity issued before that date.  You should consult with a qualified tax professional about those regulations.

     Individual Retirement Arrangements

Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit eligible individuals to contribute to a so-called "traditional" individual retirement program, including Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities, Simplified Employee Pension Plans, and SIMPLE Retirement Accounts. Such IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution levels, the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when distributions may commence. In addition, certain distributions from some other types of retirement plans may be placed in an IRA on a tax-deferred basis. The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to IRAs and we will provide purchasers of the Contracts as Individual Retirement Annuities with any necessary information. You will have the right to revoke a Contract issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity under certain circumstances, as described in the section of this Prospectus entitled "Right to Return." If your Contract is issued in connection with an Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Roth Individual Retirement Arrangements

Section 408A of the Code permits an individual to contribute to an individual retirement program called a Roth IRA. Unlike contributions to a traditional IRA under Section 408 of the Code, contributions to a Roth IRA are not tax-deductible. Provided certain conditions are satisfied, distributions are generally tax-free. Like traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution amounts and the timing of distributions. If you convert a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity Contract into a Roth IRA Contract or your Individual Retirement Account that holds a Contract is converted to a Roth Individual Retirement Account, the fair market value of the Contract is included in taxable income. Under IRS regulations and Revenue Procedure 2006-13, fair market value may exceed the Contract's account balance.  Thus, you should consult with a qualified tax professional prior to any conversion.

The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to Roth IRAs and we will provide the necessary information for Contracts issued as Roth Individual Retirement Annuities. If your Contract is issued in connection with a Roth Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Required Minimum Distribution Requirements for Tax-Sheltered Annuities and Traditional Individual      Retirement Annuities

If your Contract is a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity or a 403(b) TSA annuity, it is subject to certain required minimum distribution (RMD) requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and IRS regulations. Under the RMD rules, distributions must begin no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which you attain age 70½ or, for non-IRAs, the date of retirement instead of age 70½ if it is later. The RMD amount for a distribution calendar year is generally calculated by dividing the Contract's value as of 12/31 of the prior calendar year by the applicable distribution factor set forth in a Uniform Lifetime Table in the IRS regulations. For Contracts issued in connection with traditional Individual Retirement Accounts, you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian about RMD requirements since we only provide the trustee or custodian with the Contract’s value (including any actuarial present value of additional benefits discussed below) so that it can be used in the Account’s RMD calculations.

Effective with the 2006 distribution calendar year, the actuarial present value as of 12/31 of any additional benefits that are provided under your Contract (such as death benefits) will be added to the Contract’s Account Value as of 12/31 account balance in order to calculate the RMD amount. There are two exceptions to the requirement that the actuarial present value of an additional benefit must be added to the account balance for RMD calculation purposes. First, if the only additional benefit provided under a Contract is a return of premium death benefit (i.e., a benefit under which the final payment does not exceed the amount of purchase payments made less prior distributions), then the additional benefit is disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. Second, if (1) the Contract provides only for additional benefits that are each reduced on a proportional basis in the event of distributions, with or without a return of premium death benefit that is not reduced in amount proportionately in the event of distributions and (2) the actuarial present value of all the Contract’s additional benefits is no more than 20% of the 12/31 Account Value, then the additional benefits are disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. When we notify you of the RMD amount for a distribution calendar year, we will inform you if the calculation included the actuarial present value of additional benefits. Because of the above requirements, a death benefit in your Contract could cause your RMD amount to be higher than it would be without such a benefit.

You may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular IRA annuity from that annuity or from another IRA account or IRA annuity of yours.  Similarly, you may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular TSA annuity from that annuity or from another TSA account or TSA annuity of yours.  If your Qualified Contract is an asset of a qualified retirement plan, the qualified plan is subject to the RMD requirements and the Contract, as an asset of the qualified plan, may need to be used as a source of funds for the RMDs.

Puerto Rico Tax Considerations

The Contract offered by this Prospectus is considered an annuity contract under Section 1022 of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended (the "1994 Code"). Under the current provisions of the 1994 Code, no income tax is payable on increases in value of accumulation shares of annuity units credited to a variable annuity contract until payments are made to the annuitant or other payee under such contract.

When payments are made from your Contract in the form of an annuity, the annuitant or other payee will be required to include as gross income the lesser of the amount received during the taxable year or the portion of the amount received equal to 3% of the aggregate premiums or other consideration paid for the annuity. The amount, if any, in excess of the included amount is excluded from gross income as a return of premium. After an amount equal to the aggregate premiums or other consideration paid for the annuity has been excluded from gross income, all of the subsequent annuity payments are considered to be taxable income.

When a payment under a Contract is made in a lump sum, the amount of the payment would be included in the gross income of the Annuitant or other Payee to the extent it exceeds the Annuitant's aggregate premiums or other consideration paid.

The provisions of the 1994 Code with respect to qualified retirement plans described in this Prospectus vary significantly from those under the Internal Revenue Code. We currently offer the Contract in Puerto Rico in connection with Individual Retirement Arrangements that qualify under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code but do not qualify under the Puerto Rico 1994 Code. See the applicable text of this Prospectus under the heading "Federal Tax Status" dealing with such Arrangements and their RMD requirements.. We may make Contracts available for use with other retirement plans that similarly qualify under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code but do not qualify under the Puerto Rico 1994 Code.

As a result of IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75, as amplified by Revenue Ruling 2004-97, we will treat Contract distributions and withdrawals occurring on or after January 1, 2005 as U.S.-source income that is subject to U.S. income tax withholding and reporting.  Under "TAX CONSIDERATIONS", see "Pre-Distribution Taxation of Contracts", "Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts", Withholding" and Non-Qualified Contracts".  You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice regarding the effect of Revenue Ruling 2004-75 on your U.S. and Puerto Rico income tax situation.

For information regarding the income tax consequences of owning a Contract, you should consult a qualified tax professional.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

We perform certain administrative functions relating to the Contracts, Participant Accounts, and the Variable Account. These functions include, but are not limited to, maintaining the books and records of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts; maintaining records of the name, address, taxpayer identification number, Contract number, Participant Account number and type, the status of each Participant Account and other pertinent information necessary to the administration and operation of the Contracts; processing Applications, Purchase Payments, transfers and full and partial withdrawals; issuing Contracts and Certificates; administering annuity payments; furnishing accounting and valuation services; reconciling and depositing cash receipts; providing confirmations; providing toll-free customer service lines; and furnishing telephonic transfer services.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Contracts are sold by licensed insurance agents ("the Selling Agents") in those states where the Contract may be lawfully sold.  Such Selling Agents will be registered representatives of affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealer firms ("the Selling Broker-Dealers") registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") and who have entered into selling agreements with the Company and the general distributor, Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc. ("Clarendon"), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.  Clarendon is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA.

The Company (or its affiliate, for purposes of this section only, collectively, "the Company"), pays the Selling Broker-Dealers compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract.  The Selling Agents who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid by the Company to the Selling Broker-Dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and their Selling Agent.  This compensation is not paid directly by the Contract Owner or the separate account.  The Company intends to recoup this compensation through fees and charges imposed under the Contract, and from profits on payments received by the Company for providing administrative, marketing, and other support and services to the Funds.

The amount and timing of commissions the Company may pay to Selling Broker-Dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to be more than 8.50% of Purchase Payments, and 1.25% annually of the Participant's Account Value. The Company may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, and this compensation may be significant in amount.

The Company also pays compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries, including payments to affiliates of the Company, in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training and administrative services to the Selling Agents of the Selling Broker-Dealers.  This compensation may be significant in amount and may be based on a percentage of Purchase Payments and/or a percentage of Contract Value and/or may be a fixed dollar amount.

In addition to the compensation described above, the Company may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as "override" compensations, or reimbursements to Selling Broker-Dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support.  These payments are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Broker-Dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of the Company's products on the Selling Broker-Dealers' preferred or recommended list, access to the Selling Broker-Dealers' registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of the Company's products, assistance in training and education of the Selling Agents, and opportunities for the Company to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars.  The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular Selling Broker-Dealer's actual or expected aggregate sales of our variable contracts (including the Contract) or assets held within those contracts and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Selling Agent. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional compensation as described above may provide Selling Broker-Dealers with an incentive to favor sales of the Contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which the Selling Broker-Dealer does not receive additional compensation, or lower levels of additional compensation. You should take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts.

In addition to selling our variable contracts (including the Contract), some Selling Broker-Dealers or their affiliates may have other business relationships with the Company. Those other business relationships may include, for example, reinsurance agreements pursuant to which an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer provides reinsurance to the Company relative to some or all of the Policies or other variable policies issued by the Company or its affiliates. The potential profits for a Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliates (including its registered representatives) associated with such reinsurance arrangements could be significant in amount and could indirectly provide incentives to the Selling Broker-Dealer and its Selling Agents to recommend products for which they provide reinsurance over similar products which do not result in potential reinsurance profits to the Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliate. The operation of an individual contract is not impacted by whether the policy is subject to a reinsurance arrangement between the Company and an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer.

As discussed in the preceding paragraphs, the Company makes numerous forms of payments and engages in a variety of other activities that, directly or indirectly, provide incentives to, and otherwise facilitate and encourage the offer and sale of the Contracts by Selling Broker-Dealers and their registered representatives. Such payments and other activities may be significantly greater or less in connection with the Contracts than in connection with other products offered and sold by the Company or by others. Accordingly, our payments and other activities described above may create a potential conflict of interest, as they may influence your Selling Broker-Dealer or registered representative to present a Contract to you instead of (or more favorably than) another product or products that might be preferable to you.

You should ask your Selling Agent for further information about what commissions or other compensation he or she, or the Selling Broker-Dealer for which he or she works, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Commissions may be waived or reduced in connection with certain transactions described in this Prospectus under the heading "Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Special Guaranteed Interest Rates."  During 2005, 2006, and 2007, approximately $40,377, $31,092, and $34,032, respectively, in commissions were paid to but not retained by Clarendon in connection with the distribution of the Contracts.


The Company and the Variable Account have filed with the SEC registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Contracts. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statements and their exhibits. For further information regarding the Variable Account, the Company and the Contracts, please refer to the registration statements and their exhibits.

In addition, the Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We file reports and other information with the SEC to meet these requirements.

You can inspect and copy this information and our registration statements at the SEC's public reference facilities at the following locations: Washington, D.C. - 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; Chicago, Illinois - 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60661. The Washington, D.C. office will also provide copies by mail for a fee. You may also find these materials on the SEC's website (http:// www.sec.gov).

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ''Exchange Act'') is incorporated herein by reference. All documents or reports we file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus.

The Company will furnish, without charge, to each person to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy of the documents referred to above which have been incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, other than exhibits to such document (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in this Prospectus). Requests for such document should be directed to the Secretary, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481, telephone (800) 225-3950.

STATE REGULATION

The Company is subject to the laws of the State of Delaware governing life insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware. An annual statement is filed with the Commissioner of Insurance on or before March lst in each year relating to the operations of the Company for the preceding year and its financial condition on December 31st of such year. Its books and records are subject to review or examination by the Commissioner or his agents at any time and a full examination of its operations is conducted at periodic intervals.

The Company is also subject to the insurance laws and regulations of the other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. The laws of the various jurisdictions establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative powers with respect to licensing to transact business, overseeing trade practices, licensing agents, approving policy forms, establishing reserve requirements, fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum rates for accumulation of surrender values, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and regulating the type and amounts of investments permitted. Each insurance company is required to file detailed annual reports with supervisory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business and its operations and accounts are subject to examination by such agencies at regular intervals.

In addition, many states regulate affiliated groups of insurers, such as the Company, Sun Life (Canada) and its affiliates, under insurance holding company legislation. Under such laws, inter-company transfers of assets and dividend payments from insurance subsidiaries may be subject to prior notice or approval, depending on the size of such transfers and payments in relation to the financial positions of the companies involved. Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurers doing business therein can be assessed (up to prescribed limits) for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. The amount of any future assessments of the Company under these laws cannot be reasonably estimated. However, most of these laws do provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength and many permit the deduction of all or a portion of any such assessment from any future premium or similar taxes payable.

Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the business of insurance, federal initiatives often have an impact on the business in a variety of ways. Current and proposed federal measures which may significantly affect the insurance business include employee benefit regulation, removal of barriers preventing banks from engaging in the insurance business, tax law changes affecting the taxation of insurance companies, the tax treatment of insurance products and its impact on the relative desirability of various personal investment vehicles.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the Variable Account. We and our subsidiaries are engaged in various kinds of routine litigation which, in management's judgment, is not of material importance to our respective total assets or material with respect to the Variable Account.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in the Statement of Additional Information should be considered only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations with respect to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and with respect to the death benefit and the Company's assumption of the mortality and expense risks. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the Fund shares held in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.

The financial statements of the Variable Account for the year ended December 31, 2007 are also included in the Statement of Additional Information.
__________________

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
Advertising and Sales Literature
Calculations
Example of Variable Accumulation Unit Value Calculation
Example of Variable Annuity Unit Calculation
Example of Variable Annuity Payment Calculation
Distribution of the Contracts
Designation and Change of Beneficiary
Custodian
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Financial Statements


 
 

 

This Prospectus sets forth information about the Contracts and the Variable Account that a prospective purchaser should know before investing. Additional information about the Contracts and the Variable Account has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2008 which is incorporated herein by reference. The Statement of Additional Information is available upon request and without charge from Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.). To receive a copy, return this request form to the address shown below or telephone (800) 752-7215.



To:
Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
 
P.O. Box 9133
 
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481
   
 
Please send me a Statement of Additional Information for
 
MFS Regatta Platinum Variable and Fixed Annuity
 
Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F.


Name
                                                                                                                              
   
Address
                                                                                                                              
   
 
                                                                                                                              
   
City
                                                           State                Zip                                     
   
Telephone
                                                                                                                               

 
 

 

GLOSSARY

The following terms as used in this Prospectus have the indicated meanings:

ACCOUNT or PARTICIPANT ACCOUNT: An account established for each Participant to which Net Purchase Payments are credited.

ACCOUNT VALUE: The Variable Accumulation Value, if any, plus the Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, of your Account for any Valuation Period.

ACCOUNT YEAR and ACCOUNT ANNIVERSARY: Your first Account Year is the period of (a) 12 full calendar months plus (b) the part of the calendar month in which we issue your Contract (if not on the first day of the month), beginning with the Contract Date. Your Account Anniversary is the first day immediately after the end of an Account Year. Each Account Year after the first is the 12 calendar month period that begins on your Account Anniversary. If, for example, the Contract Date is in March, the first Account Year will be determined from the Contract Date but will end on the last day of March in the following year; your Account Anniversary is April 1 and all Account Years after the first will be measured from April 1.

ACCUMULATION PHASE: The period before the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Participant during which you make Purchase Payments under the Contract. This is called the ''Accumulation Period'' in the Contract.

*ANNUITANT: The person or persons to whom the first annuity payment is made. If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the new Annuitant will be the Co-Annuitant, if any. If the Co-Annuitant dies or if no Co-Annuitant is named, the Participant becomes the Annuitant upon the Annuitant's death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. If you have not named a sole Annuitant on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date and both the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant are living, the Co-Annuitant will be the sole Annuitant during the Income Phase.

*ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date on which the first annuity payment under each Contract is to be made.

ANNUITY OPTION: The method you choose for making annuity payments.

ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the calculation of the amount of the second and each subsequent Variable Annuity payment from the Variable Account.

APPLICATION: The document signed by you or other evidence acceptable to us that serves as your application for participation under a Group Contract or purchase of an Individual Contract.

*BENEFICIARY: Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the person or entity having the right to receive the death benefit and, for Non-Qualified Contracts, who, in the event of the Participant's death, is the ''designated beneficiary'' for purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the person or entity having the right to receive any payments due under the Annuity Option elected, if applicable, upon the death of the Payee.

BUSINESS DAY: Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

CERTIFICATE: The document for each Participant which evidences the coverage of the Participant under a Group Contract.

COMPANY ("WE," "US," "SUN LIFE (U.S.)"): Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.).

CONTRACT DATE: The date on which we issue your Contract. This is called the ''Date of Coverage'' in the Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT DATE: If you have elected a death benefit payment option before your death that remains in effect, the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If your Beneficiary elects the death benefit payment option, the later of (a) the date on which we receive the Beneficiary's election and (b) the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Death Benefit Date will be the last day of the 60 day period and we will pay the death benefit in cash.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH: An original certified copy of an official death certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof satisfactory to the Company.

EXPIRATION DATE: The last day of a Guarantee Period.

FIXED ACCOUNT: The general account of the Company, consisting of all assets of the Company other than those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Fixed Account.

FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as to dollar amount.

GROUP CONTRACT: A Contract issued by the Company on a group basis.

GUARANTEE AMOUNT: Each separate allocation of Account Value to a particular Guarantee Period (including interest earned thereon).

GUARANTEE PERIOD: The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest we credit on a compound annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

INCOME PHASE: The period on and after the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Annuitant during which we make annuity payments under the Contract.

INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT: A Contract issued by the Company on an individual basis.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR: An index applied to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or equal to one.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT: The portion of a Purchase Payment which remains after the deduction of any applicable premium tax or similar tax.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan that does not receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Participant's interest in the Contract must be owned by a natural person or agent for a natural person for the Contract to receive income tax treatment as an annuity.

OWNER: The person, persons or entity entitled to the ownership rights stated in a Group Contract and in whose name or names the Group Contract is issued. The Owner may designate a trustee or custodian of a retirement plan which meets the requirements of Section 401, Section 408(c), Section 408(k), Section 408(p) or Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement plan, but the term ''Owner,'' as used herein, shall refer to the organization entering into the Group Contract.

*PARTICIPANT: In the case of an Individual Contract, the owner of the Contract. In the case of a Group Contract, the person named in the Contract who is entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of ownership under the Contract, except as reserved by the Owner.

PAYEE: A recipient of payments under a Contract. The term includes an Annuitant or a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to benefits upon the death of the Participant.

PURCHASE PAYMENT (PAYMENT): An amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits provided by a Contract.

QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan which may receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

SERIES FUND: MFS®/Sun Life Series Trust.

SEVEN-YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Account Anniversary and each succeeding Account Anniversary occurring at any seven year interval thereafter; for example, the 14th, 21st and 28th Account Anniversaries.

SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific series of the Series Fund.

VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time from one determination of Variable Accumulation Unit or Annuity Unit values to the next subsequent determination of these values. Value determinations are made as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on each day that the Exchange is open for trading.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT: Variable Account F of the Company, which is a separate account of the Company consisting of assets set aside by the Company, the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the calculation of Variable Account Value.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Variable Account.

VARIABLE ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which vary as to dollar amount in relation to the investment performance of the Variable Account.

*You specify these items on the Application, and may change them, as we describe in this Prospectus.


 
 

 

WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Part 1: Variable Account (the Market Value Adjustment does not apply to the Variable Account)

Withdrawal Charge Calculation:

Full Withdrawal:

Assume a Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Contract Date, no additional Purchase Payments are made and there are no partial withdrawals. The table below presents four examples of the withdrawal charge resulting from a full withdrawal of your Account, based on hypothetical Account Values.

 
Account Year
Hypothetical Account
Value
Free Withdrawal Amount
New
Payments Withdrawn
Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Withdrawal Charge Amount
(a)
1
$ 41,000
$   4,000
$ 37,000
6.00%
$ 2,220
(b)
3
$ 52,000
$ 12,000
$ 40,000
5.00%
$ 2,000
(c)
7
$ 80,000
$ 28,000
$ 40,000
3.00%
$ 1,200
(d)
9
$ 98,000
$ 68,000
$          0
0.00%
$       0

(a)
The free withdrawal amount in any Account Year is equal to (1) the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for that year (i.e., 10% of all Purchase Payments made in the last 7 Account Years (''New Payments'')); plus (2) any unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances from previous years; plus (3) any Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years (''Old Payments'') not previously withdrawn. In Account Year 1, the free withdrawal amount is $4,000 (the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for that year) because there are no unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances from previous years and no Old Payments. The $41,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the $4,000 free withdrawal amount. The remaining $37,000 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 and is subject to the withdrawal charge.
   
(b)
In Account Year 3, the free withdrawal amount is $12,000 (the $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowance for the current year plus the unused $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowances for each of Account Years 1 and 2). The $52,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount and the remaining $40,000 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1.
   
(c)
In Account Year 7, the free withdrawal amount is $28,000 (the $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowance for the current Account Year plus the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowance of $4,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 6). The $80,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount. The next $40,000 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 and is subject to the withdrawal charge. The remaining $12,000 exceeds the total of the free withdrawal amount plus all New Payments not previously withdrawn, so it is not subject to the withdrawal charge.
   
(d)
In Account Year 9, the free withdrawal amount is $68,000, calculated as follows. There are no Annual Withdrawal Allowances for Account Years 8 or 9 because there are no New Payments in those years. The $40,000 Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 is now an Old Payment that constitutes a portion of the free withdrawal amount. In addition, the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances of $4,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 7 are carried forward and available for use in Account Year 9. The $98,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount. Because the remaining $30,000 is not withdrawn from New Payments, this part of the withdrawal also will not be subject to the withdrawal charge.


 
 

 

Partial Withdrawal:

Assume a single Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Contract Date, no additional Purchase Payments are made, no partial withdrawals have been taken prior to the fifth Account Year, and there are a series of 3 partial withdrawals made during the fifth Account Year of $9,000, $12,000, and $15,000.

 
Hypothetical Account
Value
Partial
Withdrawal Amount
Free Withdrawal Amount
New
Payments Withdrawn
Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Withdrawal Charge Amount
(a)
$64,000
$  9,000
$20,000
$         0
4.00%
$    0
(b)
$56,000
$12,000
$11,000
$  1,000
4.00%
$  40
(c)
$40,000
$15,000
$         0
$15,000
4.00%
$600

(a)
In the fifth Account Year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to $20,000 (the $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowance for the current year, plus the unused $4,000 for each of the Account Years 1 through 4). The partial withdrawal amount ($9,000) is less than the free withdrawal amount so no New Payments are withdrawn and no withdrawal charge applies.
   
(b)
Since a partial withdrawal of $9,000 was taken, the remaining free withdrawal amount is equal to $11,000. The $12,000 partial withdrawal will first be applied against the $11,000 free withdrawal amount. The remaining $1,000 will be withdrawn from the $40,000 New Payment, incurring a withdrawal charge of $40.
   
(c)
The free withdrawal amount is zero since the previous partial withdrawals have already used the free withdrawal amount. The entire partial withdrawal amount will result in New Payments being withdrawn and will incur a withdrawal charge.

Part 2 - Fixed Account - Examples of the Market Value Adjustment (''MVA'')

The MVA Factor is:
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J +b)](N/12) - 1

These examples assume the following:

l
The Guarantee Amount was allocated to a five year Guarantee Period with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 6% or .06.
l
The date of surrender is two years from the Expiration Date (N = 24).
l
The value of the Guarantee Amount on the date of surrender is $11,910.16.
l
The interest earned in the current Account Year is $674.16.
l
No transfers or partial withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Amount have been made.
l
Withdrawal charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown in the examples in Part 1.

Example of a Negative MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 8% or .08 and the b factor is zero.

The MVA factor =
=
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
 
=
[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .08)](24/12) - 1
 
=
(.9812) - 1
 
=
.963 - 1
 
=
-.037

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interest credited to the Guarantee Amount in the current Account Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 -  $674.16) x (-.037) = - $415.73

-$415.73 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x (-.037) = -$49.06. -$49.06 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

Example of a Positive MVA:
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 5% or .05 and the b factor is zero.

The MVA factor

The MVA factor
=
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
 
=
[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .05)](24/12) - 1
 
=
(1.0102) - 1
 
=
1.019 - 1
 
=
.019

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interested credit to the Guarantee Amount in the current Account Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16) x .019 = $213.48

$213.48 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x .019 = $25.19.

$25.19 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.



 
 

 

APPENDIX C -
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following information for REGATTA PLATINUM should be read in conjunction with the Variable Account's financial statements appearing in the Statement of Additional Information.

 
Accumulation
Accumulation
Number of
 
 
Unit Value
Unit Value
Accumulation
 
 
Beginning
End
Units End
 
Sub-Account
of Period
of Period
of Period
Year
         
Bond Series
$14.8692
 
$15.1773
 
1,889,321
 
2007
 
14.3349
 
14.8692
 
2,341,399
 
2006
 
14.2874
 
14.3349
 
3,163,320
 
2005
 
13.6383
 
14.2874
 
3,593,610
 
2004
 
12.6065
 
13.6383
 
4,435,168
 
2003
 
11.6666
 
12.6065
 
4,908,882
 
2002
 
10.9776
 
11.6666
 
4,809,350
 
2001
 
10.0963
 
10.9776
 
3,829,426
 
2000
 
10.4201
 
10.0963
 
2,970,448
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.4201
 
628,000
 
1998
               
Capital Appreciation Series
9.2191
 
10.1017
 
5,937,173
 
2007
 
8.7897
 
9.2191
 
7,789,951
 
2006
 
8.8332
 
8.7897
 
10,002,358
 
2005
 
8.0696
 
8.8332
 
10,027,114
 
2004
 
6.3585
 
8.0696
 
11,109,581
 
2003
 
9.5380
 
6.3585
 
12,147,164
 
2002
 
12.9537
 
9.5380
 
14,639,057
 
2001
 
14.8295
 
12.9537
 
16,123,178
 
2000
 
11.3405
 
14.8295
 
10,770,738
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.3405
 
1,683,164
 
1998
               
Core Equity Series
12.8160
 
13.7368
 
4,388,587
 
2007
 
11.4278
 
12.8160
 
2,038,030
 
2006
 
10.8765
 
11.4278
 
2,497,342
 
2005
 
9.6234
 
10.8765
 
2,615,901
 
2004
 
7.6330
 
9.6234
 
2,774,711
 
2003
 
9.8497
 
7.6330
 
2,878,210
 
2002
 
11.2123
 
9.8497
 
3,484,062
 
2001
 
11.0284
 
11.2123
 
3,623,901
 
2000
 
10.3415
 
11.0284
 
2,692,647
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.3415
 
387,080
 
1998
               
Emerging Growth Series
11.1262
 
13.3003
 
4,499,568
 
2007
 
10.4459
 
11.1262
 
5,999,908
 
2006
 
9.7069
 
10.4459
 
7,766,452
 
2005
 
8.6938
 
9.7069
 
9,760,164
 
2004
 
6.7054
 
8.6938
 
11,210,435
 
2003
 
10.3316
 
6.7054
 
12,518,370
 
2002
 
16.0186
 
10.3316
 
15,684,540
 
2001
 
20.0771
 
16.0186
 
17,416,607
 
2000
 
11.5819
 
20.0771
 
9,952,208
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.5819
 
1,651,404
 
1998
               
Emerging Markets Equity Series
28.8045
 
38.5257
 
607,606
 
2007
 
22.4427
 
28.8045
 
805,402
 
2006
 
16.6421
 
22.4427
 
979,129
 
2005
 
13.2717
 
16.6421
 
911,007
 
2004
 
8.8202
 
13.2717
 
822,337
 
2003
 
9.1222
 
8.8202
 
828,135
 
2002
 
9.3494
 
9.1222
 
809,439
 
2001
 
12.2711
 
9.3494
 
1,169,900
 
2000
 
8.1616
 
12.2711
 
471,834
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
8.1616
 
72,586
 
1998
               
Global Government Series
14.1362
 
15.1500
 
352,640
 
2007
 
13.6582
 
14.1362
 
408,052
 
2006
 
14.9272
 
13.6582
 
505,123
 
2005
 
13.7560
 
14.9272
 
560,132
 
2004
 
12.0689
 
13.7560
 
654,693
 
2003
 
10.1477
 
12.0689
 
636,630
 
2002
 
10.5176
 
10.1477
 
428,207
 
2001
 
10.5290
 
10.5176
 
558,947
 
2000
 
11.2639
 
10.5290
 
301,714
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.2639
 
76,210
 
1998
               
Global Growth Series
17.4839
 
19.5258
 
1,058,514
 
2007
 
15.1068
 
17.4839
 
1,372,092
 
2006
 
13.9236
 
15.1068
 
1,648,464
 
2005
 
12.2149
 
13.9236
 
1,881,671
 
2004
 
9.1464
 
12.2149
 
2,060,622
 
2003
 
11.5048
 
9.1464
 
2,297,111
 
2002
 
14.5301
 
11.5048
 
2,921,700
 
2001
 
16.9623
 
14.5301
 
3,209,391
 
2000
 
10.2820
 
16.9623
 
1,328,571
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.2820
 
162,856
 
1998
               
Global Total Return Series
17.1412
 
18.3987
 
1,364,245
 
2007
 
14.8232
 
17.1412
 
1,603,358
 
2006
 
14.4879
 
14.8232
 
1,892,995
 
2005
 
12.5467
 
14.4879
 
1,758,581
 
2004
 
10.3475
 
12.5467
 
1,643,492
 
2003
 
10.4317
 
10.3475
 
1,212,365
 
2002
 
11.2785
 
10.4317
 
1,171,502
 
2001
 
11.1787
 
11.2785
 
1,216,055
 
2000
 
10.4567
 
11.1787
 
901,334
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.4567
 
152,857
 
1998
               
Government Securities Series
13.5678
 
14.3371
 
3,849,441
 
2007
 
13.2710
 
13.5678
 
4,942,559
 
2006
 
13.1560
 
13.2710
 
6,392,852
 
2005
 
12.8596
 
13.1560
 
7,537,044
 
2004
 
12.7679
 
12.8596
 
9,804,421
 
2003
 
11.7931
 
12.7679
 
12,533,953
 
2002
 
11.1320
 
11.7931
 
10,571,958
 
2001
 
10.0675
 
11.1320
 
9,623,917
 
2000
 
10.4116
 
10.0675
 
6,917,529
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.4116
 
816,102
 
1998
               
High Yield Series
13.2607
 
13.3259
 
2,661,756
 
2007
 
12.1824
 
13.2607
 
3,538,317
 
2006
 
12.0897
 
12.1824
 
4,480,283
 
2005
 
11.1934
 
12.0897
 
5,335,134
 
2004
 
9.3480
 
11.1934
 
6,452,156
 
2003
 
9.2315
 
9.3480
 
6,430,762
 
2002
 
9.2019
 
9.2315
 
7,513,560
 
2001
 
10.0101
 
9.2019
 
7,800,151
 
2000
 
9.5030
 
10.0101
 
5,126,512
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.5030
 
1,000,705
 
1998
               
International Growth Series
18.3996
 
21.1492
 
1,686,552
 
2007
 
14.8049
 
18.3996
 
2,167,605
 
2006
 
13.0663
 
14.8049
 
2,603,702
 
2005
 
11.1419
 
13.0663
 
2,878,185
 
2004
 
8.1491
 
11.1419
 
2,994,309
 
2003
 
9.3799
 
8.1491
 
3,292,267
 
2002
 
11.3110
 
9.3799
 
3,924,402
 
2001
 
12.4412
 
11.3110
 
4,164,308
 
2000
 
9.3254
 
12.4412
 
1,960,439
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.3254
 
338,938
 
1998
               
International Value Series
21.6385
 
22.9020
 
1,195,703
 
2007
 
16.9817
 
21.6385
 
1,504,714
 
2006
 
14.9475
 
16.9817
 
1,640,661
 
2005
 
11.8417
 
14.9475
 
1,364,003
 
2004
 
8.9876
 
11.8417
 
1,036,209
 
2003
 
9.6910
 
8.9876
 
957,991
 
2002
 
11.5075
 
9.6910
 
1,099,935
 
2001
 
11.9538
 
11.5075
 
1,256,955
 
2000
 
10.3378
 
11.9538
 
904,331
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.3378
 
199,346
 
1998
               
Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Series
11.1354
 
12.2445
 
8,997,471
 
2007
 
10.4891
 
11.1354
 
11,308,403
 
2006
 
10.1920
 
10.4891
 
14,863,281
 
2005
 
9.4309
 
10.1920
 
17,913,505
 
2004
 
7.7518
 
9.4309
 
20,571,225
 
2003
 
10.9281
 
7.7518
 
22,759,313
 
2002
 
14.7585
 
10.9281
 
28,796,657
 
2001
 
15.9430
 
14.7585
 
32,630,497
 
2000
 
11.9094
 
15.9430
 
20,741,206
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.9094
 
2,428,134
 
1998
               
Blended Research Core Equity Series
11.5291
 
12.0431
 
13,556,623
 
2007
 
10.3196
 
11.5291
 
17,925,188
 
2006
 
9.7170
 
10.3196
 
23,626,164
 
2005
 
8.8005
 
9.7170
 
28,027,975
 
2004
 
7.2662
 
8.8005
 
31,842,350
 
2003
 
9.3553
 
7.2662
 
35,925,741
 
2002
 
11.2603
 
9.3553
 
44,164,744
 
2001
 
11.4075
 
11.2603
 
49,003,728
 
2000
 
10.7939
 
11.4075
 
36,443,681
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.7939
 
5,331,018
 
1998
               
Mid Cap Growth Series
5.7513
 
6.2286
 
1,401,777
 
2007
 
5.6994
 
5.7513
 
1,879,752
 
2006
 
5.6061
 
5.6994
 
2,561,587
 
2005
 
4.9605
 
5.6061
 
3,127,074
 
2004
 
3.6488
 
4.9605
 
2,999,074
 
2003
 
7.0037
 
3.6488
 
1,806,068
 
2002
 
9.2479
 
7.0037
 
1,766,213
 
2001
 
10.0000
 
9.2479
 
353,162
 
2000
               
Money Market Series
11.2142
 
11.9558
 
2,705,920
 
2007
 
11.2143
 
11.2142
 
3,162,214
 
2006
 
11.0719
 
11.2143
 
3,178,274
 
2005
 
11.1377
 
11.0719
 
3,803,794
 
2004
 
11.2252
 
11.1377
 
5,425,682
 
2003
 
11.2413
 
11.2252
 
9,145,493
 
2002
 
10.9862
 
11.2413
 
9,788,974
 
2001
 
10.5145
 
10.9862
 
5,319,403
 
2000
 
10.1878
 
10.5145
 
4,848,739
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.1878
 
886,479
 
1998
               
New Discovery Series
16.3506
 
16.5329
 
1,802,922
 
2007
 
14.6525
 
16.3506
 
2,387,997
 
2006
 
14.1246
 
14.6525
 
3,053,762
 
2005
 
13.3280
 
14.1246
 
3,711,049
 
2004
 
9.9912
 
13.3280
 
3,987,722
 
2003
 
15.2289
 
9.9912
 
4,284,243
 
2002
 
16.2788
 
15.2289
 
4,767,379
 
2001
 
16.4450
 
16.2788
 
4,753,246
 
2000
 
10.4124
 
16.4450
 
2,064,540
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.4124
 
436,178
 
1998
               
Research International Series
21.2081
 
23.6597
 
1,130,332
 
2007
 
16.8731
 
21.2081
 
1,448,127
 
2006
 
14.6807
 
16.8731
 
1,557,186
 
2005
 
12.2852
 
14.6807
 
1,613,060
 
2004
 
9.3080
 
12.2852
 
1,560,111
 
2003
 
10.6647
 
9.3080
 
1,625,298
 
2002
 
13.1523
 
10.6647
 
1,911,607
 
2001
 
14.4906
 
13.1523
 
2,001,503
 
2000
 
9.4845
 
14.4906
 
914,188
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.4845
 
181,131
 
1998
               
Research Series
11.9516
 
13.3433
 
3,599,995
 
2007
 
10.9636
 
11.9516
 
4,833,638
 
2006
 
10.2945
 
10.9636
 
6,307,383
 
2005
 
9.0142
 
10.2945
 
7,464,197
 
2004
 
7.2951
 
9.0142
 
8,572,881
 
2003
 
9.8837
 
7.2951
 
9,717,636
 
2002
 
12.7530
 
9.8837
 
12,367,010
 
2001
 
13.4883
 
12.7530
 
14,126,725
 
2000
 
11.0189
 
13.4883
 
9,822,632
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.0189
 
1,751,713
 
1998
               
Strategic Income Series
13.9723
 
14.2560
 
944,605
 
2007
 
13.2791
 
13.9723
 
1,096,982
 
2006
 
13.2176
 
13.2791
 
1,432,028
 
2005
 
12.4078
 
13.2176
 
1,614,924
 
2004
 
11.1473
 
12.4078
 
1,669,090
 
2003
 
10.5181
 
11.1473
 
1,629,215
 
2002
 
10.3225
 
10.5181
 
1,626,468
 
2001
 
12.0212
 
10.3225
 
1,535,324
 
2000
 
9.8713
 
12.0212
 
987,192
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.8713
 
157,634
 
1998
               
Technology Series
4.2321
 
5.0163
 
482,384
 
2007
 
3.5189
 
4.2321
 
417,567
 
2006
 
3.3607
 
3.5189
 
696,396
 
2005
 
3.3273
 
3.3607
 
924,930
 
2004
 
2.3210
 
3.3273
 
1,189,525
 
2003
 
4.3580
 
2.3210
 
362,283
 
2002
 
7.2300
 
4.3580
 
396,060
 
2001
 
10.0000
 
7.2300
 
283,087
 
2000
               
Total Return Series
15.7969
 
16.2476
 
9,863,273
 
2007
 
14.2759
 
15.7969
 
12,628,154
 
2006
 
14.0532
 
14.2759
 
16,915,503
 
2005
 
12.7866
 
14.0532
 
18,941,002
 
2004
 
11.0696
 
12.7866
 
20,227,510
 
2003
 
11.9073
 
11.0696
 
21,362,142
 
2002
 
12.0159
 
11.9073
 
21,987,375
 
2001
 
10.4327
 
12.0159
 
20,955,708
 
2000
 
10.2907
 
10.4327
 
17,437,345
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.2907
 
2,318,847
 
1998
               
Utilities Series
21.7687
 
27.5962
 
3,422,613
 
2007
 
16.6892
 
21.7687
 
4,347,403
 
2006
 
14.4301
 
16.6892
 
5,438,570
 
2005
 
11.2259
 
14.4301
 
5,974,075
 
2004
 
8.3556
 
11.2259
 
6,548,666
 
2003
 
11.1289
 
8.3556
 
7,514,079
 
2002
 
14.9137
 
11.1289
 
10,468,859
 
2001
 
14.1367
 
14.9137
 
11,646,870
 
2000
 
10.9233
 
14.1367
 
6,397,913
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.9233
 
819,649
 
1998
               
Value Series
19.5613
 
20.8144
 
3,399,030
 
2007
 
16.4012
 
19.5613
 
4,477,852
 
2006
 
15.6040
 
16.4012
 
5,656,587
 
2005
 
13.6997
 
15.6040
 
6,245,431
 
2004
 
11.0873
 
13.6997
 
6,373,869
 
2003
 
13.0113
 
11.0873
 
6,746,360
 
2002
 
14.2652
 
13.0113
 
5,973,495
 
2001
 
11.1059
 
14.2652
 
3,963,761
 
2000
 
10.5234
 
11.1059
 
2,322,545
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5234
 
272,362
 
1998



 
 

 






































SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)
P.O. Box 9133
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

Telephone:
Toll Free (800) 752-7215

General Distributor
Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc.
One Sun Life Executive Park
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481


 
 

 

PROSPECTUS
MAY 1, 2008
MFS REGATTA GOLD

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) and Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F offer the flexible payment deferred annuity contracts and certificates described in this Prospectus to groups and individuals.

You may choose among a number of variable investment options and fixed interest options. The variable options are Sub-Accounts in the Variable Account. Each Sub-Account invests in one of the following investment options of the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II (the ''Trust''):

Large-Cap Equity Funds
Specialty/Sector Funds
  MFS® Capital Appreciation Portfolio
  MFS® Technology Portfolio
  MFS® Core Equity Portfolio
  MFS® Utilities Portfolio
  MFS® Growth Portfolio1
Asset Allocation Funds
  MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio
  MFS® Total Return Portfolio
  MFS® Blended Research Core Equity Portfolio
Global Asset Allocation Funds
  MFS® Research Portfolio
  MFS® Global Total Return Portfolio
  MFS® Value Portfolio
Money Market Funds
Mid-Cap Equity Funds
  MFS® Money Market Portfolio
  MFS® Mid Cap Growth Portfolio
Intermediate-Term Bond Funds
Small-Cap Equity Funds
  MFS® Bond Portfolio
  MFS® New Discovery Portfolio
  MFS® Government Securities Portfolio
International/Global Equity Funds
Multi-Sector Bond Funds
  MFS® Global Growth Portfolio
  MFS® Strategic Income Portfolio
  MFS® Research International Portfolio
High Yield Bond Funds
  MFS® International Growth Portfolio
  MFS® High Yield Portfolio
Emerging Markets Equity Funds
World Bond Funds
  MFS® Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
  MFS® Global Governments Portfolio

1
Formerly MFS® Emerging Growth Portfolio.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company serves as investment adviser to all of the Funds in the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II.

The fixed account options are available for specified time periods, called Guarantee Periods, and pay interest at a guaranteed rate for each period.

Please read this Prospectus and the Trust prospectus carefully before investing and keep them for future reference. They contain important information about the Contracts and the Trust.

We have filed a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2008 (the ''SAI'') with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the ''SEC''), which is incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The table of contents for the SAI is on page 43 of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy without charge by writing to us at the address shown below (which we sometimes refer to as our ''Annuity Mailing Address'') or by telephoning (800) 752-7215. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http:// www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI, material incorporated by reference, and other information regarding companies that file with the SEC.

The Contracts are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Any reference in this Prospectus to receipt by us means receipt at the following address:

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
P.O. Box 9133
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL TERMS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
FEES AND EXPENSES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.) [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE MFS® VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST II [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE FIXED ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE ACCUMULATION PHASE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Issuing Your Contract [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Allocation of Net Purchase Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Your Account [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Your Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Variable Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Fixed Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Transfer Privilege [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Other Programs [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Cash Withdrawals [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Alternate Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Market Value Adjustment [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
CONTRACT CHARGES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Administrative Expense Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Premium Taxes [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Fund Expenses [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Modification in the Case of Group Contracts [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
DEATH BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount of Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Spousal Continuance [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Method of Paying Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection and Change of Beneficiary [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Payment of Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Due Proof of Death [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE INCOME PHASE - ANNUITY PROVISIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Options [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of Annuity Option [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount of Annuity Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exchange of Variable Annuity Units [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Payment Rates [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exercise of Contract Rights [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Change of Ownership s[INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Death of Participant [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Voting of Fund Shares [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Reports to Owners [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Substitution of Securities [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Change in Operation of Variable Account [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Splitting Units [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Modification [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Limitation or Discontinuance of New Participants [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Reservation of Rights [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Right to Return [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
TAX CONSIDERATIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Puerto Rico Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
AVAILABLE INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
STATE REGULATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX B - WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX C - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]


 
 

 

SPECIAL TERMS

Your Contract is a legal document that uses a number of specially defined terms. We explain most of the terms that we use in this Prospectus in the context where they arise, and some are self-explanatory. In addition, for convenient reference, we have compiled a list of these terms in the Glossary included at the back of this Prospectus as Appendix A. If, while you are reading this Prospectus, you come across a term that you do not understand, please refer to the Glossary for an explanation.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

The headings in this section correspond to headings in the Prospectus under which we discuss these topics in more detail.

The Annuity Contract

The Regatta Gold Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning.  During the Accumulation Phase, you make Payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options.  During the Income Phase, we make annuity payments to you or someone else based on the amount you have accumulated. The Contract provides tax-deferral so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings until you withdraw them. When purchased in connection with a tax-qualified plan, the Contract provides no additional tax-deferral benefits because tax-qualified plans confer their own tax-deferral. The Contract also provides a death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase.

The Accumulation Phase

Under most circumstances, you can buy the Contract with an initial Purchase Payment of $5,000 or more ($10,000 or more if you live in California, Maryland, or Texas), and you can make additional Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase.  Currently, there is no minimum amount required for additional Purchase Payments.  However, we reserve the right to limit additional Purchase Payments to at least $1,000.  We will not normally accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $1 million or, if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $1 million.

Variable Account Options:  The Funds

You can allocate your Purchase Payments among Sub-Accounts, each of which invests in a separate securities portfolio of the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II, an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our affiliate, Massachusetts Financial Services Company ("MFS"), serves as the investment adviser to the Trust.  The investment returns on the Funds are not guaranteed.  You can make or lose money.  You can make transfers among the Funds and the Fixed Account Options.

The Fixed Account Options:  The Guarantee Periods

You can allocate your Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account and elect to invest in one or more of the Guarantee Periods we make available from time to time.  Each Guarantee Period earns interest at a Guaranteed Interest Rate that we publish.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rate from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate permitted by law.  Once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.  We may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods. Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period of a particular duration, future allocations or transfers into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted.

Fees and Expenses

The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each.

Each year for the first five Account Years, we deduct an annual Account Fee equal to the lesser of $30 or 2% of your Account Value.  After the fifth Account Year, we may increase the fee annually, but it will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value.  During the Income Phase, the annual Account Fee is $30.  We will not charge the annual Account Fee if your Account had been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year, or your Account Value is more than $75,000 on your Account Anniversary.

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge at an annual rate of 1.25% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.  We also deduct an administrative charge at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.

If you take more than a specified amount of money out of your Contract, we assess a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment withdrawn.  For each Purchase Payment, the withdrawal charge (also known as a "contingent deferred sales charge") starts at 6% and declines to 0% after the Purchase Payment has been in the Contract for seven years.

Currently, you can make 12 free transfers each year; however, we reserve the right to impose a charge of up to $15 per transfer.

In addition to the charges we impose under the Contract, there are also charges (which include management fees and operating expenses) imposed by the Funds. The charges vary depending upon which Fund(s) you have selected.

The Income Phase:  Annuity Provisions

If you want to receive regular income from your annuity after the Annuity Commencement Date, you can select one of several Annuity Options. You can choose to receive annuity payments from either the Fixed Account or from the available Variable Account options.  If you choose to have any part of your annuity payments come from the Variable Account; the dollar amount of the payments may fluctuate with the performance of the Funds.  Subject to the maximum Annuity Commencement Date, you decide when your Income Phase will begin but, once it begins, you cannot change your choice of annuity payment options.

Death Benefit

If you die before the Contract reaches the Income Phase, the beneficiary will receive a death benefit.  The amount of the death benefit depends upon your age on the Contract Date.  If you are 86 or older on your Contract Date, the death benefit is equal to the amount we would pay on a full surrender of your Contract ("Surrender Value").  If you are 85 or younger on your Contract Date, the death benefit pays the greatest of the following amounts:  (1) your Account Value on your Death Benefit Date, (2) your Surrender Value on your Death Benefit Date, (3) your Account Value on the Seven-Year Account Anniversary (adjusted for subsequent payments, withdrawals, and charges), or (4) subject to certain limitations, your total Purchase Payments minus withdrawals, plus interest accrued on each payment and each withdrawal at 5% per year.

Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment

You can withdraw money from your Contract during the Accumulation Phase.  You may withdraw a portion of your Account Value each year without the imposition of a withdrawal charge.  For any Account Year, this "free withdrawal amount" equals 10% of all Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year), plus all Purchase Payments we have held for at least 7 Account Years.  Withdrawals made from the Fixed Account may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see prospectus under "Market Value Adjustment"). You may also have to pay income taxes and tax penalties on money you withdraw.

Right to Return

Your Contract contains a "free look" provision.  If you cancel your Contract within 10 days after receiving it (or later if required by your state), we will send you, depending upon the laws of your state, either the full amount of all of your Purchase Payments or your Account Value as of the day we receive your cancellation request in good order. (This amount may be more or less than the original Purchase Payment).  We will not deduct a withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

 
 

 


Tax Considerations

Your earnings are not taxed until you take them out.  If you withdraw money during the Accumulation Phase, earnings come out first and are taxed as income.  If you are younger than 59½ when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal tax penalty.

                                      

NOTE ABOUT OTHER ANNUITY CONTRACTS THAT WE OFFER: In addition to the Contracts, we currently offer many other forms of annuity contracts with a wide variety of features, benefits and charges. Depending on your circumstances and needs, some of these other contracts may be at lower cost to you. Not all of the annuity contracts that we offer are available in all jurisdictions or through all of the selling agents who offer the contracts. You should consider with your selling agent what annuity contract or financial product is most consistent with your needs and preferences.

If you have any questions about your Contract or need more information, please contact us at:

     Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
     P. O. Box 9133
     Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts  02481
     Toll Free (800) 752-7215


 
 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract.

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, or transfer cash value between investment options.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

 
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of Purchase Payments):
 
0%
       
 
Maximum Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of Purchase Payments):
 
6%*
       
 
Number of Complete Account Years Since
Purchase Payment has been in the Account
 
Withdrawal Charge
   
 
0-1
6%
   
 
2-3
5%
   
 
4-5
4%
   
 
6
3%
   
 
7 or more
0%
   
         
 
Maximum Fee Per Transfer (currently $0):
 
$15**
       
 
Premium Taxes (as a percentage of Certificate Value or total Purchase Payments):
 
0% - 3.5%***

*
A portion of your Account may be withdrawn each year without imposition of any withdrawal charge and, after a Purchase Payment has been in your Account for 7 Account Years, it may be withdrawn free of the withdrawal charge. (See "Withdrawal Charges.")
   
**
Currently, we impose no fee upon transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a fee of up to $15 per transfer.  We do impose certain restrictions upon the number and frequency of transfers.  (See "Transfer Privilege.")
   
***
The premium tax rate and base vary by your state of residence and the type of Certificate you own. Currently, we deduct premium taxes from Certificate Value upon full surrender (including a surrender for the death benefit) or annuitization. See "Contract Charges -- Premium Taxes."

The tables below describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.

 
Annual Account Fee
$ 50*

Variable Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net Variable Account assets)

 
Mortality and Expense Risks Charge:
1.25%
 
Administrative Expenses Charge:
0.15%
     
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses:
1.40%

*
The Annual Account Fee is equal to the lesser of $30 or 2% of your Account Value in Account Years 1 through 5; thereafter, the Annual Account Fee may be changed annually but it will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value. The Annual Account Fee is waived if your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account for the applicable Account Year or if your Account Value is $75,000 or more on your Account Anniversary. (See "Account Fee.")

The table below shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract.  More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

 
 

 


 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Minimum
Maximum
 
(expenses as a percentage of average daily Fund net assets that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)
   
 
   Prior to any fee waiver or expense reimbursement*
0.55%
1.55%

*
The expenses shown are for the year ended December 31, 2007, and do not reflect any fee waiver or expense reimbursement. The advisers and/or other service providers of certain Funds have agreed to reduce their fees and/or reimburse the Funds' expenses in order to keep the Funds' expenses below specified limits. The expenses of some Funds are reduced by contractual fee reduction and expense reimbursement arrangements that will remain in effect at least through April 30, 2009. Other Funds have voluntary fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangements that may be terminated at any time. If all such contractual or voluntary arrangements are taken into account, the minimum and maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for all Funds fall within the range shown. Each fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangement is described in the relevant Fund's prospectus.

THE ABOVE EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS WERE PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS.  WE HAVE NOT INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.

EXAMPLE

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts.  These costs include Contract Owner transaction expenses, contract fees, variable account annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses, and are based on a sample Contract with the maximum possible fees.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated.  The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the Funds.  For purpose of converting the annual contract fee to a percentage, the Example assumes an average Contract size of $30,000.  In addition, this Example assumes no transfers were made and no premium taxes were deducted.  If these arrangements were considered, the expenses shown would be higher.  This Example also does not take into consideration any fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement of the Funds.  If these arrangements were taken into consideration, the expenses shown would be lower.

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

(1)
If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
         
 
$856
$1,311
$1,823
$3,363

(2)
If you annuitize your Contract or if you do not surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
         
 
$304
$930
$1,582
$3,363

The fee table and Example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses and charges of the Sub-Accounts.  Your actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.  The Example does not include the deduction of state premium taxes, which may be assessed upon full surrender, death or annuitization, or any taxes and penalties you may be required to pay if you surrender the Contract. Similarly, the 5% annual rate of return assumed in the Example is not intended to be representative of past or future investment performance.  For more information about Fund expenses, including a description of any applicable fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement, see the prospectuses for the Funds.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Historical information about the value of the units we use to measure the variable portion of your Contract (''Variable Accumulation Units'') is included in the back of this Prospectus as Appendix C.

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) and Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F (the ''Variable Account'') offer the Contract on a group basis in connection with retirement plans. We issue an Individual Contract directly to the individual Participant of the Contract. We issue a Group Contract to the Owner covering all individuals participating under the Group Contract. Each individual receives a Certificate that evidences his or her participation under the Group Contract.

In this Prospectus, unless we state otherwise, we refer to participating individuals under Group Contracts as ''Participants'' and we address Participants as ''you''; we use the term ''Contracts'' to include Group Contracts and Certificates issued under Group Contracts. For the purpose of determining benefits under the Contracts, we establish an Account for each Participant, which we will refer to as ''your'' Account or a ''Participant Account.''

Your Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning. It has an Accumulation Phase, during which you make payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options, and an Income Phase, during which we make payments based on the amount you have accumulated. Your Contract provides tax deferral, so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings under your Contract until you withdraw them. However, if you purchase your Contract in connection with a tax-qualified plan, your purchase should be made for reasons other than tax-deferral.  Tax-qualified plans provide tax-deferral without the need for purchasing an annuity contract.

Your Contract also provides a death benefit if the Annuitant dies during the Accumulation Phase. Finally, if you so elect, during the Income Phase we will make payments to you or someone else for life or for another period that you choose.

You choose these benefits on a variable or fixed basis or a combination of both. When you choose Variable Account investment options or a Variable Annuity option, your Account Value will change in response to changes in the return available from the different types of investments you select under your Contract. With these options, you assume all investment risk under the Contract. When you choose a Guarantee Period in our Fixed Account or a Fixed Annuity option, we assume the investment risk, except in the case of early withdrawals, where you bear the risk of unfavorable interest rate changes. You also bear the risk that the interest rates we will offer in the future and the rates we will use in determining your Fixed Annuity may not exceed our minimum guaranteed rate. Our minimum guaranteed interest rate will never be less than that permitted by law.

The Contract is designed for use in connection with personal retirement and deferred compensation plans, some of which qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Contract is also designed so that it may be used in connection with certain non-tax-qualified retirement plans, such as payroll savings plans and such other groups (trusteed or nontrusteed) as may be eligible under applicable law. We refer to Contracts used with plans that receive favorable tax treatment as ''Qualified Contracts,'' and all others as ''Non-Qualified Contracts.'' A qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract. A decision to purchase an annuity contract should not be based on the assumption that the purchase of an annuity contract is necessary to obtain tax-deferral benefits under a qualified retirement plan.

COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT

All materials sent to us, including Purchase Payments, must be sent to us at our Annuity Mailing Address as set forth on the first page of this Prospectus. For all telephone communications, you must call (800) 752-7215.

Unless this Prospectus states differently, we will consider all materials sent to us and all telephone communications to be received on the date we actually receive them at our Annuity Mailing Address. However, we will consider Purchase Payments, withdrawal requests and transfer instructions to be received on the next Business Day if we receive them (1) on a day that is not a Business Day or (2) after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. In some cases, receipt of financial transactions by the broker-dealer of record will be deemed to be constructive receipt by us.

When we specify that notice to us must be in writing, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion, to accept notice in another form.

SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)

We are a stock life insurance company incorporated under the laws of Delaware on January 12, 1970. We do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and we have an insurance company subsidiary that does business in New York. Our Executive Office mailing address is One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.

We are ultimately controlled by Sun Life Financial Inc. (''Sun Life Financial'').  Sun Life Financial, a corporation organized in Canada, is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with common shares listed on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

We established the Variable Account as a separate account on July 13, 1989, pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors. The Variable Account funds the Contract and various other variable annuity contracts that we offer. These other products may have features, benefits and charges that are different from those under the Contract.

Under Delaware insurance law and the Contract, the income, gains or losses of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other income, gains, or losses of the Company. These assets are held in relation to the Contracts described in this Prospectus and other variable annuity contracts that provide benefits that vary in accordance with the investment performance of the Variable Account. Although the assets maintained in the Variable Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out of any other business we conduct, all obligations arising under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.

The assets of the Variable Account are divided into Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of a specific Fund of the MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II (the ''Trust''). All amounts allocated by you to a Sub-Account will be used to purchase Fund shares at their net asset value. Any and all distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments, death benefits, Account Fees, contract charges against the assets of the Variable Account for the assumption of mortality and expense risks, administrative expenses and any applicable taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund shares at their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted. The Variable Account will be fully invested in Fund shares at all times.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE MFS®/ VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST II

The MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II (the ''Trust'') is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our affiliate, Massachusetts Financial Services Company (''MFS''), serves as the investment adviser to the Trust.

The Trust is composed of a number of independent portfolios of securities, each of which has separate investment objectives and policies. Shares of the Trust are issued in a number of investment options (each a "Fund"), each corresponding to one of the portfolios. The Contracts provide for investment by the Sub-Accounts in shares of the Funds of the Trust. Additional portfolios may be added to the Trust which may or may not be available for investment by the Variable Account.

Each Fund pays fees to MFS for its services pursuant to investment advisory agreements. MFS also serves as investment adviser to each of the funds in the MFS Family of Funds, and to certain other investment companies established by MFS and/or us. MFS Institutional Advisers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MFS, provides investment advice to substantial private clients. MFS and its predecessor organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924. MFS operates as an autonomous organization and the obligation of performance with respect to the investment advisory and underwriting agreements is solely that of MFS. We undertake no obligation in this regard.

MFS may serve as the investment adviser to other mutual funds which have similar investment goals and principal investment policies and risks as the Fund, and which may be managed by a Fund's' portfolio manager(s). While a Fund may have many similarities to these other funds, its investment performance will differ from their investment performance. This is due to a number of differences between a Fund and these similar products, including differences in sales charges, expense ratios and cash flows.

The Trust also offers its shares to other separate accounts established by the Company and our New York subsidiary in connection with variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. Although we do not anticipate any disadvantages to this arrangement, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of the Variable Account and one or more of the other separate accounts investing in the Trust. A conflict may occur due to differences in tax laws affecting the operations of variable life and variable annuity separate accounts, or some other reason. We and the Trust's Board of Trustees will monitor events for such conflicts, and, in the event of a conflict, we will take steps necessary to remedy the conflict, including withdrawal of the Variable Account from participation in the Series which is involved in the conflict or substitution of shares of other Series or other mutual funds.

Information about the Trust and the management, investment objectives, policies, restrictions, expenses and potential risks of each Fund may be found in the current Trust prospectus. You should read the Trust prospectus carefully before investing. The statement of additional information of the Trust is available by calling (800) 752-7215.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

The Fixed Account is made up of all the general assets of the Company other than those allocated to any separate account. Amounts you allocate to Guarantee Periods become part of the Fixed Account, and are available to fund the claims of all classes of our customers, including claims for benefits under the Contracts.

We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account in those assets we choose that are allowed by applicable state insurance laws. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate mortgages, real estate and certain other investments. We intend to invest primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities (i.e. rated by a nationally recognized rating service within the four highest grades) or instruments we believe are of comparable quality.

We are not obligated to invest amounts allocated to the Fixed Account according to any particular strategy, except as may be required by applicable state insurance laws. You will not have a direct or indirect interest in the Fixed Account investments.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS

You may elect one or more Guarantee Period(s) from those we make available.  From time to time, we may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.  Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period for a particular duration, allocations or transfers into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted. We publish Guaranteed Interest Rates for each Guarantee Period offered.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rates we offer from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed rate permitted by state law.  Also, once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.

We determine Guaranteed Interest Rates at our discretion. We do not have a specific formula for establishing the rates for different Guarantee Periods. Our determination will be influenced by the interest rates on fixed income investments in which we may invest with amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods. We will also consider other factors in determining these rates, including regulatory and tax requirements, sales commissions and administrative expenses borne by us, general economic trends and competitive factors. We cannot predict the level of future interest rates.

We may from time to time at our discretion offer interest rate specials for new Purchase Payments that are higher than the rates we are then offering for renewals or transfers.

Early withdrawals from your allocation to a Guarantee Period, including cash withdrawals, transfers, and commencement of an annuity, may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which could decrease or increase the value of your Account. See ''Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.''


 
 

 

THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, you make payments into your Account, and your earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The Accumulation Phase begins with our acceptance of your first Purchase Payment and ends the Business Day before your Annuity Commencement Date. The Accumulation Phase will end sooner if you surrender your Contract or the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Issuing Your Contract

When you purchase a Contract, a completed Application and the initial Purchase Payment are sent to us for acceptance. When we accept a Group Contract, we issue the Contract to the Owner; we issue a Certificate to you as a Participant when we accept your Application.

We will credit your initial Purchase Payment to your Account within 2 business days of receiving your completed Application. If your Application is not complete, we will notify you. If we do not have the necessary information to complete the Application within 5 business days, we will send your money back to you or ask your permission to retain your Purchase Payment until the Application is made complete. Then we will apply the Purchase Payment within 2 business days of when the Application is complete.

Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments

The amount of Purchase Payments may vary; however, we will not accept an initial Purchase Payment of less than $5,000 ($10,000 if you live in California, Maryland or Texas), and, although there is currently no minimum amount for additional Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to limit each additional Purchase Payment to at least $1,000. In addition, we will not accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $1 million, or if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $1 million, unless we have approved the Payment in advance. Within these limits, you may make Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase.

Allocation of Net Purchase Payments

You may allocate your Purchase Payments among the different Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods currently available.

In your Application, you may specify the percentage of each Purchase Payment to be allocated to each Sub-Account or Guarantee Period. These percentages are called your allocation factors. Your allocation factors will remain in effect as long as your selected Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods continue to be available for investment.  You may, however, change the allocation factors for future Payments by sending us notice of the change in a form acceptable to us. We will use your new allocation factors for the first Purchase Payment we receive with or after we have received notice of the change, and for all future Purchase Payments, until we receive another change notice.

Although it is currently not our practice, we may deduct applicable premium taxes or similar taxes from your Purchase Payments (see ''Contract Charges - Premium Taxes''). In that case, we will credit your Net Purchase Payment, which is the Purchase Payment minus the amount of those taxes.

Your Account

When we accept your first Purchase Payment, we establish an Account for you, which we maintain throughout the Accumulation Phase of your Contract.

Your Account Value

Your Account Value is the sum of the value of the 2 components of your Contract: the Variable Account portion of your Contract (''Variable Account Value'') and the Fixed Account portion of your Contract (''Fixed Account Value''). These 2 components are calculated separately, as described below under the headings ''Variable Account Value'' and ''Fixed Account Value.''


 
 

 

Variable Account Value

     Variable Accumulation Units

In order to calculate your Variable Account Value, we use a measure called a Variable Accumulation Unit for each Sub-Account. Your Variable Account Value is the sum of your Account Value in each Sub-Account, which is the number of your Variable Accumulation Units for that Sub-Account times the value of each Unit.

     Variable Accumulation Unit Value

The value of each Variable Accumulation Unit in a Sub-Account reflects the net investment performance of that Sub-Account. We determine that value once on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, at the close of trading, which is currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. (The close of trading is determined by the New York Stock Exchange.) We also may determine the value of Variable Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account on days the Exchange is closed if there is enough trading in securities held by that Sub-Account to materially affect the value of the Variable Accumulation Units. Each day we make a valuation is called a ''Business Day.'' The period that begins at the time Variable Accumulation Units are valued on a Business Day and ends at that time on the next Business Day is called a Valuation Period. On days other than Business Days, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit does not change.

To measure these values, we use a factor - which we call the Net Investment Factor - which represents the net return on the Sub-Account's assets. At the end of any Valuation Period, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit for a Sub-Account is equal to the value of that Sub-Account's Variable Accumulation Units at the end of the previous Valuation Period, multiplied by the Net Investment Factor. We calculate the Net Investment Factor by dividing (1) the net asset value of a Series share held in the Sub-Account at the end of that Valuation Period, plus the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains distribution made by that Series during the Valuation Period, by (2) the net asset value per share of the Series share at the end of the previous Valuation Period; we then deduct a factor representing the asset-based insurance charge (the mortality and expense risk charge and administrative expense charge) for each day in the Valuation Period.

For a hypothetical example of how we calculate the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit, see the Statement of Additional Information.

     Crediting and Canceling Variable Accumulation Units

When we receive an allocation to a Sub-Account, either from a Net Purchase Payment or a transfer of Account Value, we credit that amount to your Account in Variable Accumulation Units. Similarly, we cancel Variable Accumulation Units when you transfer or withdraw amounts from a Sub-Account, or when we deduct certain charges under the Contract. We determine the number of Units credited or canceled by dividing the dollar amount by the Variable Accumulation Unit value for that Sub-Account at the end of the Valuation Period during which the transaction or charge is effective.

Fixed Account Value

Your Fixed Account value is the sum of all amounts allocated to Guarantee Periods, either from Net Purchase Payments, transfers or renewals, plus interest credited on those amounts, and minus withdrawals, transfers out of Guarantee Periods, and any deductions for charges under the Contract taken from your Fixed Account Value.

     Crediting Interest

We credit interest on amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period at the applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for the duration of the Guarantee Period. The Guarantee Period begins the day we apply your allocation and ends when the number of calendar years (or months if the Guarantee Period is less than one year) in the Guarantee Period (measured from the end of the calendar month in which the amount was allocated to the Guarantee Period) have elapsed. The last day of the Guarantee Period is its Expiration Date. During the Guarantee Period, we credit interest daily at a rate that yields the Guaranteed Interest Rate on an annual effective basis.


 
 

 

     Guarantee Amounts

Each separate allocation you make to a Guarantee Period, together with interest credited thereon, is called a Guarantee Amount. Each Guarantee Amount is treated separately for purposes of determining the Market Value Adjustment. We may restrict a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. Renewals into a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date will result in the application of a Market Value Adjustment upon annuitization or withdrawal.  We reserve the right to limit each new allocation to a Guarantee Period to at least $1,000.

     Renewals

We will notify you in writing between 45 and 75 days before the Renewal Date for any Guarantee Amount. If you would like to change your Fixed Account option, we must receive from you prior to the Renewal Date:

l
written notice electing a different Guarantee Period from among those we then offer, or
   
l
written instructions to transfer the Guarantee Amount to one or more Sub-Accounts, in accordance with the transfer privilege provisions of the Contract (see "Transfer Privilege.")

If we receive no instructions from you prior to the Renewal Date, we will automatically renew your Fixed Account allocation into a new Guarantee Period of the same duration as the last Guarantee Period. A Guarantee Amount will not renew into a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. In that case, unless you notify us otherwise, we will automatically transfer your Guarantee Amount into the next available Guarantee Period.

     Early Withdrawals

If you withdraw, transfer, or annuitize an allocation from a Guarantee Period more than 30 days prior to the Expiration Date, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to the transaction. This could result in an increase or decrease of your Account Value, depending on interest rates at the time. You bear the risk that you will receive less than your principal if the Market Value Adjustment applies. See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment."

Transfer Privilege

     Permitted Transfers

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer all or part of your Account Value to one or more Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Periods then available, subject to the following restrictions:

l
you may not make more than 12 transfers in any Account Year;
   
l
the amount transferred from a Guarantee Period must be the entire Guarantee Amount, except for transfers of interest credited during the current Account Year;
   
l
at least 30 days must elapse between transfers to or from Guarantee Periods;
   
l
transfers to or from Sub-Accounts are subject to terms and conditions that may be imposed by the Funds; and
   
l
we impose additional restrictions on market timers, which are further described below.

These restrictions do not apply to transfers made under any Optional Program. At our discretion, we may waive some or all of these restrictions.

We reserve the right to waive these restrictions and exceptions at any time, as discussed under "Short-Term Trading," or to change them.  Any change will be applied uniformly.  We will notify you of any change prior to its effectiveness.

There is usually no charge imposed on transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a transfer charge of $15 for each transfer. Transfers out of a Guarantee Period occurring more than 30 days before the Renewal Date or any time after the Expiration Date or any time after the Expiration Date will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment described below. Under current law there is no tax liability for transfers.

     Requests for Transfers

You may request transfers in writing or by telephone. If the request is by telephone, it must be made before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. The telephone transfer privilege is available automatically during regular business hours before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, and does not require your written election. We will require personal identifying information to process a request for transfer made by telephone. We will not be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that we reasonably believe are genuine.

Your transfer request will be effective as of the close of the Business Day if we receive your transfer request before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. Otherwise, your transfer request will be effective on the next Business Day.

     Short-Term Trading

The Contracts are not designed for short-term trading.  If you wish to employ such strategies, do not purchase a Contract. Transfer limits and other restrictions, described below, are subject to our ability to monitor transfer activity.  Some Participants and their third party intermediaries engaging in short-term trading may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection.  Despite our efforts to prevent short-term trading, there is no assurance that we will be able to identify such Participants or intermediaries or curtail their trading.  A failure to detect and curtail short-term trading could result in adverse consequences to the Participants.  Short-term trading can increase costs for all Participants as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, short-term trading can adversely affect a Fund's performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund's investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

The Company has policies and procedures to discourage frequent transfers of contract value.  As described under "Transfer Privilege," such policies include limiting the number and timing of certain transfers, subject to exceptions described in that section and exceptions designed to protect the interests of individual Participants.  The Company also reserves the right to charge a fee for transfers.

Short-term trading activities whether by the Participant or a third party authorized to initiate transfer requests on behalf of Participant(s) may be subject to other restrictions as well. For example, we reserve the right to take actions against short-term trading which restrict your transfer privileges more narrowly than the policies described under "Transfer Privilege," such as requiring transfer requests to be submitted in writing through regular first-class U.S. mail (e.g., no overnight, priority or courier delivery allowed), and refusing any and all transfer instructions.

If we determine that a third party acting on your behalf is engaging (alone or in combination with transfers effected by you directly) in a pattern of short-term trading, we may refuse to process certain transfers requested by such a third party. In particular, we will treat as short-term trading activity and refuse to process any transfer that is requested by an authorized third party within 6 days of a previous transfer (whether the earlier transfer was requested by you or a third party acting on your behalf). We may also impose special restrictions on third parties that engage in reallocations of contract values by limiting the frequency of the transfer, requiring advance notice of the transfer pursuant to in-force service agreements, and reallocating or exchanging 100% of the values in the redeeming sub-accounts.

We will provide you written notification of any restrictions imposed.

We reserve the right to waive short-term trading restrictions, where permitted by law and not adverse to the interests of the relevant underlying Fund and other shareholders, in the following instances:

l
when a new broker of record is designated for the Contract;
   
l
when the Participant changes;
   
l
when control of the Contract passes to the designated beneficiary upon the death of the Participant or Annuitant;
   
l
when necessary in our view to avoid hardship to a Participant; or
   
l
when underlying Funds are dissolved or merged or substituted.

If short-term trading results as a consequence of waiving the restrictions against short-term trading, it could expose Participants to certain risks.  The short-term trading could increase costs for all Participants as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, the short-term trading could adversely affect a Fund’s performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.  Unless the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy are applied uniformly, some Participants may experience a different application of the policy and therefore may experience some of these risks. We uniformly apply the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy to all Contracts. If we did not do so, some Participants could experience a different application of the policy and therefore may be treated unfairly. Too much discretion on our part in allowing the waivers of short-term trading policy could result in an unequal treatment of short-term traders by permitting some short-term traders to engage in short-term trading while prohibiting others from doing the same.

     Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies

In addition to the restrictions that we impose (as described under "Permitted Transfers" and "Short-Term Trading"), most of the Funds have adopted restrictions or other policies about transfers or other purchases and sales of the Fund's shares. These policies (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies") are intended to protect the Fund from short-term trading or other trading practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund. The Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies may be more restrictive in some respects than the restrictions that we otherwise would impose, and the Funds may modify their Shareholder Trading Policies from time to time.

We are legally obligated to provide (at the Funds' request) information about each amount you cause to be deposited into a Fund (including by way of Purchase Payments and transfers under your Contract) or removed from the Fund (including by way of withdrawals and transfers under your Contract). If a Fund identifies you as having violated the Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, we are obligated, if the Fund requests, to restrict or prohibit any further deposits or exchanges by you (or a third party acting on your behalf) in respect of that Fund. Any such restriction or prohibition may remain in place indefinitely.

Accordingly, if you do not comply with any Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, you (or a third party acting on your behalf) may be prohibited from directing any additional amounts into that Fund or directing any transfers or other exchanges involving that Fund. You should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

Funds may differ significantly as to such matters as: (a) the amount, format, and frequency of information that the Funds request from us about transactions that our customers make; and (b) the extent and nature of any limits or restrictions that the Funds request us to impose upon such transactions. As a result of these differences, the costs borne by us and (directly or indirectly) by our customers may be significantly increased. Any such additional costs may outweigh any additional protection that would be provided to our customers, particularly in view of the protections already afforded by the trading restrictions that we impose as described under "Permitted Transfers" and under " Short-Term Trading." Also, if a Fund imposes more strict trading restrictions than are reasonably necessary under the circumstances, you could be deprived of potentially valuable flexibility to make transactions with respect to that Fund.  For these and other reasons, we may disagree with the timing or substance of a Fund's requests for information from us or with any transaction limits or restrictions that the Fund requests us to impose upon our customers.  If any such disagreement with respect to a Fund cannot be satisfactorily resolved, the Fund might be restricted or, subject to obtaining any required regulatory approval, replaced as a variable investment option.

Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates

We may reduce or waive the withdrawal charge or annual Account Fee, credit additional amounts, or grant bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates in certain situations. These situations may include sales of Contracts (1) where selling and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as the sale of several Contracts to the same Participant, sales of large Contracts, and certain group sales, and (2) to officers, directors and employees of the Company or its affiliates, registered representatives and employees of broker-dealers with a current selling agreement with the Company and affiliates of such representatives and broker-dealers, employees of affiliated asset management firms, and persons who have retired from such positions (''Eligible Employees'') and immediate family members of Eligible Employees. Eligible Employees and their immediate family members may also purchase a Contract without regard to minimum Purchase Payment requirements. For other situations in which withdrawal charges may be waived, see ''Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.''

Other Programs

You may participate in any of the following Optional Programs free of charge.  Transfers made pursuant to the provisions of the following optional programs will not be charged a transfer fee, nor will such transfers count as one of the 12 free transfers per year allowed under the section entitled "Transfer Privilege."

     Dollar-Cost Averaging

Dollar-cost averaging allows you to invest gradually, over time, in up to 12 Sub-Accounts. You may select a dollar-cost averaging program at no extra charge by allocating a minimum amount to a designated Sub-Account or to a Guarantee Period we make available in connection with the program.  (We reserve the right to limit minimum investments to at least $1,000.)

Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account under the program will earn interest at a rate declared by the Company for the Guarantee Period you select. Previously applied amounts may not be transferred to a Guarantee Period made available in connection with this program. Each month or quarter, as you select, we will transfer the same amount automatically to one or more Sub-Accounts that you choose, up to a maximum of 12 Sub-Accounts. The program continues until your Account Value allocated to the program is depleted or you elect to stop the program. The final amount transferred from the Fixed Account will include all interest earned.

No Market Value Adjustment (either positive or negative) will apply to amounts automatically transferred from the Fixed Account under the dollar-cost averaging program, except that if you discontinue or alter the program prior to completion, amounts remaining in the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account, unless you instruct us otherwise, and the Market Value Adjustment will be applied. Any allocation of a new Purchase Payment to the program will be treated as commencing a new dollar-cost averaging program and may be subject to the $1,000 minimum investment limit.

The main objective of a dollar cost averaging program is to minimize the impact of short-term price fluctuations on Account Value. Since you transfer the same dollar amount to the Sub-Accounts at set intervals, dollar cost averaging allows you to purchase more Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, more Fund shares) when prices are low and fewer Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, fewer Fund shares) when prices are high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per Variable Accumulation Unit over the long term. A dollar-cost averaging program allows you to take advantage of market fluctuations. However, it is important to understand that a dollar-cost averaging program does not insure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market. We do not allow transfers into any of the Guarantee Periods pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging program.

     Asset Allocation

One or more asset allocation programs may be available in connection with the Contracts, at no extra charge. Asset allocation is the process of investing in different asset classes - such as equity funds, fixed income funds, and money market funds - depending on your personal investment goals, tolerance for risk, and investment time horizon. By spreading your money among a variety of asset classes, you may be able to reduce the risk and volatility of investing, although there are no guarantees, and asset allocation does not insure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market.

Currently, you may select one of the available asset allocation models, each of which represents a combination of Sub-Accounts with a different level of risk. These models, as well as the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program, are fully described in a separate brochure. We may add or delete programs in the future.

Our asset allocation programs are "static" programs.  That is to say, if you elect an asset allocation program, we automatically rebalance your Account Value among the Sub-Accounts represented in the model you chose, but we do not change your original percentage allocations among the Sub-Accounts in your chosen model, unless you advise us to do so. Nevertheless, we have selected an independent third-party administrator who reviews the existing models annually to determine whether the investment objective of the model is being met in light of changing markets.  Based upon this review, the third-party administrator may recommend that new models be substituted for the existing models.  If so, the new models will only be offered to Contracts issued on or after the date the new model goes into effect or to Participants who elect an asset allocation program on or after that date.  Participants of any existing asset allocation programs may make an independent decision to change their asset allocations at any time.  You should consult your financial adviser periodically to consider whether the model you have selected is still appropriate for you.

     Systematic Withdrawal and Interest Out Programs

You may select our Systematic Withdrawal Program or our Interest Out Program.  Under the Systematic Withdrawal Program, you determine the amount and frequency of regular withdrawals you would like to receive from your Fixed Account Value and/or Variable Account Value and we will process them automatically. Under the Interest Out Program, we automatically pay to you, or reinvest, interest credited for all Guarantee Periods you have chosen. Withdrawals under these programs may be subject to surrender charges and a Market Value Adjustment.  They may also be included as income and subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. You should consult a qualified tax professional before choosing these options.  We reserve the right to limit the election of either of these programs to Contracts with a minimum Account Value of $10,000.

You may change or stop either program at any time, by written notice to us or other means approved by us.

     Portfolio Rebalancing Program

Under the Portfolio Rebalancing Program, we transfer funds among the Sub-Accounts to maintain the percentage allocation you have selected among these Sub-Accounts. At your election, we will make these transfers on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.

No transfers to or from any Guarantee Period are permitted while this program is in effect.

     Secured Future Program

Under the Secured Future Program, we divide your Purchase Payment between the Fixed Account and the Variable Account. For the Fixed Account portion, you choose a Guarantee Period from among those we offer, and we allocate to that Guarantee Period the portion of your Purchase Payment necessary so that at the end of the Guarantee Period, your Fixed Account allocation, including interest, will equal the entire amount of your original Purchase Payment, less the amount of any Contract charges that have been deducted from the Fixed Account. The remainder of the original Purchase Payment will be invested in Sub-Accounts of your choice. At the end of the Guarantee Period, you will be guaranteed the amount of your Purchase Payment (assuming no withdrawals or transfers), plus you will have the benefit, if any, of the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts you have chosen.

WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Cash Withdrawals

     Requesting a Withdrawal

At any time during the Accumulation Phase you may withdraw in cash all or any portion of your Account Value. To make a withdrawal, other than a Systematic Withdrawal, you must send us a written request at our Annuity Mailing  Address. Your request must specify whether you want to withdraw the entire amount of your Account or, if less, the amount you wish to receive.

All withdrawals may be subject to a withdrawal charge (see ''Withdrawal Charge'' below) and withdrawals from your Fixed Account Value also may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see ''Market Value Adjustment'' below). Upon request we will notify you of the amount we would pay in the event of a full or partial withdrawal. Withdrawals also may have adverse federal income tax consequences, including a 10% penalty tax. (see ''Tax Considerations.'') You should carefully consider these tax consequences before requesting a cash withdrawal.


 
 

 

     Full Withdrawals

If you request a full withdrawal, we calculate the amount we will pay you as follows: We start with your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your withdrawal request; we deduct the Account Fee, if applicable, for the Account Year in which the withdrawal is made; we add or subtract the amount of any Market Value Adjustment applicable to your Fixed Account Value; and finally, we deduct any applicable withdrawal charge.

A full withdrawal results in the surrender of your Contract, and cancellation of all rights and privileges under your Contract.

     Partial Withdrawals

Unless you specify otherwise, when you request a partial withdrawal, we will pay you the amount specified in your request adjusted by any applicable charges and/or MVA and then reduce the value of your Account by the gross amount of the withdrawal.

You may specify the amount you want withdrawn from each Sub-Account and/or Guarantee Period to which your Account is allocated. If you do not so specify, we will deduct the total amount you request pro rata, based on your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request.

Partial withdrawals may affect the death benefit amount. (See "Amount of Death Benefit.")

If you request a partial withdrawal that would result in your Account Value being reduced to an amount less than the Account Fee for the Account Year in which you make the withdrawal, we reserve the right to treat it as a request for a full withdrawal.

     Time of Payment

We will pay you the applicable amount of any full or partial withdrawal within 7 days after we receive your withdrawal request, except in cases where we are permitted to defer payment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and applicable state insurance law. Currently, we may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Variable Account only for the following periods:

l
when the New York Stock Exchange is closed (except weekends and holidays) or when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
   
l
when it is not reasonably practical to dispose of securities held by a Fund or to determine the value of the net assets of a Fund, because an emergency exists; and
   
l
when an SEC order permits us to defer payment for the protection of Participants.

We also may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we receive your withdrawal request. We do not pay interest on the amount of any payments we defer.

     Withdrawal Restrictions for Qualified Plans

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you should carefully check the terms of your retirement plan for limitations and restrictions on cash withdrawals.

Special restrictions apply to withdrawals from Contracts used for Section 403(b) annuities. (See ''Tax Considerations - Tax-Sheltered Annuities.'')

When you make a withdrawal, we consider the oldest Purchase Payment that you have not already withdrawn to be withdrawn first, then the second oldest Purchase Payment, and so forth. Once all Purchase Payments are withdrawn, the balance withdrawn is considered to be accumulated value.


 
 

 

Withdrawal Charge

We do not deduct any sales charge from your Purchase Payments when they are made. However, we may impose a withdrawal charge (known as a ''contingent deferred sales charge'') on certain amounts you withdraw. We impose this charge primarily to defray some of our expenses related to the sale of the Contracts, such as commissions we pay to agents, the cost of sales literature, and other promotional costs and transaction expenses.

If you purchased your Contract before November 1994, or if your state does not permit our current withdrawal charge, we use the Alternate Withdrawal Charge, described below.

The withdrawal charge will never be greater than 6% of the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments you make under the Contract.

We may modify the withdrawal charges and limits, upon notice to the Owner of the Group Contract. However, any modification will only apply to Accounts established after the date of the modification.

     Free Withdrawal Amount

In each Account Year you may withdraw a portion of your Account Value, which we will call the ''free withdrawal amount,'' before incurring the withdrawal charge. For any year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to (1) 10% of the amount of all Purchase Payments you have made during the last 7 Account Years, including the current Account Year (the ''Annual Withdrawal Allowance''), plus (2) the amount of all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years that you have not previously withdrawn. Any portion of the Annual Withdrawal Allowance that you do not use in an Account Year is cumulative, that is, it is carried forward and available for use in future years.

For convenience, we refer to Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year) as ''New Payments,'' and all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years as ''Old Payments.''

For example, assume you wish to make a withdrawal from your Contract in Account Year 10. You made an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 in Account Year 1, you made one additional Purchase Payment of $8,000 in Account Year 8, and you have made no previous withdrawals. Your Account Value in Account Year 10 is $35,000. The free withdrawal amount for Account Year 10 is $19,400, calculated as follows:

l
$800, which is the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for Account Year 10 (10% of the $8,000 Purchase Payment made in Account Year 8, the only New Payment); plus
   
l
$8,600, which is the total of the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances of $1,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 7 and $800 for each of Account Years 8 and 9 that are carried forward and available for use in Account Year 10; plus
   
l
$10,000, which is the amount of all Old Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

     Withdrawal Charge on Purchase Payments

If you withdraw more than the free withdrawal amount in any Account Year, we consider the excess amount to be withdrawn first from New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn. We impose the withdrawal charge on the amount of these New Payments. Thus, the maximum amount on which we will impose the withdrawal charge in any year will never be more than the total of all New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

The amount of your withdrawal, if any, that exceeds the total of the free withdrawal amount plus the aggregate amount of all New Payments not previously withdrawn, is not subject to the withdrawal charge.

     Order of Withdrawal

New Payments are withdrawn on a first-in first-out basis until all New Payments have been withdrawn. For example, assume the same facts as in the example above. In Account Year 10 you wish to withdraw $25,000. We attribute the withdrawal first to the free withdrawal amount of $19,400, which is not subject to the withdrawal charge. The remaining $5,600 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 8 (the only New Payment) and is subject to the withdrawal charge. The $2,400 balance of the Account Year 8 Purchase Payment will remain in your Account. If you make a subsequent $5,000 withdrawal in Account Year 10, $2,400 of that amount will be withdrawn from the remainder of the Account Year 8 Purchase Payment and will be subject to the withdrawal charge. The other $2,600 of your withdrawal (which exceeds the amount of all New Payments not previously withdrawn) will not be subject to the withdrawal charge.

     Calculation of Withdrawal Charge

We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the Purchase Payments you withdraw by a percentage. The percentage varies according to the number of Account Years the Purchase Payment has been held in your Account, including the year in which you made the Payment, but not the year in which you withdraw it. Each payment begins a new seven-year period and moves down a declining surrender charge scale at each Account Anniversary. Payments received during the current Account Year will be charged 6% if withdrawn. On your next scheduled Account Anniversary, that payment along with any other payments made during that Account Year, will be considered to be in their second Account Year and will have a 5% withdrawal charge. On the next Account Anniversary, these payments will move into their third Account Year and will have a withdrawal charge of 5%, if withdrawn. The withdrawal charge decreases according to the number of Account Years the purchase payment has been in your Account. The declining Withdrawal Charge scale is as follows:

Number of Account Years Purchase Payment has been in your Account
 
Withdrawal Charge
0-1
6%
2-3
5%
4-5
4%
6
3%
7 or more
0%

For example, using the same facts as in the example in ''Free Withdrawal Amount'' above, the percentage applicable to the withdrawals in Account Year 10 of Purchase Payments made in Account Year 8 would be 5%, because the number of Account Years the Purchase Payments have been held in your Account would be 2.

For additional examples of how we calculate withdrawal charges, see Appendix B.

Alternate Withdrawal Charge

If you purchased your Contract before November 1994, or if your state does not permit the withdrawal charge described above, we will impose the withdrawal charge as follows:

     Free Withdrawal Amount

In each Account Year you may withdraw a portion of your Account Value, which we will call the ''free withdrawal amount,'' before incurring the withdrawal charge. For any year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to (1) 10% of the amount of all Purchase Payments you have made during the last 7 Account Years, including the current Account Year (the ''Annual Withdrawal Allowance''), plus (2) the amount of all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years that you have not previously withdrawn. The Annual Withdrawal Allowance is not cumulative; any portion of the Annual Withdrawal Allowance that you do not use in an Account Year will not be carried forward or available for use in future years.

For convenience, we refer to Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year) as ''New Payments,'' and all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years as ''Old Payments.'' Your Account Value minus New Payments and Old Payments is called ''accumulated value.''

     Order of Withdrawal

When you make a withdrawal, we consider the oldest Payment that you have not already withdrawn to be withdrawn first, then the next oldest, and so forth. Once all Old Payments and New Payments are withdrawn, the balance withdrawn is considered to be accumulated value.


 
 

 

     Calculation of Withdrawal Charge

We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the Purchase Payments you withdraw by a percentage. The percentage varies according to the number of Account Years the Purchase Payment has been held in your Account, including the year in which you made the Payment, but not the year in which you withdraw it. Each payment begins a new seven-year period and moves down a declining surrender charge scale at each Account Anniversary. Payments received during the current Account Year will be charged 6% if withdrawn. On your next scheduled Account Anniversary, that payment along with any other payments made during that Account Year, will be considered to be in their second Account Year and will have a 5% withdrawal charge. On the next Account Anniversary, these payments will move into their third Account Year and will have a withdrawal charge of 5%, if withdrawn. The withdrawal charge decreases according to the number of Account Years the purchase payment has been in your Account. The declining Withdrawal Charge scale is as follows:

Number of Account Years Purchase
Payment has been in your Account
 
Withdrawal Charge
0-1
6%
2-3
5%
4-5
4%
6
3%
7 or more
0%

For additional examples of how we calculate the Alternate Withdrawal Charge, see Appendix B.

Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge

We do not impose a withdrawal charge on withdrawals from the Accounts of (a) our employees, (b) employees of our affiliates, or (c) licensed insurance agents who sell the Contracts. We also may waive withdrawal charges with respect to Purchase Payments derived from the surrender of other annuity contracts we issue.

     Nursing Home Waiver

If approved in your state, we will waive the withdrawal charge for a full withdrawal if:

l
at least one year has passed since we issued your Contract and
   
l
you are confined to an eligible nursing home and have been confined there for at least the preceding 180 days, or any shorter period required by your state.

An ''eligible nursing home'' means a licensed hospital or licensed skilled or intermediate care nursing facility at which medical treatment is available on a daily basis and daily medical records are kept for each patient. You must provide us evidence of confinement in the form we determine.

     Other Withdrawals

We do not impose the withdrawal charge on amounts you apply to provide an annuity, amounts we pay as a death benefit, or amounts you transfer among the Sub-Accounts, between the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account, or within the Fixed Account.

Market Value Adjustment

If permitted under the laws of your state, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment if you withdraw or transfer amounts from your Fixed Account Value more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period. For this purpose, using Fixed Account Value to provide an annuity is considered a withdrawal, and the Market Value Adjustment will apply. However, we will not apply the Market Value Adjustment to automatic transfers to a Sub-Account from a Guarantee Period as part of our dollar cost averaging program.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment separately to each Guarantee Amount in the Fixed Account, that is to each separate allocation you have made to a Guarantee Period together with interest credited on that allocation. However, we do not apply the adjustment to the amount of interest credited during your current Account Year. Any withdrawal from a Guarantee Amount is attributed first to such interest.

A Market Value Adjustment may decrease, increase or have no effect on your Account Value. This will depend on changes in interest rates since you made your allocation to the Guarantee Period and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. In general, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate we currently declare for Guarantee Periods equal to the balance of your Guarantee Period (or your entire Guarantee Period for Guarantee Periods of less than one year) is higher than your Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to decrease your Account Value. If our current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to increase your Account Value.

We determine the amount of the Market Value Adjustment by multiplying the amount that is subject to the adjustment by the following formula:

[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J)](N/12) - 1

where:

I
is the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to the Guarantee Amount from which you withdraw, transfer or annuitize;
   
J
is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for Guarantee Periods equal to the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period applicable to your Guarantee Amount, rounded to the next higher number of complete years, for Guarantee Periods of one year or more. For any Guarantee Periods of less than one year, J is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for a Guarantee Period of the same length as your Guarantee Period. If, at that time, we do not offer the applicable Guarantee Period we will use an interest rate determined by straight-line interpolation of the Guaranteed Interest Rates for the Guarantee Periods we do offer; and
   
N
is the number of complete months remaining in your Guarantee Period.

We will apply the Market Value Adjustment to the amount being withdrawn after deduction of any Account Fee, if applicable, but before we impose any withdrawal charge on the amount withdrawn.

For examples of how we calculate the Market Value Adjustment, see Appendix B.

CONTRACT CHARGES
Account Fee

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, we will deduct from your Account an annual Account Fee to help cover the administrative expenses we incur related to the issuance of Contracts and the maintenance of Accounts. We deduct the Account Fee on each Account Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the first day of the month after we issue your Contract. In Account Years 1 through 5, the Account Fee is equal to the lesser of (a) $30 and (b) 2% of your Account Value. After Account Year 5, we may change the Account Fee each year, but the Account Fee will never exceed the lesser of (a) $50 and (b) 2% of your Account Value. We deduct the Account Fee pro rata from each Sub-Account and each Guarantee Period, based on the allocation of your Account Value on your Account Anniversary.

We will not charge you the annual Account Fee if:

l
your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year; or
   
l
your Account Value is more than $75,000 on your Account Anniversary.

If you make a full withdrawal of your Account, we will deduct the full amount of the Account Fee at the time of the withdrawal. In addition, on the Annuity Commencement Date we will deduct a pro rata portion of the Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed between the last Account Anniversary and the day before the Annuity Commencement Date.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an annual Account Fee of $30 in the aggregate in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment we make during the year. We do not deduct any Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments.

Administrative Expense Charge

We deduct an administrative expense charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an annual effective rate equal to 0.15% of your average daily Variable Account Value during both the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase. This charge is designed to reimburse us for expenses we incur in administering the Contracts, the Accounts and the Variable Account that are not covered by the annual Account Fee.

Depending on the amount of expenses that we incur, we expect that we may earn a profit from this charge. If so, we may use the profit for any proper corporate purpose, including paying any other expenses in connection with the Contracts or adding to our corporate surplus.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an effective annual rate equal to 1.25%. We assume numerous mortality and expense risks under the Contracts. These risks include, but are not limited to, (1) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to continue to make annuity payments to each Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group live; (2) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to pay a death benefit upon the death of the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, including in cases where the death benefit is greater than a Contract's Account Value; (3) the risk that our cost of providing benefits according to the terms of any optional death benefit riders will exceed the amount of the charges we deduct for those riders; and (4)  the risk that the Account Fee and the administrative expense charge we assess under the Contracts may be insufficient to cover the actual total administrative expenses we incur. If the amount of the charge is insufficient to cover our costs resulting from these and other mortality and expense risks, we will bear the loss. If, as we expect, the amount of the charge is more than sufficient to cover the risks, we will make a profit on the charge. We may use this profit for any proper corporate purpose, including the payment of marketing and distribution expenses for the Contracts. In setting the rate of this charge, we not only consider our expected mortality and expense risks, but also our objective to earn a profit from the Contracts, after all of the costs, expenses, credits, and benefits we expect to pay in connection with the Contracts.

Premium Taxes

Some states and local jurisdictions impose a premium tax on us that is equal to a specified percentage of the Purchase Payments you make. In many states there is no premium tax. We believe that the amounts of applicable premium taxes currently range from 0% to 3.5%. You should consult a qualified tax professional to find out if your state imposes a premium tax and the amount of any tax.

In order to reimburse us for the premium tax we may pay on Purchase Payments, our policy is to deduct the amount of such taxes from the amount you apply to provide an annuity at the time of annuitization. However, we reserve the right to deduct the amount of any applicable tax from your Account at any time, including at the time you make a Purchase Payment or make a full or partial withdrawal. We do not make any profit on the deductions we make to reimburse premium taxes.

Fund Expenses

There are fees and charges deducted from each Fund of the Trust. These fees and expenses are described in the relevant Fund's prospectus and related Statement of Additional Information.

Modification in the Case of Group Contracts

We may modify the annual Account Fee, the administrative expense charge and the mortality and expense risk charge upon notice to Owners. However, such modification will apply only with respect to Participant Accounts established after the effective date of the modification.


 
 

 

DEATH BENEFIT

If the Annuitant dies during the Accumulation Phase, we will pay a death benefit to the designated Beneficiary(ies), using the payment method elected - a single cash payment or one of our Annuity Options. (If you have named more than one Annuitant, the death benefit will be payable after the death of the last surviving of the Annuitants.) If the Beneficiary is not living on your date of death, we will pay the death benefit to the Annuitant, or, if the Annuitant is not then living, in one sum to your estate. We do not pay a death benefit if the Annuitant dies during the Income Phase. However, the Beneficiary will receive any payments provided under an Annuity Option that is in effect.

Amount of Death Benefit

To calculate the amount of your death benefit, we use a ''Death Benefit Date.'' The Death Benefit Date is the date we receive proof of the Annuitant's death in an acceptable form (''Due Proof of Death'') if you have elected a death benefit payment method before the Annuitant's death and it remains effective. Otherwise, the Death Benefit Date is the later of the date we receive Due Proof of Death or the date we receive either the Beneficiary's election of payment method, or if the Beneficiary is the Annuitant's spouse, Contract continuation. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Death Benefit Date will be the last day of the 60 day period.

The amount of the death benefit is determined as of the Death Benefit Date.

If the Annuitant was 85 or younger on your Contract Date (the date we accepted your first Purchase Payment), the death benefit will be the greatest of the following amounts:

(1)
your Account Value for the Valuation Period during which the Death Benefit Date occurs;
   
(2)
the amount we would pay if you had surrendered your entire Account on the Death Benefit Date;
   
(3)
your Account Value on the Seven-Year Anniversary immediately before the Death Benefit Date, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals and charges made between the Seven-Year Anniversary and the Death Benefit Date; and
   
(4)
your total Purchase Payments minus the sum of partial withdrawals; interest will accrue daily on each Purchase Payment and each partial withdrawal at a rate equivalent to a rate of 5% per year until the first day of the month following the Annuitant's 80th birthday, or until the Purchase Payment or partial withdrawal has doubled in amount, whichever is earlier.

If you were 86 or older on your Contract Date, the death benefit is equal to amount (2) above; because this amount will reflect any applicable withdrawal charges and Market Value Adjustment, it may be less than your Account Value.

If the death benefit we pay is amount (2), (3) or (4), your Account Value will be increased by the excess, if any, of that amount over amount (1). Any such increase will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts in proportion to your Account Value in those Sub-Accounts on the Death Benefit Date. Also, any portion of this new Account Value attributed to the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account (without the application of a Market Value Adjustment). The Beneficiary may then transfer to the Fixed Account and begin a new Guarantee Period.

If your Contract is a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity or a 403(b) TSA annuity, required minimum distributions under the Internal Revenue Code may affect the value of your death benefit.  Please refer to "Required Minimum Distribution Requirements for Tax-Sheltered Annuities and Traditional Individual Retirement Annuities" under "TAX CONSIDERATIONS" for more information regarding tax issues that you should consider before choosing a death benefit.

Spousal Continuance

If your spouse is your Beneficiary, upon your death (if you are the Annuitant) your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the Participant, rather than receive the death benefit. In that case, the death benefit provisions of the Contract will not apply until the death of your spouse (see ''Other Contract Provisions - Death of Participant'').


 
 

 

Method of Paying Death Benefit

The death benefit may be paid in a single cash payment or as an annuity (either fixed, variable or a combination), under one or more of our Annuity Options. We describe the Annuity Options in this Prospectus under ''The Income Phase - Annuity Provisions.''

During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect the method of payment for the death benefit. These elections are made by sending us at our Service Address an election form, which we will provide. If no such election is in effect on the date of the Annuitant's death, the Beneficiary may elect either a single cash payment or an annuity. If you were the Annuitant and the Beneficiary is your spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract. This election is made by sending us a letter of instruction. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, we will pay the death benefit in a single cash payment.

If we pay the death benefit in the form of an Annuity Option, the Beneficiary becomes the Annuitant/Payee under the terms of that Annuity Option (see ''The Income Phase - Annuity Provisions''). Neither you nor the Beneficiary may exercise rights that would adversely affect the treatment of the Contract as an annuity contract under the Internal Revenue Code (see ''Other Contract Provisions - Death of Participant.'')

Selection and Change of Beneficiary

You select your Beneficiary in your Application. You may change your Beneficiary at any time by sending us written notice on our required form, unless you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation. A new Beneficiary designation is not effective until we record the change.

Payment of Death Benefit

Payment of the death benefit in cash will be made within 7 days of the Death Benefit Date, except if we are permitted to defer payment in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If an Annuity Option is elected, the Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second calendar month following the Death Benefit Date, and your Account will remain in effect until the Annuity Commencement Date.

Due Proof of Death

We accept any of the following as proof of any person's death:

l
an original certified copy of an official death certificate;
   
l
an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
   
l
any other proof we find satisfactory.


During the Income Phase, we make regular monthly payments to the Annuitant.

The Income Phase of your Contract begins with the Annuity Commencement Date. On that date, we apply your Account Value, adjusted as described below, under the Annuity Option(s) you have selected, and we make the first annuity payment.

Once the Income Phase begins, no lump sum settlement option or cash withdrawals are permitted, except pursuant to Annuity Option D, Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain, as described under ''Annuity Options,'' and you cannot change the Annuity Option(s) selected. (Also, a Beneficiary receiving payments after the Annuitant's death under Option B, Life Annuity with 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain, may elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in a single sum, as discussed under "Annuity Options.")  You may request a full withdrawal before the Annuity Commencement Date, which will be subject to all charges applicable on withdrawals. (See ''Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.'')


 
 

 

Selection of the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant

You select the Annuitant in your Application. The Annuitant is the person who receives annuity payments during the Income Phase and on whose life these payments are based. In your Contract, the Annuity Option(s) refer to the Annuitant as the ''Payee.''

Under a Non-Qualified Contract, if you name someone other than yourself as Annuitant, you may also select a Co-Annuitant, who will become the new Annuitant if the original Annuitant dies before the Income Phase. If you have named both an Annuitant and a Co-Annuitant, you may designate one of them to become the sole Annuitant as of the Annuity Commencement Date, if both are living at that time. If you have not made that designation on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date, and both the Annuitant and the Co-Annuitant are still living, the Co-Annuitant will become the Annuitant on the Annuity Commencement Date.

When an Annuity Option has been selected as the method of paying the death benefit, the Beneficiary is the Payee of the annuity payment.

Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date

You select the Annuity Commencement Date in your Application. The following restrictions apply to the date you may select:

l
The earliest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the second month following your Contract Date.
   
l
The latest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the month following the Annuitant's 90th birthday ("maximum Annuity Commencement Date") or, if there is a Co-Annuitant, the 90th birthday of the younger of the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant.
   
l
The Annuity Commencement Date must always be the first day of a calendar month.

You may change the Annuity Commencement Date from time to time by sending us written notice, in a form acceptable to us, with the following additional limitations:

l
We must receive your notice, in good order, at least 30 days before the current Annuity Commencement Date.
   
l
The new Annuity Commencement Date must be at least 30 days after we receive the notice.

There may be other restrictions on your selection of the Annuity Commencement Date imposed by your retirement plan or applicable law. In most situations, current law requires that for a Qualified Contract, certain minimum distributions must commence no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant reaches age 70½ (or, for Qualified Contracts other than IRAs, no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant retires, if later than the year the Annuitant reaches age 70½).

Annuity Options

We offer the following Annuity Options for payments during the Income Phase. Each Annuity Option may be selected for a Variable Annuity, a Fixed Annuity, or a combination of both, except that Option E is available only for a Fixed Annuity. We may also agree to other settlement options, at our discretion.

     Annuity Option A - Life Annuity

We provide monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. Annuity payments stop when the Annuitant dies. There is no provision for continuation of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option B - Life Annuity with 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. In addition, we guarantee that the Beneficiary will receive monthly payments for the remainder of the period certain, if the Annuitant dies during that period. The election of a longer period results in smaller monthly payments. If no Beneficiary is designated, we pay the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum to the Annuitant's estate. The Beneficiary may also elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum. The discount rate for a Variable Annuity will be the assumed interest rate in effect; the discount rate for a Fixed Annuity will be based on the interest rate we used to determine the amount of each payment.

     Annuity Option C - Joint and Survivor Annuity

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and another person you designate and during the lifetime of the survivor of the two. We stop making payments when the survivor dies. There is no provision for continuance of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option D - Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain

We make monthly payments for a specified period of time from 5 to 30 years, as you elect. The longer the period you elect, the smaller your monthly payments will be. If payments under this option are paid on a Variable Annuity basis, the Annuitant may elect to receive some or all of the discounted value of the remaining payments, less any applicable withdrawal charge; the discount rate for this purpose will be the assumed interest rate in effect. If the Annuitant dies during the period selected, the remaining income payments are made as described above for payments to a Beneficiary under Annuity Option B. The election of this Annuity Option may result in the imposition of a penalty tax.

     Annuity Option E - Fixed Payments

We hold the portion of your Adjusted Account Value selected for this option at interest, and make fixed payments in such amounts and at such times as you and we may agree. We continue making payments until the amount we hold is exhausted. The final payment will be for the remaining balance and may be less than the previous installments. We will credit interest yearly on the amount remaining unpaid at a rate we determine from time to time, but never less than 3% per year (or a higher rate if specified in your Contract) compounded annually. We may change the rate at any time, but will not reduce it more frequently than once each calendar year. The election of this Annuity Option may result in the imposition of a penalty tax.

Selection of Annuity Option

You select one or more of the Annuity Options, which you may change during he Accumulation Phase, as long as we receive your selection or change in writing at least 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. If we have not received your written selection on the 30th say before the Annuity Commencement Date, you will receive Annuity Option B, for a life annuity with 120 monthly payments certain.

You may specify the proportion of your Adjusted Account Value you wish to provide a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity. Under a Variable Annuity, the dollar amount of payments will vary, while under a Fixed Annuity, the dollar amount of annuity payments will remain the same. If you do not specify a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity, your Adjusted Account Value will be divided between Variable Annuities and Fixed Annuities in the same proportions as your Account Value was divided between the Variable and Fixed Accounts on the Annuity Commencement Date. You may allocate your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity among the Sub-Accounts, or we will use your existing allocations.

There may be additional limitations on the options you may elect under your particular retirement plan or applicable law.

Remember that the Annuity Options may not be changed once annuity payments begin.

Amount of Annuity Payments

     Adjusted Account Value

The Adjusted Account Value is the amount we apply to provide a Variable Annuity and/or a Fixed Annuity. We calculate Adjusted Account Value by taking your Account Value on the Business Day immediately prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and making the following adjustments:

l
We deduct a proportional amount of the annual Account Fee, based on the fraction of the current Account Year that has elapsed.
   
l
If applicable, we apply the Market Value Adjustment to your Account Value in the Fixed Account, which may result in a deduction, an addition, or no change to your Account Value.
   
l
We deduct any applicable premium tax or similar tax if not previously deducted.

     Variable Annuity Payments

Variable Annuity payments may vary each month. We determine the dollar amount of the first payment using the portion of your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity and the Annuity Payment Rates in your Contract, which are based on an assumed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually. See ''Annuity Payment Rates.''

To calculate the remaining payments, we convert the amount of the first payment into Annuity Units for each Sub-Account; we determine the number of those Annuity Units by dividing the portion of the first payment attributable to the Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period ending just before the Annuity Commencement Date. This number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account will remain constant (unless the Annuitant requests an exchange of Annuity Units). However, the dollar amount of the next Variable Annuity payment - which is the sum of the number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account times its Annuity Unit Value for the Valuation Period ending just before the date of the payment - will increase, decrease, or remain the same, depending on the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts.

If the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts selected is the same as the assumed interest rate of 3%, compounded annually, the payments will remain level. If the net investment return exceeds the assumed interest rate, payments will increase and, conversely, if it is less than the assumed interest rate, payments will decrease.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more information about calculating Variable Annuity Units and Variable Annuity payments, including examples of these calculations.

     Fixed Annuity Payments

Fixed Annuity payments are the same each month. We determine the dollar amount of each Fixed Annuity payment using the fixed portion of your Adjusted Account Value and the applicable Annuity Payment Rates. These will be either (1) the rates in your Contract, which are based on a minimum guaranteed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually, or (2) new rates we have published and are using on the Annuity Commencement Date, if they are more favorable (see ''Annuity Payment Rates'').

     Minimum Payments

If your Adjusted Account Value is less than $2,000, or the first annuity payment for any Annuity Option is less than $20, we will pay the Adjusted Account Value to the Annuitant in one payment.

Exchange of Variable Annuity Units

During the Income Phase, the Annuitant may exchange Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another, up to 12 times each Account Year. Any such exchanges may be subject to any restrictions or other policies that the Funds have adopted to protect the Funds from short-term trading or other practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies"). The applicability of the Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies is the same during the Income Phase as during the Accumulation Phase, and this is discussed in this prospectus under "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies." For the reasons discussed there, you should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

To make an exchange, the Annuitant sends us, at our Annuity Mailing Address, a written request stating the number of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account he or she wishes to exchange and the new Sub-Account for which Annuity Units are requested. The number of new Annuity Units will be calculated so the dollar amount of an annuity payment on the date of the exchange would not be affected. To calculate this number, we use Annuity Unit values for the Valuation Period during which we receive the exchange request.

Before exchanging Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another, the Annuitant should carefully review the relevant Fund prospectus for the investment objectives and risk disclosure of the Fund in which the Sub-Accounts invest.

During the Income Phase, we permit only exchanges among Sub-Accounts. No exchanges to or from a Fixed Annuity are permitted.

Account Fee

During the Income Phase, we deduct the annual Account Fee in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment. We do not deduct the annual Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments (see ''Contract Charges - Account Fee'').

Annuity Payment Rates

The Contract contains Annuity Payment Rates for each Annuity Option described in this Prospectus. The rates show, for each $1,000 applied, the dollar amount of: (a) the first monthly Variable Annuity payment based on the assumed interest rate specified in the applicable Contract (at least 3% per year, compounded annually); and (b) the monthly Fixed Annuity payment, when this payment is based on the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in the Contract (at least 3% per year, compounded annually). We may change these rates under Group Contracts for Accounts established after the effective date of such change (see ''Other Contract Provisions - Modification'').

The Annuity Payment Rates may vary according to the Annuity Option(s) elected and the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The Contract also describes the method of determining the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The mortality table used in determining the Annuity Payment Rates for Options A, B and C is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table.

Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit

You or your Beneficiary may also select one or more Annuity Options to be used in the event of the Annuitant's death before the Income Phase, as described under the ''Death Benefit'' section of this Prospectus. In that case, your Beneficiary will be the Annuitant/Payee. The Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second month beginning after the Death Benefit Date.

OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract Rights

A Group Contract belongs to the Owner. In the case of a Group Contract, the Owner may expressly reserve all Contract rights and privileges; otherwise, each Participant will be entitled to exercise such rights and privileges. In any case, such rights and privileges can be exercised without the consent of the Beneficiary (other than an irrevocably designated Beneficiary) or any other person. Such rights and privileges may be exercised only before the Annuity Commencement Date, except as the Contract otherwise provides.

The Annuitant becomes the Payee on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. The Beneficiary becomes the Payee on the death of the Annuitant. Such Payee may thereafter exercise such rights and privileges, if any, of ownership which continue.

Change of Ownership

Ownership of a Qualified Contract may not be transferred except to: (1) the Annuitant; (2) a trustee or successor trustee of a pension or profit sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; (3) the employer of the Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after transfer is maintained under the terms of a retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Annuitant; (4) the trustee or custodian of an individual retirement account plan qualified under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Participants under a Group Contract; or (5) as otherwise permitted from time to time by laws and regulations governing the retirement or deferred compensation plans for which a Qualified Contract may be issued. Subject to the foregoing, a Qualified Contract may not be sold, assigned, transferred, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose to any person other than the Company.

The Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract may change the ownership of the Contract prior to the last Annuity Commencement Date, and each Participant, in like manner, may change the ownership interest in a Contract.

A change of ownership will not be binding on us until we receive written notification. When we receive such notification, the change will be effective as of the date on which the request for change was signed by the Owner or Participant, as appropriate, but the change will be without prejudice to us on account of any payment we make or any action we take before receiving the change. If you change the Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract, you will become immediately liable for the payment of taxes on any gain realized under the Contract prior to the change of ownership, including possible liability for a 10% federal excise tax.

Death of Participant

If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract and you die prior to the Annuitant and before the Annuity Commencement Date, special distribution rules apply. In that case, your Account Value, plus or minus any Market Value Adjustment, must be distributed to your ''designated beneficiary'' within the meaning of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, either (1) as a lump sum within 5 years after your death or (2) if in the form of an annuity, over a period not greater than the life or expected life of the designated beneficiary, with payments beginning no later than one year after your death.

The person you have named as Beneficiary under your Contract, if any, will be the ''designated beneficiary.'' If the named Beneficiary is not living, the Annuitant automatically becomes the designated beneficiary.

If the designated beneficiary is your surviving spouse, your spouse may elect to continue the Contract in his or her own name as Participant. If you were the Annuitant as well as the Participant, your surviving spouse (if the designated beneficiary) may elect to be named as both Participant and Annuitant and continue the Contract; in that case, we will not pay a death benefit and the Account Value will not be increased to reflect the death benefit calculation. In all other cases where you are the Annuitant, the death benefit provisions of the Contract control, subject to the condition that any Annuity Option elected complies with the special distribution requirements described above.

If your spouse elects to continue the Contract (either in the case where you are the Annuitant or in the case where you are not the Annuitant), your spouse must give us written notification within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, and the special distribution rules described above will apply on the death of your spouse.

If you are the Annuitant and you die during the Income Phase, the remaining value of the Annuity Option in place must be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution under the option.
If the Participant is not a natural person, these distribution rules apply on a change in, or the death of, any Annuitant or Co-Annuitant.

Payments made in contravention of these special rules would adversely affect the treatment of the Contracts as annuity contracts under the Internal Revenue Code. Neither you nor the Beneficiary may exercise rights that would have that effect.

If yours is a Qualified Contract, any distributions upon your death will be subject to the laws and regulations governing the particular retirement or deferred compensation plan in connection with which the Qualified Contract was issued.

Voting of Fund Shares

We will vote Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts at meetings of shareholders of the Fund or in connection with similar solicitations, but will follow voting instructions received from persons having the right to give voting instructions. During the Accumulation Phase, you will have the right to give voting instructions, except where the Owner has reserved this right. During the Income Phase, the Payee (that is the Annuitant or Beneficiary entitled to receive benefits) is the person having such voting rights. We will vote any shares attributable to us and Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as the shares for which we receive instructions from Owners, Participants and Payees, as applicable.

Owners of Qualified Contracts issued on a group basis may be subject to other voting provisions of the particular plan and under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Employees who contribute to plans that are funded by the Contracts may be entitled to instruct the Owners as to how to instruct us to vote the Fund shares attributable to their contributions. Such plans may also provide the additional extent, if any, to which the Owners shall follow voting instructions of persons with rights under the plans. If no voting instructions are received from any such person with respect to a particular Participant Account, the Owner may instruct the Company as to how to vote the number of Fund shares for which instructions may be given.

Neither the Variable Account nor the Company is under any duty to provide information concerning the voting instruction rights to persons who may have such rights under plans, other than rights afforded under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any duty to inquire as to the instructions received by Owners, Participants or others, or the authority of any such persons, to instruct the voting of Fund shares. Except as the Variable Account or the Company has actual knowledge to the contrary, the instructions given by Owners under Group Contracts and Payees will be valid as they affect the Variable Account, the Company and any others having voting instruction rights with respect to the Variable Account.

All Fund proxy material, together with an appropriate form to be used to give voting instructions, will be provided to each person having the right to give voting instructions at least 10 days prior to each meeting of the shareholders of the Fund. We will determine the number of Fund shares as to which each such person is entitled to give instructions as of the record date set by the Fund for such meeting, which is expected to be not more than 90 days prior to each such meeting. Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which voting instructions may be given to the Company is determined by dividing the value of all of the Variable Accumulation Units of the particular Sub-Account credited to the Participant Account by the net asset value of one Fund share as of the same date. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which such instructions may be given by a Payee is determined by dividing the reserve held by the Company in the Sub-Account with respect to the particular Payee by the net asset value of a Fund share as of the same date. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which a Payee is entitled to give voting instructions will generally decrease due to the decrease in the reserve.

Reports to Owners

We will send you, by regular U.S. mail, confirmation of all Purchase Payments (including any interest credited), withdrawals, (including any withdrawal charges, negative market value adjustments, and federal taxes on withdrawals), minimum distributions, death benefit payments, and transfers (excluding dollar-cost averaging transfers).  Such confirmations will be sent within two business days after the transaction occurs.

In addition, within 5 business days after each Account Quarter, we will send you a statement showing your current Account Value, death benefit value, and investment allocation by asset class.  Each quarterly statement will detail transactions that occurred during the last Account Quarter including Purchase Payments, annuity payments, transfers (including dollar-cost averaging transfers), partial withdrawals, systematic withdrawals, minimum distributions, portfolio rebalancing, asset reallocations, interest credited on fixed accounts, and annual contract fees assessed.

We will also send you annual and semi-annual reports of the funds in which you are invested, including a list of investments held by each portfolio as of the current date of the report.

It is your obligation to review each such statement carefully and to report to us, at the address or telephone number provided on the statement, any errors or discrepancies in the information presented therein within 60 days of the date of such statement. Unless we receive notice of any such error or discrepancy from you within such period, we may not be responsible for correcting the error or discrepancy.

Substitution of Securities

Shares of any or all Funds of the Trust may not always be available for investment under the Contract. We may add or delete Funds or other investment companies as variable investment options under the Contracts. We may also substitute shares of another Fund or shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust for the shares held in any Sub-Account, provided that the substitution has been approved , if required, by the SEC. In the event of any substitution pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the substitution.

Change in Operation of Variable Account

At our election and subject to any necessary vote by persons having the right to give instructions with respect to the voting of Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be deregistered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration is no longer required. Deregistration of the Variable Account requires an order by the SEC. In the event of any change in the operation of the Variable Account pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change and take such other action as we deem necessary and appropriate to effect the change.

Splitting Units

We reserve the right to split or combine the value of Variable Accumulation Units, Annuity Units or any of them. In effecting any such change of unit values, strict equity will be preserved and no change will have a material effect on the benefits or other provisions of the Contracts.

Modification

Upon notice to the Owner and Participant(s), (or the Payee(s) during the Income Phase), we may modify the Contract if such modification: (1) is necessary to make the Contract or the Variable Account comply with any law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which the Company or the Variable Account is subject; (2) is necessary to assure continued qualification of the Contract under the Internal Revenue Code or other federal or state laws relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; (3) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of the Variable Account or the Sub-Account(s) (see ''Change in Operation of Variable Account''); (4) provides additional Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options; or (5) as may otherwise be in the best interests of Owners, Participants, or Payees, as applicable. In the event of any such modification, we may make appropriate endorsement in the Contract to reflect such modification.

In addition, upon notice to the Owner, we may modify a Group Contract to change the withdrawal charges, Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges, administrative expense charges, the tables used in determining the amount of the first monthly variable annuity and fixed annuity payments and the formula used to calculate the Market Value Adjustment, provided that such modification applies only to Participant Accounts established after the effective date of such modification. In order to exercise our modification rights in these particular instances, we must notify the Owner of such modification in writing. The notice shall specify the effective date of such modification which must be at least 60 days following the date we mail notice of modification. All of the charges and the annuity tables which are provided in the Group Contract prior to any such modification will remain in effect permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to Participant Accounts established prior to the effective date of such modification.

Limitation or Discontinuance of New Participants

We may limit or discontinue the acceptance of new Applications and the issuance of new Certificates under a Group Contract by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Owner. This will not affect rights or benefits with respect to any Participant Accounts established under such Group Contract prior to the effective date of such limitation or discontinuance.

Reservation of Rights

We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law, to: (1) combine any 2 or more variable accounts or Sub-Accounts; (2) add or delete Series, sub-series thereof or other investment companies and corresponding Sub-Accounts; (3) add or remove Guarantee Periods available at any time for election by a Participant; and (4) restrict or eliminate any of the voting rights of Participants (or Owners) or other persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account. Where required by law, we will obtain approval of changes from Participants or any appropriate regulatory authority. In the event of any change pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change.

Right to Return

If you are not satisfied with your Contract, you may return it by mailing or delivering it to us at our Annuity Mailing Address as shown on the cover of this Prospectus within 10 days, or longer if required by your state, after it was delivered to you. State law may also allow you to return the Contract to your sales representative. When we receive the returned Contract, it will be cancelled and we will refund to you your Account Value. However, if applicable state law requires, we will return the full amount of any Purchase Payment(s) we received.

If you are establishing an Individual Retirement Annuity (''IRA''), the Internal Revenue Code requires that we give you a disclosure statement containing certain information about the Contract and applicable legal requirements. We must give you this statement on or before the date the IRA is established. If we give you the disclosure statement before the seventh day preceding the date the IRA is established, you will not have any right of revocation under the Code. If we give you the disclosure statement at a later date, then you may give us a notice of revocation at any time within 7 days after your Contract Date. Upon such revocation, we will refund your Purchase Payment(s). This right of revocation with respect to an IRA is in addition to the return privilege set forth in the preceding paragraph. We allow a Participant establishing an IRA a ''ten day free-look,'' notwithstanding the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section provides general information on the federal income tax consequences of ownership of a Contract based upon our understanding of current federal tax laws. Actual federal tax consequences will vary depending on, among other things, the type of retirement plan under which your Contract is issued. Also, legislation altering the current tax treatment of annuity contracts could be enacted in the future and could apply retroactively to Contracts that were purchased before the date of enactment. We make no attempt to consider any applicable federal estate, federal gift, state, or other tax laws. We also make no guarantee regarding the federal, state, or local tax status of any Contract or any transaction involving any Contract. You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice before purchasing a Contract or executing any other transaction (such as a rollover, distribution, withdrawal or payment) involving a Contract.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion applies only to those Contracts issued in the United States. For a discussion of tax considerations effecting Contracts issued in Puerto Rico, see "Puerto Rico Tax Considerations."

     Deductibility of Purchase Payments

For federal income tax purposes, Purchase Payments made under Non-Qualified Contracts are not deductible. Under certain circumstances, Purchase Payments made under Qualified Contracts may be excludible or deductible from taxable income.  Any such amounts will also be excluded from the "investment in the contract" for purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distributions from a Qualified Contract. As a general rule, regardless of whether you own a Qualified or a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount of your tax liability on earnings and distributions will depend upon the specific tax rules applicable to your Contract and your particular circumstances.

     Pre-Distribution Taxation of Contracts

Generally, an increase in the value of a Contract will not give rise to a current income tax liability to the Owner of a Contract or to any payee under the Contract until a distribution is received from the Contract.  However, certain assignments or pledges of a Contract or loans under a Contract will be treated as distributions to the Owner of the Contract and will accelerate the taxability of any increases in the value of a Contract.

Also, corporate (or other non-natural person) Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally incur a current tax liability on Account Value increases. There are certain exceptions to this current taxation rule, including: (i) any Contract that is an "immediate annuity", which the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") defines as a single premium contract with an annuity commencement date within one year of the date of purchase which provides for a series of substantially equal periodic payments (to be made not less frequently than annually) during the annuity period, and (ii) any Contract that the non-natural person holds as agent for a natural person (such as where a bank or other entity holds a Contract as trustee under a trust agreement).

You should note that a qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract.  For that reason, no decision to purchase a Qualified Contract should be based on the assumption that the purchase of a Qualified Contract is necessary to obtain tax deferral under a qualified plan.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts

The Account Value of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally include both (i) an amount attributable to Purchase Payments, the return of which will not be taxable, and (ii) an amount attributable to investment earnings, the receipt of which will be taxable at ordinary income rates. The relative portions of any particular distribution that derive from nontaxable Purchase Payments and taxable investment earnings depend upon the nature and the timing of that distribution.

Any withdrawal of less than your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date, must be treated as a receipt of investment earnings. You may not treat such withdrawals as a non-taxable return of Purchase Payments unless you have first withdrawn the entire amount of the Account Value that is attributable to investment earnings. For purposes of determining whether a Participant has withdrawn the entire amount of the investment earnings under a Non-Qualified Contract, the Code provides that all Non-Qualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company to the same Participant during any one calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. If you withdraw your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date (a "full surrender"), the taxable portion will equal the amount you receive less the "investment in the contract" (i.e., the total Purchase Payments (excluding amounts that were deductible by, or excluded from the gross income of, the Participant of a Contract), less any Purchase Payments that were amounts previously received which were not includable in income).

A Payee who receives annuity payments under a Non-Qualified Contract after the Annuity Commencement Date, will generally be able to treat a portion of each payment as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments and to treat only the remainder of each such payment as taxable investment earnings. Until the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered in this manner, the nontaxable portion of each payment will be determined by the ratio of (i) the total amount of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract, to (ii) the Payee's expected return under the Contract. Once the Payee has received nontaxable payments in an amount equal to total Purchase Payments, no further exclusion is allowed and all future distributions will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. If payments are terminated upon the death of the Annuitant or other Payee before the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered, the unrecovered Purchase Payments may be deducted on the final return of the Annuitant or other Payee.

A penalty tax of 10% may also apply to taxable cash withdrawals including lump-sum payments from Non-Qualified Contracts. This penalty will generally not apply to distributions made after age 59½, to distributions pursuant to the death or disability of the owner, to distributions that are a part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for life or life expectancy, or to distributions under an immediate annuity (as defined above).

Death benefits paid upon the death of a contract owner are not life insurance benefits and will generally be includable in the income of the recipient to the extent they represent investment earnings under the contract.  For this purpose, the amount of the investment in the contract is not affected by the Participant's or annuitant's death, i.e., the investment in the contract must still be determined by reference to the Participant's investment in the Contract.  Special mandatory distribution rules also apply after the death of the Participant when the beneficiary is not the surviving spouse of the Participant.

If death benefits are distributed in a lump sum, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as upon a full surrender of the contract.  If death benefits are distributed under an annuity option, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as annuity payments, as described above.

Any amounts held under a Non-Qualified Contract that are assigned or pledged as collateral for a loan will also be treated as if withdrawn from the Contract.  In addition, upon the transfer of a Non-Qualified Contract by gift (other than to the Participant's spouse), the Participant must treat an amount equal to the Account Value minus the total amount paid for the Contract as income.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Qualified Contracts

In most cases, all of the distributions you receive from a Qualified Contract will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. Also, a 10% penalty tax will apply to distributions prior to age 59½, except in certain circumstances.

If you receive a distribution for a Qualified Contract used in connection with a qualified pension plan, from a tax-sheltered annuity, a governmental Code Section 457 plan or an individual retirement annuity "IRA" and roll over some or all that distribution to another eligible plan, following the rules set out in the Code and IRS regulations, the portion of such distribution that is rolled over will not be includible in your income. An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, tax-sheltered annuity or governmental Section 457 plan will be subject to 20% mandatory withholding as described below. Because the amount of the cash paid to you as an eligible rollover distribution will be reduced by this withholding, you will not be able to roll over the entire account balance under your Contract, unless you use other funds equal to the tax withholding to complete the rollover. Rollovers of IRA distributions are not subject to the 20% mandatory withholding requirement.

An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, governmental Section 457 plan or tax-sheltered annuity is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of an employee, except that the term does not include:

l
a distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually under a lifetime annuity or for a specified period of ten years or more;
   
l
any required minimum distribution, or
   
l
any hardship distribution.

Only you or your surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect to roll over a distribution to an eligible retirement plan. However, a non-surviving-spouse Beneficiary may able to directly transfer a distribution to a so-called inherited IRA that will be subject to the IRS distribution rules applicable to beneficiaries.

     Withholding

In the case of an eligible rollover distribution (as defined above) from a Qualified Contract (other than from an IRA), we (or the plan administrator) must withhold and remit to the U.S. Government 20% of the distribution, unless the Participant or Payee elects to make a direct rollover of the distribution to another qualified retirement plan that is eligible to receive the rollover; however, only you or your spouse may elect a direct rollover. In the case of a distribution from (i) a Non-Qualified Contract, (ii) an IRA, or (iii) a Qualified Contract where the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution, we will withhold and remit to the U.S. Government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution unless, prior to the distribution, the Participant or Payee provides us his or her taxpayer identification number and instructs us (in the manner prescribed) not to withhold. The Participant or Payee may credit against his or her federal income tax liability for the year of distribution any amounts that we (or the plan administrator) withhold.

     Investment Diversification and Control

The Treasury Department has issued regulations that prescribe investment diversification requirements for the mutual fund series underlying non-qualified variable contracts. All Non-Qualified Contracts must comply with these regulations to qualify as annuities for federal income tax purposes. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract that does not meet these guidelines will be subject to current taxation on annual increases in value of the Contract. We believe that each Fund available as an investment option under the Contract complies with these regulations.

The IRS has stated that satisfaction of the diversification requirements described above by itself does not prevent a Participant from being treated as the owner of separate account assets under an "owner control" test.  If a Participant is treated as the owner of separate account assets for tax purposes, the Participant would be subject to taxation on the income and gains from the separate account assets. In published revenue rulings through 1982 and then again in 2003, the IRS has stated that a variable contract Participant will be considered the owner of separate account assets if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise control over the investment of the assets.  In Revenue Ruling 2003-91, the IRS considered certain variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and concluded that the owners of the variable contracts would not be considered the owners of the contracts' underlying assets for federal income tax purposes.

Revenue Ruling 2003-91 states that the determination of whether the owner of a variable contract possesses sufficient incidents of ownership over the assets underlying the variable contract so as to be deemed the owner of those assets for federal income tax purposes will depend on all the facts and circumstances. We do not believe that the differences between the Contract and the contracts described in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 should prevent the holding in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 from applying.  Nevertheless, you should consult with a qualified tax professional on the potential impact of the investor control rules of the IRS as they relate to the investment decisions and activities you may undertake with respect to the Contract.  In addition, the IRS and/or the Treasury Department may issue new rulings, interpretations or regulations on this subject in the future.  Accordingly, we therefore reserve the right to modify the Contracts as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner, for tax purposes, of the underlying assets.  We also reserve the right to notify you if we determine that it is no longer practicable to maintain the Contract in a manner that was designed to prevent you from being considered the owner of the assets of the Separate Account.  You bear the risk that you may be treated as the owner of Separate Account assets and taxed accordingly.

     Tax Treatment of the Company and the Variable Account

As a life insurance company under the Code, we will record and report operations of the Variable Account separately from other operations. The Variable Account will not, however, constitute a regulated investment company or any other type of taxable entity distinct from our other operations. Under present law, we will not incur tax on the income of the Variable Account (consisting primarily of interest, dividends, and net capital gains) if we use this income to increase reserves under Contracts participating in the Variable Account.

     Qualified Retirement Plans

"Qualified Contracts" are Contracts used with plans that receive tax-deferral treatment pursuant to specific provisions of the Code.  Annuity contracts also receive tax-deferral treatment.  It is not necessary that you purchase an annuity contract to receive the tax-deferral treatment available through a Qualified Contract.  If you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you do not receive additional tax-deferral.  Therefore, if you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you should do so for reasons other than obtaining tax deferral.

You may use Qualified Contracts with several types of qualified retirement plans. Because tax consequences will vary with the type of qualified retirement plan and the plan's specific terms and conditions, we provide below only brief, general descriptions of the consequences that follow from using Qualified Contracts in connection with various types of qualified retirement plans. We stress that the rights of any person to any benefits under these plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms of the Qualified Contracts that you are using. These terms and conditions may include restrictions on, among other things, ownership, transferability, assignability, contributions and distributions.

     Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans

Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 403(a) of the Code permit business employers and certain associations to establish various types of retirement plans for employees. The Code requirements are similar for qualified retirement plans of corporations and those of self-employed individuals. Self-employed persons, as a general rule, may therefore use Qualified Contracts as a funding vehicle for their retirement plans.

     Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to purchase annuity contracts and, subject to certain limitations, exclude the amount of purchase payments from gross income for tax purposes. The Code imposes restrictions on cash withdrawals from Section 403(b) annuities.

If the Contracts are to receive tax-deferred treatment, cash withdrawals of amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions (other than withdrawals of accumulation account value as of December 31, 1988) may be made only when the Participant attains age 59½, has a severance from employment with the employer, dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Code). These restrictions apply to (i) any post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (ii) any growth or interest on post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (iii) any growth or interest on pre-1989 salary reduction contributions that occurs on or after January 1, 1989, and (iv) any pre-1989 salary reduction contributions since we do not maintain records that separately account for such contributions.  It is permissible, however, to withdraw post-1988 salary reduction contributions (but not the earnings attributable to such contributions) in cases of financial hardship. The Internal Revenue Service has issued specific rules defining financial hardship, but those rules do not become effective until January 1, 2009.  Until then, we expect that to qualify for a hardship distribution, the Participant must have an immediate and heavy bona fide financial need and lack other resources reasonably available to satisfy the need. Hardship withdrawals (as well as certain other premature withdrawals) will be subject to a 10% tax penalty, in addition to any withdrawal charge applicable under the Contracts. Under certain circumstances the 10% tax penalty will not apply if the withdrawal is for medical expenses.

Section 403(b) annuities, like IRAs, are subject to required minimum distributions under the Code.  Section 403(b) annuities are unique, however, in that any account balance accruing before January 1, 1987 (the "pre-1987 balance") needs to comply with only the minimum distribution incidental benefit (MDIB) rule and not also with the minimum distribution rules set forth in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  This special treatment for any pre-1987 balance is, however, conditioned upon the issuer identifying the pre-1987 balance and maintaining accurate records of changes to the balance.  Since we do not maintain such records, your pre-1987 balance, if any, will not be eligible for special distribution treatment.

Under the terms of a particular Section 403(b) plan, the Participant may be entitled to transfer all or a portion of the Account Value to one or more alternative funding options. Participants should consult the documents governing their plan and the person who administers the plan for information as to such investment alternatives.

The Internal Revenue Service has issued comprehensive regulations that are generally effective January 1, 2009, to 403(b) plans and annuities, but that may apply to a Section 403(b) annuity issued before that date.  You should consult with a qualified tax professional about those regulations.

     Individual Retirement Arrangements

 Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit eligible individuals to contribute to a so-called "traditional" individual retirement program, including Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities, Simplified Employee Pension Plans, and SIMPLE Retirement Accounts. Such IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution levels, the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when distributions may commence. In addition, certain distributions from some other types of retirement plans may be placed in an IRA on a tax-deferred basis. The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to IRAs and we will provide purchasers of the Contracts as Individual Retirement Annuities with any necessary information. You will have the right to revoke a Contract issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity under certain circumstances, as described in the section of this Prospectus entitled "Right to Return." If your Contract is issued in connection with an Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Roth Individual Retirement Arrangements

Section 408A of the Code permits an individual to contribute to an individual retirement program called a Roth IRA. Unlike contributions to a traditional IRA under Section 408 of the Code, contributions to a Roth IRA are not tax-deductible. Provided certain conditions are satisfied, distributions are generally tax-free. Like traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution amounts and the timing of distributions. If you convert a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity Contract into a Roth IRA Contract or your Individual Retirement Account that holds a Contract is converted to a Roth Individual Retirement Account, the fair market value of the Contract is included in taxable income. Under IRS regulations and Revenue Procedure 2006-13, fair market value may exceed the Contract's account balance.  Thus, you should consult with a qualified tax professional prior to any conversion.

The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to Roth IRAs and we will provide the necessary information for Contracts issued as Roth Individual Retirement Annuities. If your Contract is issued in connection with a Roth Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Required Minimum Distribution Requirements for Tax-Sheltered Annuities and Traditional Individual      Retirement Annuities

If your Contract is a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity or a 403(b) TSA annuity, it is subject to certain required minimum distribution (RMD) requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and IRS regulations. Under the RMD rules, distributions must begin no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which you attain age 70½ or, for non-IRAs, the date of retirement instead of age 70½ if it is later. The RMD amount for a distribution calendar year is generally calculated by dividing the Contract's value as of 12/31 of the prior calendar year by the applicable distribution factor set forth in a Uniform Lifetime Table in the IRS regulations. For Contracts issued in connection with traditional Individual Retirement Accounts, you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian about RMD requirements since we only provide the trustee or custodian with the Contract’s value (including any actuarial present value of additional benefits discussed below) so that it can be used in the Account’s RMD calculations.

Effective with the 2006 distribution calendar year, the actuarial present value as of 12/31 of any additional benefits that are provided under your Contract (such as death benefits) will be added to the Contract’s Account Value as of 12/31 in order to calculate the RMD amount. There are two exceptions to the requirement that the actuarial present value of an additional benefit must be added to the account balance for RMD calculation purposes. First, if the only additional benefit provided under a Contract is a return of premium death benefit (i.e., a benefit under which the final payment does not exceed the amount of purchase payments made less prior distributions), then the additional benefit is disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. Second, if (1) the Contract provides only for additional benefits that are each reduced on a proportional basis in the event of distributions, with or without a return of premium death benefit that is not reduced in amount proportionately in the event of distributions and (2) the actuarial present value of all the Contract’s additional benefits is no more than 20% of the 12/31 Account Value, then the additional benefits are disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. When we notify you of the RMD amount for a distribution calendar year, we will inform you if the calculation included the actuarial present value of additional benefits. Because of the above requirements, a death benefit in your Contract could cause your RMD amount to be higher than it would be without such a benefit.

You may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular IRA annuity from that annuity or from another IRA account or IRA annuity of yours.  Similarly, you may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular TSA annuity from that annuity or from another TSA account or TSA annuity of yours.  If your Qualified Contract is an asset of a qualified retirement plan, the qualified plan is subject to the RMD requirements and the Contract, as an asset of the qualified plan, may need to be used as a source of funds for the RMDs.

Puerto Rico Tax Considerations

The Contract offered by this Prospectus is considered an annuity contract under Section 1022 of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended (the "1994 Code"). Under the current provisions of the 1994 Code, no income tax is payable on increases in value of accumulation shares of annuity units credited to a variable annuity contract until payments are made to the annuitant or other payee under such contract.

When payments are made from your Contract in the form of an annuity, the annuitant or other payee will be required to include as gross income the lesser of the amount received during the taxable year or the portion of the amount received equal to 3% of the aggregate premiums or other consideration paid for the annuity. The amount, if any, in excess of the included amount is excluded from gross income as a return of premium. After an amount equal to the aggregate premiums or other consideration paid for the annuity has been excluded from gross income, all of the subsequent annuity payments are considered to be taxable income.

When a payment under a Contract is made in a lump sum, the amount of the payment would be included in the gross income of the Annuitant or other Payee to the extent it exceeds the Annuitant's aggregate premiums or other consideration paid.

The provisions of the 1994 Code with respect to qualified retirement plans described in this Prospectus vary significantly from those under the Internal Revenue Code.  We currently offer the Contract in Puerto Rico in connection with Individual Retirement Arrangements that qualify under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code but do not qualify under the Puerto Rico 1994 Code. See the applicable text of this Prospectus under the heading "Federal Tax Status" dealing with such Arrangements and their RMD requirements.. We may make Contracts available for use with other retirement plans that similarly qualify under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code but do not qualify under the Puerto Rico 1994 Code.

As a result of IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75, as amplified by Revenue Ruling 2004-97, we will treat Contract distributions and withdrawals occurring on or after January 1, 2005 as U.S.-source income that is subject to U.S. income tax withholding and reporting.  Under "TAX CONSIDERATIONS", see "Pre-Distribution Taxation of Contracts", "Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts", "Withholding" and "Non-Qualified Contracts".  You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice regarding the effect of Revenue Ruling 2004-75 on your U.S. and Puerto Rico income tax situation.

For information regarding the income tax consequences of owning a Contract, you should consult a qualified tax professional.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

We perform certain administrative functions relating to the Contracts, Participant Accounts, and the Variable Account. These functions include, but are not limited to, maintaining the books and records of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts; maintaining records of the name, address, taxpayer identification number, Contract number, Participant Account number and type, the status of each Participant Account and other pertinent information necessary to the administration and operation of the Contracts; processing Applications, Purchase Payments, transfers and full and partial withdrawals; issuing Contracts and Certificates; administering annuity payments; furnishing accounting and valuation services; reconciling and depositing cash receipts; providing confirmations; providing toll-free customer service lines; and furnishing telephonic transfer services.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Contracts are sold by licensed insurance agents ("the Selling Agents") in those states where the Contract may be lawfully sold.  Such Selling Agents will be registered representatives of affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealer firms ("the Selling Broker-Dealers") registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") and who have entered into selling agreements with the Company and the general distributor, Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc. ("Clarendon"), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.  Clarendon is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA.

The Company (or its affiliate, for purposes of this section only, collectively, "the Company"), pays the Selling Broker-Dealers compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract.  The Selling Agents who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid by the Company to the Selling Broker-Dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and their Selling Agent.  This compensation is not paid directly by the Contract Owner or the separate account.  The Company intends to recoup this compensation through fees and charges imposed under the Contract, and from profits on payments received by the Company for providing administrative, marketing, and other support and services to the Funds.

The amount and timing of commissions the Company may pay to Selling Broker-Dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to be more than 8.50% of Purchase Payments, and 1.25% annually of the Participant's Account Value. The Company may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, and this compensation may be significant in amount.

The Company also pays compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries, including payments to affiliates of the Company, in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training and administrative services to the Selling Agents of the Selling Broker-Dealers.  This compensation may be significant in amount and may be based on a percentage of Purchase Payments and/or a percentage of Contract Value and/or may be a fixed dollar amount.

In addition to the compensation described above, the Company may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as "override" compensations, or reimbursements to Selling Broker-Dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support.  These payments are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Broker-Dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of the Company's products on the Selling Broker-Dealers' preferred or recommended list, access to the Selling Broker-Dealers' registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of the Company's products, assistance in training and education of the Selling Agents, and opportunities for the Company to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars.  The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular Selling Broker-Dealer's actual or expected aggregate sales of our variable contracts (including the Contract) or assets held within those contracts and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Selling Agent. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional compensation as described above may provide Selling Broker-Dealers with an incentive to favor sales of the Contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which the Selling Broker-Dealer does not receive additional compensation, or lower levels of additional compensation. You should take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts.

In addition to selling our variable contracts (including the Contract), some Selling Broker-Dealers or their affiliates may have other business relationships with the Company. Those other business relationships may include, for example, reinsurance agreements pursuant to which an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer provides reinsurance to the Company relative to some or all of the Policies or other variable policies issued by the Company or its affiliates. The potential profits for a Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliates (including its registered representatives) associated with such reinsurance arrangements could be significant in amount and could indirectly provide incentives to the Selling Broker-Dealer and its Selling Agents to recommend products for which they provide reinsurance over similar products which do not result in potential reinsurance profits to the Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliate. The operation of an individual contract is not impacted by whether the policy is subject to a reinsurance arrangement between the Company and an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer.

As discussed in the preceding paragraphs, the Company makes numerous forms of payments and engages in a variety of other activities that, directly or indirectly, provide incentives to, and otherwise facilitate and encourage the offer and sale of the Contracts by Selling Broker-Dealers and their registered representatives. Such payments and other activities may be significantly greater or less in connection with the Contracts than in connection with other products offered and sold by the Company or by others. Accordingly, our payments and other activities described above may create a potential conflict of interest, as they may influence your Selling Broker-Dealer or registered representative to present a Contract to you instead of (or more favorably than) another product or products that might be preferable to you.

You should ask your Selling Agent for further information about what commissions or other compensation he or she, or the Selling Broker-Dealer for which he or she works, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Commissions may be waived or reduced in connection with certain transactions described in this Prospectus under the heading "Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Special Guaranteed Interest Rates."  During 2005, 2006, and 2007, approximately $109,180, $68,043, and $72,885, respectively, in commissions were paid to but not retained by Clarendon in connection with the distribution of the Contracts.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company and the Variable Account have filed with the SEC registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Contracts. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statements and their exhibits. For further information regarding the Variable Account, the Company and the Contracts, please refer to the registration statements and their exhibits.

In addition, the Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We file reports and other information with the SEC to meet these requirements.

You can inspect and copy this information and our registration statements at the SEC's public reference facilities at the following locations: Washington, D.C. - 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; Chicago, Illinois - 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60661. The Washington, D.C. office will also provide copies by mail for a fee. You may also find these materials on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ''Exchange Act'') is incorporated herein by reference. All documents or reports we file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus.

The Company will furnish, without charge, to each person to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy of the documents referred to above which have been incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, other than exhibits to such document (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in this Prospectus). Requests for such document should be directed to the Secretary, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481, telephone (800) 225-3950.

STATE REGULATION

The Company is subject to the laws of the State of Delaware governing life insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware. An annual statement is filed with the Commissioner of Insurance on or before March lst in each year relating to the operations of the Company for the preceding year and its financial condition on December 31st of such year. Its books and records are subject to review or examination by the Commissioner or his agents at any time and a full examination of its operations is conducted at periodic intervals.

The Company is also subject to the insurance laws and regulations of the other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. The laws of the various jurisdictions establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative powers with respect to licensing to transact business, overseeing trade practices, licensing agents, approving policy forms, establishing reserve requirements, fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum rates for accumulation of surrender values, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and regulating the type and amounts of investments permitted. Each insurance company is required to file detailed annual reports with supervisory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business and its operations and accounts are subject to examination by such agencies at regular intervals.

In addition, many states regulate affiliated groups of insurers, such as the Company, Sun Life (Canada) and its affiliates, under insurance holding company legislation. Under such laws, inter-company transfers of assets and dividend payments from insurance subsidiaries may be subject to prior notice or approval, depending on the size of such transfers and payments in relation to the financial positions of the companies involved. Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurers doing business therein can be assessed (up to prescribed limits) for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. The amount of any future assessments of the Company under these laws cannot be reasonably estimated. However, most of these laws do provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength and many permit the deduction of all or a portion of any such assessment from any future premium or similar taxes payable.

Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the business of insurance, federal initiatives often have an impact on the business in a variety of ways. Current and proposed federal measures which may significantly affect the insurance business include employee benefit regulation, removal of barriers preventing banks from engaging in the insurance business, tax law changes affecting the taxation of insurance companies, the tax treatment of insurance products and its impact on the relative desirability of various personal investment vehicles.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the Variable Account. We and our subsidiaries are engaged in various kinds of routine litigation which, in management's judgment, is not of material importance to our respective total assets or material with respect to the Variable Account.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Statement of Additional Information should be considered only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations with respect to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and with respect to the death benefit and the Company's assumption of the mortality and expense risks. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the Fund shares held in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.

The financial statements of the Variable Account for the year ended December 31, 2007 are also included in the Statement of Additional Information.


 
 

 



Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
Advertising and Sales Literature
Calculations
Example of Variable Accumulation Unit Value Calculation
Example of Variable Annuity Unit Calculation
Example of Variable Annuity Payment Calculation
Distribution of the Contracts
Designation and Change of Beneficiary
Custodian
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Financial Statements


 
 

 

This Prospectus sets forth information about the Contracts and the Variable Account that a prospective purchaser should know before investing. Additional information about the Contracts and the Variable Account has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2008 which is incorporated herein by reference. The Statement of Additional Information is available upon request and without charge from Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.). To receive a copy, return this request form to the address shown below or telephone (800) 752-7215.
_________________________________________________________________________________


To:
Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
 
P.O. Box 9133
 
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481
   
 
Please send me a Statement of Additional Information for
 
MFS Regatta Gold Variable and Fixed Annuity
 
Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F.



Name
                                                                                                                              
   
Address
                                                                                                                              
   
 
                                                                                                                              
   
City
                                                           State                Zip                                     
   
Telephone
                                                                                                                               


 
 

 

APPENDIX A -
GLOSSARY

The following terms as used in this Prospectus have the indicated meanings:

ACCOUNT or PARTICIPANT ACCOUNT: An account established for each Participant to which Net Purchase Payments are credited.

ACCOUNT VALUE: The Variable Accumulation Value, if any, plus the Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, of your Account for any Valuation Period.

ACCOUNT YEAR and ACCOUNT ANNIVERSARY: Your first Account Year is the period of (a) 12 full calendar months plus (b) the part of the calendar month in which we issue your Contract (if not on the first day of the month), beginning with the Contract Date. Your Account Anniversary is the first day immediately after the end of an Account Year. Each Account Year after the first is the 12 calendar month period that begins on your Account Anniversary. If, for example, the Contract Date is in March, the first Account Year will be determined from the Contract Date but will end on the last day of March in the following year; your Account Anniversary is April 1 and all Account Years after the first will be measured from April 1.

ACCUMULATION PHASE: The period before the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Annuitant during which you make Purchase Payments under the Contract. This is called the ''Accumulation Period'' in the Contract.

*ANNUITANT: The person or persons named in the Application and on whose life the first annuity payment is to be made. In a Non-Qualified Contract, if you name someone other than yourself as Annuitant, you may also name a co-annuitant. If you do, all provisions of the Contract based on the death of the Annuitant will be based on the date of death of the last surviving of the persons named. By example, if the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the co-annuitant will become the new annuitant. The death benefit will become due only on the death before the Annuity Commencement Date of the last surviving annuitant and co-annuitant named. These persons are referred to collectively in the Contract as ''Annuitants.'' If you have not named a sole Annuitant on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date and both the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant are living, the Co-Annuitant will be the sole Annuitant during the Income Phase.

*ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date on which the first annuity payment under each Contract is to be made.

*ANNUITY OPTION: The method you choose for making annuity payments.

ANNUITY UNIT: A unit of measure used in the calculation of the amount of the second and each subsequent Variable Annuity payment from the Variable Account.

APPLICATION: The document signed by you or other evidence acceptable to us that serves as your application for participation under a Group Contract.

*BENEFICIARY: The person or entity having the right to receive the death benefit and, for Non-Qualified Contracts, who is the ''designated beneficiary'' for purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.

BUSINESS DAY: Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

CERTIFICATE: The document for each Participant which evidences the coverage of the Participant under a Group Contract.

COMPANY ("WE," "US," "SUN LIFE (U.S.)"): Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.).

CONTRACT DATE: The date on which we issue your Contract. This is called the ''Issue Date'' in the Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT DATE: If you have elected a death benefit payment option before the Annuitant's death that remains in effect, the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If your Beneficiary elects the death benefit payment option, the later of (a) the date on which we receive the Beneficiary's election and (b) the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Death Benefit Date will be the last day of the 60 day period and we will pay the death benefit in cash.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH: An original certified copy of an official death certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof satisfactory to the Company.

EXPIRATION DATE: The last day of a Guarantee Period.

FIXED ACCOUNT: The general account of the Company, consisting of all assets of the Company other than those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Fixed Account.

FIXED ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which do not vary as to dollar amount.

GROUP CONTRACT: A Contract issued by the Company on a group basis.

GUARANTEE AMOUNT: Each separate allocation of Account Value to a particular Guarantee Period (including interest earned thereon).

GUARANTEE PERIOD: The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: The rate of interest we credit on a compound annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

INCOME PHASE: The period on and after the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Annuitant during which we make annuity payments under the Contract.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR: An index applied to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or equal to one.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT: The portion of a Purchase Payment which remains after the deduction of any applicable premium tax or similar tax.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan that does not receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Participant's interest in the Contract must be owned by a natural person or agent for a natural person for the Contract to receive income tax treatment as an annuity.

OWNER: The person, persons or entity entitled to the ownership rights stated in a Group Contract and in whose name or names the Group Contract is issued. The Owner may designate a trustee or custodian of a retirement plan which meets the requirements of Section 401, Section 408(c), Section 408(k), Section 408(p) or Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement plan, but the term ''Owner,'' as used herein, shall refer to the organization entering into the Group Contract.

*PARTICIPANT: The person named in the Certificate who is entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of ownership under the Certificate, except as reserved by the Owner.

PAYEE: A recipient of payments under a Contract. The term includes an Annuitant or a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to benefits upon the death of the Annuitant.

PURCHASE PAYMENT (PAYMENT): An amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits provided by a Contract.

QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan which may receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

SEVEN-YEAR ANNIVERSARY: The seventh Account Anniversary and each succeeding Account Anniversary occurring at any seven year interval thereafter; for example, the 14th, 21st and 28th Account Anniversaries.

SUB-ACCOUNT: That portion of the Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific series of the Trust.

VALUATION PERIOD: The period of time from one determination of Variable Accumulation Unit or Annuity Unit values to the next subsequent determination of these values. Value determinations are made as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on each day that the Exchange is open for trading.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT: Variable Account F of the Company, which is a separate account of the Company consisting of assets set aside by the Company, the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT: A unit of measure used in the calculation of Variable Account Value.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Variable
Account.

VARIABLE ANNUITY: An annuity with payments which vary as to dollar amount in relation to the investment performance of the Variable Account.

*You specify these items on the Application, and may change them, as we describe in this Prospectus.

 
 

 

APPENDIX B -
WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Part 1: Variable Account (The Market Value Adjustment does not apply to the Variable Account)

Withdrawal Charge Calculation for Certificates with Date of Coverage on or After November 1, 1994 Which Contain the Cumulative Withdrawal Provision:

Full Surrender:

Assume a Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Date of Coverage, no additional Purchase Payments are made and there are no partial withdrawals. The table below presents four examples of the withdrawal charge resulting from a full surrender of the Participant's Account, based on hypothetical Account Values.

Account Year
Hypothetical Account Value
Free Withdrawal Amount
Purchase Payments Liquidated
Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Withdrawal Charge Amount
1
$41,000
$  4,000(a)
$37,000
6.00%
$2,220
3
$52,000
$12,000(b)
$40,000
5.00%
$2,000
7
$80,000
$28,000(c)
$40,000
3.00%
$1,200
9
$98,000
$68,000(d)
$40,000
0.00%
$       0

(a)
The free withdrawal amount during an Account Year is equal to 10% of new payments (those payments made in current Account Year or in the 6 immediately preceding Account Years) less any prior partial withdrawals in that Account Year. Any portion of the free withdrawal amount that is not used in the current Account Year is carried forward into future years. In the first Account Year 10% of new payments is $4,000. Therefore, on full surrender $4,000 is withdrawn free of the withdrawal charge and the Purchase Payment liquidated is $37,000 (Account Value less free withdrawal amount). The withdrawal charge amount is determined by applying the withdrawal charge percentage to the Purchase Payment liquidated.
 
(b)
In the third Account Year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to $12,000 ($4,000 for the current Account Year, plus an additional $8,000 for Account Years 1 and 2 because no partial withdrawals were taken and the unused free withdrawal amount is carried forward into future Account Years). The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to the liquidated Purchase Payment (Account Value less free withdrawal amount).
 
(c)
In the seventh Account Year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to $28,000 ($4,000 for the current Account Year, plus an additional $24,000 for Account Years 1 through 6, $4,000 for each Account Year because no partial withdrawals were taken and the unused free withdrawal amount is carried forward into future Account Years). The withdrawal charge percentage is applied to the liquidated Purchase Payment (Account Value less free withdrawal amount, but not greater than actual Purchase Payments).
 
(d)
In Account Year 9, the free withdrawal amount is $68,000, calculated as follows: There are no Annual Withdrawal Allowances for Account Years 8 or 9 because there are no New Payments in those years. The $40,000 Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 is now an Old Payment that constitutes a portion of the free withdrawal amount. In addition, the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances of $4,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 7 are carried forward and available for use in Account Year 9. The $98,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount. Because the remaining $30,000 is not withdrawn from New Payments, this part of the withdrawal also will not be subject to the withdrawal charge.

Partial Withdrawal:

Assume a single Purchase Payment of $40,000 is deposited at issue, no additional Purchase Payments are made, no partial withdrawals have been taken prior to the fifth Account Year, and there are a series of 3 partial withdrawals made during the fifth Account Year of $9,000, $12,000, and $15,000.

 
Hypothetical Account Value
Partial Withdrawal Amount
Free Withdrawal Amount
Purchase Payments Liquidated
Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Withdrawal Charge Amount
(a)
$64,000
$  9,000
$20,000
$         0
4.00%
$    0
(b)
$56,000
$12,000
$11,000
$  1,000
4.00%
$  40
(c)
$40,000
$15,000
$         0
$15,000
4.00%
$600

(a)
The free withdrawal amount during an Account Year is equal to 10% of New Payments (those payments made in current account year or in the 6 immediately preceding Account Years) less any prior partial withdrawals in that Account Year. Any portion of the free withdrawal amount that is not used in the current account year is carried forward into future years. In the fifth Account Year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to $20,000 ($4,000 for the current Account Year, plus an additional $16,000 for Account Years 1 through 4, $4,000 for each Account Year because no partial withdrawals were taken). The partial withdrawal amount ($9,000) is less than the free withdrawal amount so no Purchase Payments are liquidated and no withdrawal charge applies.
 
(b)
Since a partial withdrawal of $9,000 was taken, the remaining free withdrawal amount is equal to $11,000. The $12,000 partial withdrawal will first be applied against the $11,000 free withdrawal amount, and then will liquidate Purchase Payments of $1,000, incurring a withdrawal charge of $40.
 
(c)
The free withdrawal amount is zero since the previous partial withdrawals have already used the free withdrawal amount. The entire partial withdrawal amount will result in Purchase Payments being liquidated and will incur a withdrawal charge. At the beginning of the next Account Year, 10% of Purchase Payments would be available for withdrawal requests during that Account Year.

Withdrawal Charge Calculation for Certificates with Date of Coverage Before November 1, 1994 and Certificates Issued After That Date Which Do Not Contain the Cumulative Withdrawal Provision.

This example assumes that the date of the full surrender or partial withdrawal is during the 9th Account Year.

1
2
3
4
5
6
1
     $  1,000
     $1,000
  $         0
       0%
$        0
2
1,200
       1,200
       0
0
          0
3
1,400
       1,280
   120
3
     3.60
4
1,600
              0
1,600
4
   64.00
5
1,800
      0
1,800
4
   72.00
6
2,000
      0
2,000
5
 100.00
7
2,000
      0
2,000
5
 100.00
8
2,000
      0
2,000
6
 120.00
9
2,000
      0
2,000
6
 120.00
 
     $ 15,000
     $3,480
  $11,520
 
        $579.60

Explanation of Columns in Table

Columns 1 and 2:

Represent Purchase Payments (''Payments'') and amounts of Payments. Each Payment was made on the first day of each Account Year.

Column 3:

Represents the amounts that may be withdrawn without the imposition of withdrawal charges, as
follows:

(a)
Payments 1 and 2, $1,000 and $1,200, respectively, have been credited to the Certificate for more than 7 years.
   
(b)
$1,280 of Payment 3 represents 10% of Payments that have been credited to the Certificate for less than 7 years. The 10% amount is applied to the oldest unliquidated Payment, then the next oldest and so forth.

Column 4:

Represents the amount of each Payment that is subject to a withdrawal charge. It is determined by subtracting the amount in Column 3 from the Payment in Column 2.

Column 5:

Represents the withdrawal charge percentages imposed on the amounts in Column 4.

Column 6:

Represents the withdrawal charge imposed on each Payment. It is determined by multiplying the amount in Column 4 by the percentage in Column 5.
For example, the withdrawal charge imposed on Payment 8

 
=   Payment 8, Column 4 x Payment 8, Column 5
 
=   $2,000 x 6%
 
=   $120

Full Surrender:

The total of Column 6, $579.60, represents the total amount of withdrawal charges imposed on Payments in this example.

Partial Withdrawal:

The sum of amounts in Column 6 for as many Payments as are liquidated reflects the withdrawal charges imposed in the case of a partial withdrawal.
For example, if $7,000 of Payments (Payments 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) were withdrawn, the amount of the withdrawal charges imposed would be the sum of amounts in Column 6 for Payments 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, which is $139.60.

Part 2 - Fixed Account - Examples of the Market Value Adjustment (MVA)

The MVA factor is:
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J)](N/12) - 1

These examples assume the following:

l
The Guarantee Amount was allocated to a five year Guarantee Period with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 6% or .06 (l).
l
The date of surrender is 2 years from the Expiration Date (N = 24).
l
The value of the Guarantee Amount on the date of surrender is $11,910.16.
l
The interest earned in the current Account Year is $674.16.
l
No transfers or partial withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Amount have been made.
l
Withdrawal charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown in the examples in Part 1.


 
 

 


Example of a Negative MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 8% or .08.

The MVA factor
=
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J)](N/12) - 1
 
=
[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .08)](24/12) - 1
 
=
(.9812) - 1
 
=
.963 - 1
 
=
-.037

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interest credited to the Guarantee Amount in the current Account Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16)  x  (-.037) = -$415.73

-$415.73 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x (-.037) = -$49.06. -$49.06 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

Example of a Positive MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 5% or .05.

The MVA factor
=
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J)](N/12) - 1
 
=
[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .05)](24/12) - 1
 
=
(1.0102) - 1
 
=
1.019 - 1
 
=
 .019

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interested credited to the Guarantee Amount in the current Account Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16) x .019 = $213.48

$213.48 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x .019 = $25.19.

$25.19 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.


 
 

 

APPENDIX C -
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following information for REGATTA GOLD should be read in conjunction with the Variable Account's financial statements appearing in the Statement of Additional Information.

 
Accumulation
Accumulation
Number of
 
 
Unit Value
Unit Value
Accumulation
 
 
Beginning
End
Units End
 
Sub-Account
of Period
of Period
of Period
Year
         
Bond Series
$15.1385
 
$15.4552
 
1,931,316
 
2007
 
14.5916
 
$15.1385
 
2,202,707
 
2006
 
14.5404
 
14.5916
 
2,789,785
 
2005
 
13.8771
 
14.5404
 
3,403,895
 
2004
 
12.8247
 
13.8771
 
4,566,743
 
2003
 
11.8661
 
12.8247
 
5,683,352
 
2002
 
11.1632
 
11.8661
 
4,417,083
 
2001
 
10.2650
 
11.1632
 
2,088,013
 
2000
 
10.5921
 
10.2650
 
2,085,322
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5921
 
1,182,239
 
1998
               
Capital Appreciation Series
28.3245
 
31.0424
 
7,083,556
 
2007
 
26.9998
 
28.3245
 
9,076,028
 
2006
 
27.1281
 
26.9998
 
11,907,383
 
2005
 
24.7780
 
27.1281
 
12,559,185
 
2004
 
19.5203
 
24.7780
 
15,548,649
 
2003
 
29.2754
 
19.5203
 
8,735,318
 
2002
 
39.7512
 
29.2754
 
24,550,072
 
2001
 
45.4986
 
39.7512
 
28,877,776
 
2000
 
34.7871
 
45.4986
 
32,846,090
 
1999
 
27,4057
 
34.7871
 
37,500,481
 
1998
               
               
Core Equity Series
16.3353
 
17.5124
 
3,504,637
 
2007
 
14.5629
 
16.3353
 
1,224,159
 
2006
 
13.8577
 
14.5629
 
1,456,085
 
2005
 
12.2587
 
13.8577
 
1,743,731
 
2004
 
9.7214
 
12.2587
 
2,025,585
 
2003
 
12.5421
 
9.7214
 
2,052,678
 
2002
 
14.2743
 
12.5421
 
2,455,603
 
2001
 
14.0374
 
14.2743
 
2,575,213
 
2000
 
13.1605
 
14.0374
 
3,153,242
 
1999
 
10.9235
 
13.1605
 
2,408,676
 
1998
               
Emerging Growth Series
22.1692
 
26.5064
 
4,143,165
 
2007
 
20.8097
 
22.1692
 
5,401,495
 
2006
 
19.3335
 
20.8097
 
7,148,591
 
2005
 
17.3124
 
19.3335
 
9,647,055
 
2004
 
13.3500
 
17.3124
 
12,459,556
 
2003
 
20.5656
 
13.3500
 
15,337,006
 
2002
 
31.8797
 
20.5656
 
21,321,485
 
2001
 
39.9489
 
31.8797
 
26,624,559
 
2000
 
23.0408
 
39.9489
 
28,061,821
 
1999
 
17.4544
 
23.0408
 
28,900,957
 
1998
               
Emerging Markets Equity Series
26.3750
 
35.2833
 
930,342
 
2007
 
20.5458
 
26.3750
 
1,134,541
 
2006
 
15.2325
 
20.5458
 
1,438,423
 
2005
 
12.1452
 
15.2325
 
1,448,045
 
2004
 
8.0700
 
12.1452
 
1,627,956
 
2003
 
8.3446
 
8.0700
 
1,577,415
 
2002
 
8.5507
 
8.3446
 
1,639,749
 
2001
 
11.2207
 
8.5507
 
21,106,206
 
2000
 
7.4615
 
11.2207
 
2,761,034
 
1999
 
10.8010
 
7.4615
 
2,147,348
 
1998
               
Global Governments Series
19.1592
 
20.5372
 
773,043
 
2007
 
18.5077
 
19.1592
 
946,862
 
2006
 
20.2232
 
18.5077
 
1,152,866
 
2005
 
18.6328
 
20.2232
 
1,450,465
 
2004
 
16.3444
 
18.6328
 
1,817,510
 
2003
 
13.7399
 
16.3444
 
2,158,733
 
2002
 
14.2380
 
13.7399
 
2,160,876
 
2001
 
14.2506
 
14.2380
 
2,796,363
 
2000
 
15.2422
 
14.2506
 
3,941,088
 
1999
 
13.3854
 
15.2422
 
5,048,219
 
1998
               
Global Growth Series
30.0902
 
33.6110
 
2,244,642
 
2007
 
25.9940
 
30.0902
 
2,807,284
 
2006
 
23.9533
 
25.9940
 
3,532,607
 
2005
 
21.0097
 
23.9533
 
4,498,440
 
2004
 
15.7288
 
21.0097
 
5,695,923
 
2003
 
19.7806
 
15.7288
 
7,075,183
 
2002
 
24.9770
 
19.7806
 
9,510,684
 
2001
 
29.1523
 
24.9770
 
12,229,092
 
2000
 
17.6676
 
29.1523
 
13,513,835
 
1999
 
15.6398
 
17.6676
 
14,522,129
 
1998
               
Global Total Return Series
28.1973
 
30.2719
 
2,631,812
 
2007
 
24.3793
 
28.1973
 
3,204,557
 
2006
 
23.8232
 
24.3793
 
3,885,948
 
2005
 
20.6270
 
23.8232
 
4,435,705
 
2004
 
17.0082
 
20.6270
 
5,185,158
 
2003
 
17.1432
 
17.0082
 
3,127,211
 
2002
 
18.5311
 
17.1432
 
3,629,158
 
2001
 
18.3636
 
18.5311
 
4,242,817
 
2000
 
17.1741
 
18.3636
 
4,907,545
 
1999
 
14.7153
 
17.1741
 
5,354,633
 
1998
               
Government Securities Series
19.7009
 
20.8220
 
4,560,880
 
2007
 
19.2661
 
19.7009
 
5,443,310
 
2006
 
19.0953
 
19.2661
 
7,183,766
 
2005
 
18.6615
 
19.0953
 
9,106,218
 
2004
 
18.5247
 
18.6615
 
12,314,705
 
2003
 
17.1070
 
18.5247
 
18,074,219
 
2002
 
16.1449
 
17.1070
 
16,078,023
 
2001
 
14.5981
 
16.1449
 
19,297,556
 
2000
 
15.0941
 
14.5981
 
23,230,411
 
1999
 
14.0763
 
15.0941
 
23,218,234
 
1998
               
High Yield Series
25.1862
 
25.3151
 
2,242,825
 
2007
 
23.1337
 
25.1862
 
2,900,471
 
2006
 
22.9531
 
23.1337
 
3,805,343
 
2005
 
21.2473
 
22.9531
 
5,033,143
 
2004
 
17.7408
 
21.2473
 
6,398,855
 
2003
 
17.5162
 
17.7408
 
7,001,115
 
2002
 
17.4566
 
17.5162
 
8,578,916
 
2001
 
18.9861
 
17.4566
 
9,905,313
 
2000
 
18.0207
 
18.9861
 
12,537,119
 
1999
 
18.1622
 
18.0207
 
14,190,817
 
1998
               
International Growth Series
18.7829
 
21.5941
 
1,343,367
 
2007
 
15.1103
 
18.7829
 
1,575,398
 
2006
 
13.3332
 
15.1103
 
1,807,900
 
2005
 
11.3673
 
13.3332
 
2,215,618
 
2004
 
8.3123
 
11.3673
 
2,417,669
 
2003
 
9.5659
 
8.3123
 
2,675,824
 
2002
 
11.5330
 
9.5659
 
3,066,280
 
2001
 
12.6829
 
11.5330
 
3,565,669
 
2000
 
9.5047
 
12.6829
 
3,187,799
 
1999
 
9.4566
 
9.5047
 
3,290,043
 
1998
               
International Value Series
27.5761
 
29.1921
 
1,536,380
 
2007
 
21.6372
 
27.5761
 
1,903,861
 
2006
 
19.0416
 
21.6372
 
2,019,222
 
2005
 
15.0821
 
19.0416
 
2,033,093
 
2004
 
11.4447
 
15.0821
 
2,120,808
 
2003
 
12.3381
 
11.4447
 
2,604,393
 
2002
 
14.6479
 
12.3381
 
3,192,419
 
2001
 
15.2129
 
14.6479
 
3,893,735
 
2000
 
13.1538
 
15.2129
 
4,509,596
 
1999
 
10.9674
 
13.1538
 
5,214,558
 
1998
               
Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Series
11.2036
 
12.3219
 
3,804,248
 
2007
 
10.5513
 
11.2036
 
4,438,087
 
2006
 
10.2504
 
10.5513
 
5,803,432
 
2005
 
9.4830
 
10.2504
 
7,661,427
 
2004
 
7.7932
 
9.4830
 
9,560,648
 
2003
 
10.9842
 
7.7932
 
9,760,819
 
2002
 
14.8314
 
10.9842
 
12,892,378
 
2001
 
16.0186
 
14.8314
 
15,174,988
 
2000
 
11.9635
 
16.0186
 
11,985,320
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.9635
 
4,121,518
 
1998
               
Blended Research Core Equity Series
33.9245
 
35.4438
 
8,198,829
 
2007
 
30.3594
 
33.9245
 
10,319,669
 
2006
 
28.5811
 
30.3594
 
13,429,903
 
2005
 
25.8800
 
28.5811
 
17,348,097
 
2004
 
21.3640
 
25.8800
 
21,724,463
 
2003
 
27.5009
 
21.3640
 
26,256,745
 
2002
 
33.0944
 
27.5009
 
34,636,395
 
2001
 
33.5203
 
33.0944
 
41,704,826
 
2000
 
31.7109
 
33.5203
 
49,201,899
 
1999
 
25.9656
 
31.7109
 
51,880,765
 
1998
               
Mid Cap Growth Series
5.7585
 
6.2376
 
1,580,546
 
2007
 
5.7054
 
5.7585
 
2,042,284
 
2006
 
5.6109
 
5.7054
 
3,021,012
 
2005
 
4.9637
 
5.6109
 
4,364,051
 
2004
 
3.6505
 
4.9637
 
4,801,950
 
2003
 
7.0055
 
3.6505
 
2,572,866
 
2002
 
9.2484
 
7.0055
 
2,551,906
 
2001
 
10.0000
 
9.2484
 
730,917
 
2000
               
Money Market Series
13.9039
 
14.3759
 
6,062,638
 
2007
 
13.4788
 
13.9039
 
5,993,059
 
2006
 
13.3052
 
13.4788
 
6,628,919
 
2005
 
13.3815
 
13.3052
 
8,543,602
 
2004
 
13.4839
 
13.3815
 
12,765,877
 
2003
 
13.5007
 
13.4839
 
22,362,479
 
2002
 
13.1917
 
13.5007
 
25,365,596
 
2001
 
12.6229
 
13.1917
 
19,204,526
 
2000
 
12.2282
 
12.6229
 
28,447,843
 
1999
 
11.8058
 
12.2282
 
29,387,086
 
1998
               
New Discovery Series
16.5548
 
16.7427
 
967,198
 
2007
 
14.8325
 
16.5548
 
1,230,731
 
2006
 
14.2954
 
14.8325
 
1,635,547
 
2005
 
13.4865
 
14.2954
 
2,394,620
 
2004
 
10.1080
 
13.4865
 
3,160,294
 
2003
 
15.4039
 
10.1080
 
3,376,175
 
2002
 
16.4626
 
15.4039
 
3,696,872
 
2001
 
16.6274
 
16.4626
 
3,434,468
 
2000
 
10.5258
 
16.6274
 
1,599,416
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5258
 
794,859
 
1998
               
Research Series
25.7597
 
28.7650
 
5,567,610
 
2007
 
23.6255
 
25.7597
 
7,146,220
 
2006
 
22.1793
 
23.6255
 
9,387,650
 
2005
 
19.4171
 
22.1793
 
12,224,074
 
2004
 
15.7110
 
19.4171
 
15,659,641
 
2003
 
21.2818
 
15.7110
 
19,728,688
 
2002
 
27.4545
 
21.2818
 
26,910,852
 
2001
 
29.0316
 
27.4545
 
32,640,173
 
2000
 
23.7119
 
29,0316
 
35,935,779
 
1999
 
19.4490
 
23.7119
 
38,553,986
 
1998
               
Research International Series
20.9024
 
23.3232
 
769,388
 
2007
 
16.6266
 
20.9024
 
999,966
 
2006
 
14.4633
 
16.6266
 
974,878
 
2005
 
12.1009
 
14.4633
 
1,012,883
 
2004
 
9.1666
 
12.1009
 
1,153,032
 
2003
 
10.5006
 
9.1666
 
1,269,941
 
2002
 
12.9474
 
10.5006
 
1,361,813
 
2001
 
14.2620
 
12.9474
 
1,479,722
 
2000
 
9.3330
 
14.2620
 
1,114,581
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.3330
 
190,267
 
1998
               
Strategic Income Series
14.1101
 
14.3994
 
743,909
 
2007
 
13.4074
 
14.1101
 
830,757
 
2006
 
13.3427
 
13.4074
 
1,059,976
 
2005
 
12.5227
 
13.3427
 
1,247,856
 
2004
 
11.2483
 
12.5227
 
1,480,520
 
2003
 
10.6114
 
11.2483
 
1,401,189
 
2002
 
10.4119
 
10.6114
 
1,079,988
 
2001
 
12.1979
 
10.4119
 
933,731
 
2000
 
9.9530
 
12.1979
 
892,490
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.9530
 
622,914
 
1998
               
Technology Series
4.2375
 
5.0237
 
632,984
 
2007
 
3.5227
 
4.2375
 
725,339
 
2006
 
3.3636
 
3.5227
 
880,395
 
2005
 
3.3296
 
3.3636
 
1,228,881
 
2004
 
2.3221
 
3.3296
 
1,981,591
 
2003
 
4.3593
 
2.3221
 
599,494
 
2002
 
7.2306
 
4.3593
 
667,611
 
2001
 
10.0000
 
7.2306
 
427,471
 
2000
               
Total Return Series
34.0205
 
34.9980
 
13,145,592
 
2007
 
30.7387
 
34.0205
 
16,229,276
 
2006
 
30.2533
 
30.7387
 
21,043,573
 
2005
 
27.5211
 
30.2533
 
26,071,521
 
2004
 
23.8208
 
27.5211
 
31,025,346
 
2003
 
25.6185
 
23.8208
 
36,383,550
 
2002
 
25.8470
 
25.6185
 
43,095,288
 
2001
 
22.4371
 
25.8470
 
48,765,253
 
2000
 
22.1273
 
22.4371
 
62,923,966
 
1999
 
20.0793
 
22.1273
 
71,102,020
 
1998
               
Utilities Series
44.0096
 
55.8020
 
2,290,350
 
2007
 
33.7338
 
44.0096
 
2,805,865
 
2006
 
29.1618
 
33.7338
 
3,459,001
 
2005
 
22.6819
 
29.1618
 
4,006,793
 
2004
 
16.8792
 
22.6819
 
4,689,322
 
2003
 
22.4771
 
16.8792
 
5,385,157
 
2002
 
30.1152
 
22.4771
 
8,022,638
 
2001
 
28.5407
 
30.1152
 
9,961,031
 
2000
 
22.0489
 
28.5407
 
9,588,408
 
1999
 
19.0140
 
22.0489
 
9,023,102
 
1998
               
Value Series
19.3746
 
20.6198
 
3,055,496
 
2007
 
16.2414
 
19.3746
 
3,936,360
 
2006
 
15.4490
 
16.2414
 
4,872,966
 
2005
 
13.5609
 
15.4490
 
5,926,427
 
2004
 
10.9729
 
13.5609
 
6,564,079
 
2003
 
12.8745
 
10.9729
 
7,113,753
 
2002
 
14.1123
 
12.8745
 
6,112,334
 
2001
 
10.9848
 
14.1123
 
2,482,414
 
2000
 
10.4065
 
10.9848
 
1,301,166
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.4065
 
528,238
 
1998



 
 

 


































SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)
P.O. Box 9133
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

Telephone:
Toll Free (800) 752-7215

General Distributor
Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc.
One Sun Life Executive Park
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481


 
 

 

PROSPECTUS
MAY 1, 2008
FUTURITY II

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) and Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F offer the flexible payment deferred annuity contracts and certificates described in this Prospectus to groups and individuals.

You may choose among a number of variable investment options and fixed interest options. The variable options are Sub-Accounts in the Variable Account, each of which invests in shares of one of the following funds (the "Funds"):

Large-Cap Equity Funds
International/Global Equity Funds
  AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund
  AIM V.I. International Growth Fund
  AIM V.I. Core Equity Fund
  AllianceBernstein VPS International Growth Portfolio
  Alger American Income & Growth Portfolio1
  Credit Suisse Trust International Focus Portfolio
  AllianceBernstein VPS Growth and Income Portfolio
  Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio, Service Class 2
  Fidelity VIP Contrafund® Portfolio, Service Class 2
  Franklin Templeton VIP Trust Templeton Foreign
  Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio, Service Class 2
      Securities Fund – Class 2
  Goldman Sachs VIT Capital Growth Fund
  Franklin Templeton VIP Trust Templeton Growth
  Goldman Sachs VIT Growth and Income Fund
      Securities Fund – Class 2
  Goldman Sachs VIT Structured U.S. Equity Fund
  Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Fund
  JPMorgan U.S. Large Cap Core Equity Portfolio
  JPMorgan International Equity Portfolio
  Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income Portfolio2
Emerging Markets Equity Funds
  MFS® Capital Appreciation Portfolio
  Credit Suisse Trust Emerging Markets Portfolio
  MFS® Growth Portfolio3
Specialty Sector Equity Funds
  MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio
  AllianceBernstein VPS Global Technology Portfolio
  MFS® Blended Research Core Equity Portfolio4
  MFS® Utilities Portfolio
  OpCap Equity Portfolio1
Bear Market Equity Funds
  Rydex VT Nova Fund
  Rydex VT NASDAQ-100® Fund6
  SCSM Davis Venture Value Fund
Real Estate Equity Funds
  SC FI Large Cap Growth Fund
  Sun Capital Global Real Estate Fund®
  SCSM Lord Abbett Growth and Income Fund
Asset Allocation Funds
  SCSM Oppenheimer Large Cap Core Fund7
  MFS® Total Return Portfolio
Mid-Cap Equity Funds
  OpCap Managed Portfolio1
  AIM V.I. Dynamics Fund
Money Market Funds
  Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value Portfolio2
  Sun Capital Money Market Fund®
  OpCap Mid Cap Portfolio1
Intermediate-Term Bond Funds
  SCSM Blue Chip Mid Cap Fund
  MFS® Government Securities Portfolio
  SCSM Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund
  PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio
Small-Cap Equity Funds
  Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond Fund®
  AIM V.I. Small Cap Growth Fund
Inflation-Protected Bond Funds
  Alger American SmallCap Growth Portfolio1, 5
  PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio
  AllianceBernstein VPS Small Cap Growth Portfolio
High Yield Bond Funds
  Credit Suisse Trust Small Cap Core I Portfolio9
  MFS® High Yield Portfolio
  Goldman Sachs VIT Structured Small Cap Equity Fund
  PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio2
  JPMorgan Small Company Portfolio
  SCSM PIMCO High Yield Fund
  MFS® New Discovery Portfolio
Emerging Markets Bond Fund
  OpCap Small Cap Portfolio1
  PIMCO VIT Emerging Markets Bond Portfolio
  SCSM Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund
 
International/Global Small/Mid-Cap Equity Funds
 
  Credit Suisse Trust Global Small Cap Portfolio
 
  First Eagle Overseas Variable Fund
 
  Lord Abbett Series Fund International Portfolio
 
__________________________________
1  Not available for further investment after May 1, 2002.
2  On July 2, 2007, a substitution order was filed with the SEC to approve the substitution of shares of SCSM Lord Abbett Growth and Income Fund, SCSM Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund, and SCSM PIMCO High Yield Fund for shares of Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income Portfolio, Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value Portfolio and PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio respectively. Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income Portfolio, Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value Portfolio and PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio are no longer available for investment.
3  Formerly MFS®/ Sun Life Emerging Growth Series.
4  Formerly MFS®/ Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series.
5  Formerly Alger Amercian Small Capitalization Portfolio.
6   Formerly Rydex VT OTC Fund.
7  Formerly Sun Capital® All Cap Fund.
8  Formerly Sun Capital Global Real Estate Fund®.
9  Formerly Credit Suisse Trust Small Cap Growth Portfolio.

AllianceBernstein, L.P. advises the AllianceBernstein VP Portfolios.  Arnhold and S. Bleichroeder Advisers, LLC advises the First Eagle Variable Funds Trust.  Credit Suisse Asset Management, LLC advises the Credit Suisse Trust Portfolios with Abbott Capital Management, LLC serving as sub-investment advisor to the Global Small Cap Portfolio with respect to the Portfolio’s investments in private equity portfolios.  Fidelity® Management & Research Company advises the Fidelity VIP Portfolios (with Fidelity Research & Analysis Company, Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc., Fidelity International Investment Advisors, Fidelity International Investment Advisors (U.K.) Limited, and Fidelity Investments Japan Limited serving as sub-advisers for all Fidelity VIP Portfolios).  Fred Alger Management, Inc., advises the Alger American Funds.  Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. advises the Goldman Sachs VIT Funds. Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc., advises the AIM Variable Insurance Funds (with Invesco Trimark Investment Management Inc.; Invesco Global Asset Management (N.A.), Inc.; Invesco Institutional (N.A.), Inc.; Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc.; Invesco Hong Kong Limited; Invesco Asset Management Limited; Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited; Invesco Asset Management Deutschland, GmbH; and Invesco Australia Limited serving as sub-advisors). J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. advises the J.P. Morgan Series Trust II Portfolios.  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC advises the Lord Abbett Series Fund Portfolios.  Massachusetts Financial Services Company advises the MFS Funds.  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC advises the PIMCO VIT Portfolios.  OpCap Advisors advises the OpCap Funds.  Rydex Investments advises the Rydex VT Portfolios.  Sun Capital Advisers LLC advises the Sun Capital Funds;  SCSM Davis Venture Value Fund (sub-advised by Davis Advisors); SC FI Large Cap Growth Fund (sub-advised by Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC); SCSM Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund and SCSM Oppenheimer Large Cap Core Fund (sub-advised by OppenheimerFunds, Inc.); SCSM Lord Abbett Growth & Income Fund (sub-advised by Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC); SCSM Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund (sub-advised by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.); SCSM PIMCO High Yield Fund (sub-advised by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC); and SCSM Blue Chip Mid Cap Fund (sub-advised by Wellington Management Company, LLP).  Templeton® Investment Counsel, LLC advises Templeton Foreign Securities Fund and Templeton® Global Advisors Limited advises Templeton Growth Securities Fund.

The fixed account options are available for specified time periods, called Guarantee Periods, and pay interest at a guaranteed rate for each period.

Please read this Prospectus and the Fund prospectuses carefully before investing and keep them for future reference. They contain important information about the Contract and the Funds.

We have filed a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2008 (the "SAI") with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), which is incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The table of contents for the SAI is on page 43 of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy without charge by writing to us at the address shown below (which we sometimes refer to as our "Annuity Mailing Address") or by telephoning (800) 752-7215. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the SAI, material incorporated by reference, and other information regarding companies that file with the SEC.

The Contracts are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Any reference in this Prospectus to receipt by us means receipt at the following address:

      Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
      P.O. Box 9133
      Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481


 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL TERMS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
FEES AND EXPENSES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE ANNUITY CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.) [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE FUNDS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE FIXED ACCOUNT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE ACCUMULATION PHASE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Issuing Your Contract [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Allocation of Net Purchase Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Your Account [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Your Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Variable Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Fixed Account Value [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Transfer Privilege [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Other Programs [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Cash Withdrawals [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Market Value Adjustment [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
CONTRACT CHARGES [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Administrative Expense Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Premium Taxes [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Fund Expenses [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Modification in the Case of Group Contracts [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
DEATH BENEFIT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount of Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Spousal Continuance [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Calculating the Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Method of Paying Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Non-Qualified Contracts [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection and Change of Beneficiary [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Payment of Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Due Proof of Death [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
THE INCOME PHASE - ANNUITY PROVISIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Options [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Selection of Annuity Option [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Amount of Annuity Payments [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exchange of Variable Annuity Units [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Payment Rates [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Exercise of Contract Rights [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Change of Ownership [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Voting of Fund Shares [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Reports to Owners [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Substitution of Securities [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Change in Operation of Variable Account [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Splitting Units [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Modification [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Limitation or Discontinuance of New Participants [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Reservation of Rights [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Right to Return [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
TAX CONSIDERATIONS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
Puerto Rico Tax Considerations [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
AVAILABLE INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
STATE REGULATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX B - WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]
APPENDIX C - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION [INSERT PAGE NUMBER]


 
 

 

SPECIAL TERMS

Your Contract is a legal document that uses a number of specially defined terms. We explain most of the terms that we use in this Prospectus in the context where they arise, and some are self-explanatory. In addition, for convenient reference, we have compiled a list of these terms in the Glossary included at the back of this Prospectus as Appendix A. If, while you are reading this Prospectus, you come across a term that you do not understand, please refer to the Glossary for an explanation.

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

The headings in this section correspond to headings in the Prospectus under which we discuss these topics in more detail.

The Annuity Contract

The Futurity II Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planning.  During the Accumulation Phase, you make Payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options.  During the Income Phase, we make annuity payments to you or someone else based on the amount you have accumulated.  The Contract provides tax-deferral so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings until you withdraw them. When purchased in connection with a tax-qualified plan, the Contract provides no additional tax-deferral benefits because tax-qualified plans confer their own tax-deferral. The Contract also provides a death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase.

The Accumulation Phase

Under most circumstances, you can buy the Contract with an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 or more, and you can make additional Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase.  Currently, there is no minimum amount required for additional Purchase Payments.  However, we reserve the right to limit additional Purchase Payments to at least $1,000.  We will not normally accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $1 million or, if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $1 million.

Variable Account Options:  The Funds

You can allocate your Purchase Payments among Sub-Accounts investing in a number of Fund options.  Each Fund is either a mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a separate securities portfolio of shares of such a mutual fund.  The investment returns on the Funds are not guaranteed.  You can make or lose money.  You can make transfers among the Funds and the Fixed Account Options.

The Fixed Account Options:  The Guarantee Periods

You can allocate your Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account and elect to invest in one or more of the Guarantee Periods we make available from time to time.  Each Guarantee Period earns interest at a Guaranteed Interest Rate that we publish.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rate from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate permitted by law.  Once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.  We may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.   Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period of a particular duration, future allocations or transfers into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted.

Fees and Expenses

The Contract has insurance features and investment features, and there are costs related to each.

Each year for the first five Account Years, we deduct an annual Account Fee equal to the lesser of $35 or 2% of your Account Value.  After the fifth Account Year, we may increase the fee annually, but it will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value.  During the Income Phase, the annual Account Fee is $35.  We will not charge the annual Account Fee if your Account had been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year, or your Account Value is more than $75,000 on your Account Anniversary.

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge at an annual rate of 1.25% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.  We also deduct an administrative charge at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily value of the Contract invested in the Variable Account.

If you take more than a specified amount of money out of your Contract, we assess a withdrawal charge against each Purchase Payment withdrawn.  For each Purchase Payment, the withdrawal charge (also known as a "contingent deferred sales charge") starts at 6% and declines to 0% after the Purchase Payment has been in Contract for seven years.

Currently, you can make 12 free transfers each year; however, we reserve the right to impose a charge of up to $15 per transfer.

In addition to the charges we impose under the Contract, there are also charges (which include management fees and operating expenses) imposed by the Funds. The charges vary depending upon which Fund(s) you have selected.

The Income Phase:  Annuity Provisions

If you want to receive regular income from your annuity after the Annuity Commencement Date, you can select one of several Annuity Options.  You can choose to receive annuity payments from either the Fixed Account or from the available Variable Account options.  If you choose to have any part of your annuity payments come from the Variable Account, the dollar amount of the payments may fluctuate with the performance of the Funds.  Subject to the maximum Annuity Date, you decide when your Income Phase will begin but, once it begins, you cannot change your choice of annuity payment options.

Death Benefit

If you die before the Contract reaches the Income Phase, the beneficiary will receive a death benefit.  The amount of the death benefit depends upon your age on the Contract Date.  If you are 86 or older on your Contract Date, the death benefit is equal to the amount we would pay on a full surrender of your Contract ("Surrender Value").  If you are 85 or younger on your Contract Date, the death benefit pays the greatest of the following amounts:  (1) your Account Value on your Death Benefit Date, (2) your Surrender Value on your Death Benefit Date, (3) your Account Value on the Seven-Year Account Anniversary (adjusted for subsequent payments, withdrawals, and charges), (4) your highest Account Value on any Account Anniversary before your 81st birthday (adjusted for subsequent payment, withdrawals and charges), or (5) subject to certain limitations, your total Purchase Payments, adjusted for withdrawals, plus interest accrued on each Purchase Payment or transfers to the Variable Account at 5%per year.

Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment

You can withdraw money from your Contract during the Accumulation Phase.  You may withdraw a portion of your Account Value each year without the imposition of a withdrawal charge.  For any Account Year, this "free withdrawal amount" equals 10% of all Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year), plus all Purchase Payments we have held for at least 7 Account Years.  Withdrawals made from the Fixed Account may also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see prospectus under "Market Value Adjustment"). You may also have to pay income taxes and tax penalties on money you withdraw.

Right to Return

Your Contract contains a "free look" provision.  If you cancel your Contract within 10 days after receiving it (or later if allowed by your state), we will send you, depending upon the laws of your state, either the full amount of all of your Purchase Payments or your Account Value as of the day we receive your cancellation request in good order. (This amount may be more or less than the original Purchase Payment).  We will not deduct a withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

 
 

 


Tax Considerations

Your earnings are not taxed until you take them out.  If you withdraw money during the Accumulation Phase, earnings come out first and are taxed as income.  If you are younger than 59 1/2 when you take money out, you may be charged a 10% federal tax penalty.

                                     

NOTE ABOUT OTHER ANNUITY CONTRACTS THAT WE OFFER: In addition to the Contracts, we currently offer many other forms of annuity contracts with a wide variety of features, benefits and charges. Depending on your circumstances and needs, some of these other contracts may be at lower cost to you. Not all of the annuity contracts that we offer are available in all jurisdictions or through all of the selling agents who offer the contracts. You should consider with your selling agent what annuity contract or financial product is most consistent with your needs and preferences.

If you have any questions about your Contract or need more information, please contact us at:

     Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
     P. O. Box 9133
     Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts  02481
     Toll Free (800) 752-7215


 
 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract.

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Contract, surrender the Contract, or transfer cash value between investment options.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

 
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of Purchase Payments):
 
0%
       
 
Maximum Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of Purchase Payments):
 
6%*
       
*
Number of Complete Account Years Since
Purchase Payment has been in the Account
 
Withdrawal Charge
   
 
0-1
6%
   
 
2-3
5%
   
 
4-5
4%
   
 
6
3%
   
 
7 or more
0%
   
         
 
Maximum Fee Per Transfer (currently $0):
 
$15**
       
 
Premium Taxes (as a percentage of Certificate Value or total Purchase Payments):
 
0% - 3.5%***

*
A portion of your Account may be withdrawn each year without imposition of any withdrawal charge and, after a Purchase Payment has been in your Account for 7 Account Years, it may be withdrawn free of the withdrawal charge.  (See "Withdrawal Charges.")
   
**
Currently, we impose no fee upon transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a fee of up to $15 per transfer.  We do impose certain restrictions upon the number and frequency of transfers.  (See "Transfer Privilege.")
   
***
The premium tax rate and base vary by your state of residence and the type of Certificate you own. Currently, we deduct premium taxes from Certificate Value upon full surrender (including a surrender for the death benefit) or annuitization. See “Contract Charges -- Premium Taxes.”

The tables below describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.

 
Annual Account Fee
$ 50*

Variable Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net Variable Account assets)

 
Mortality and Expense Risks Charge:
1.25%
 
Administrative Expenses Charge:
0.15%
     
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses:
1.40%

*
The Annual Account Fee is equal to the lesser of $35 or 2% of your Account Value in Account Years 1 through 5; thereafter, the Annual Account Fee may be changed annually but it will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value. The Annual Account Fee is waived if your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year or if your Account Value is $75,000 on more on your Account Anniversary. (See "Account Fee.")

The table below shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract.  More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

 
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
Minimum
Maximum
 
(expenses as a percentage of average daily Fund net assets that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)
   
 
   Prior to any fee waiver or expense reimbursement*
0.65%
1.51%
*
The expenses shown are for the year ended December 31, 2007, and do not reflect any fee waiver or expense reimbursement. The advisers and/or other service providers of certain Funds have agreed to reduce their fees and/or reimburse the Funds' expenses in order to keep the Funds' expenses below specified limits. The expenses of some Funds are reduced by contractual fee reduction and expense reimbursement arrangements that will remain in effect at least through April 30, 2009. Other Funds have voluntary fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangements that may be terminated at any time. If all such contractual or voluntary arrangements are taken into account, the minimum and maximum Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for all Funds fall within the range shown. Each fee reduction and/or expense reimbursement arrangement is described in the relevant Fund's prospectus.

THE ABOVE EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS WERE PROVIDED BY THE FUNDS.  WE HAVE NOT INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION.

EXAMPLE

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts.  These costs include Contract Owner transaction expenses, contract fees, variable account annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses, and are based on a sample Contract with maximum possible fees.

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum fees and expenses of any of the Funds.  For purpose of converting the annual contract fee to a percentage, the Example assumes an average Contract size of $35,000.  In addition, this Example assumes no transfers were made and no premium taxes were deducted.  If these arrangements were considered, the expenses shown would be higher.  This Example also does not take into consideration any fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement of the Funds.  If these arrangements were taken into consideration, the expenses shown would be lower.

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

(1)
If you surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
         
 
$856
$1,311
$1,823
$3,350

(2)
If you annuitize your Contract or if you do not surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
         
 
$304
$930
$1,582
$3,350

The fee table and Example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses and charges of the Sub-Accounts.  Your actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.  The Example does not include the deduction of state premium taxes, which may be assessed upon full surrender, death or annuitization, or any taxes and penalties you may be required to pay if you surrender the Contract. Similarly, the 5% annual rate of return assumed in the Example is not intended to be representative of past or future investment performance.  For more information about Fund expenses, including a description of any applicable fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangement, see the prospectuses for the Funds.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Historical information about the value of the units we use to measure the variable portion of your Contract ("Variable Accumulation Units") is included in the back of this Prospectus as Appendix C.

THE ANNUITY CONTRACT

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) and Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F (the "Variable Account") offer the Contract to groups and individuals for use in connection with their retirement plans. The Contract is available on a group basis and, in certain states, may be available on an individual basis. We issue an Individual Contract directly to the individual Participant of the Contract. We issue a Group Contract to the Owner covering all individuals participating under the Group Contract. Each individual receives a Certificate that evidences his or her participation under the Group Contract.

In this Prospectus, unless we state otherwise, we refer to both the owners of Individual Contracts and participating individuals under Group Contracts as "Participants" and we address all those Participants as "you"; we use the term "Contracts" to include Individual Contracts, Group Contracts and Certificates issued under Group Contracts. For the purpose of determining benefits under both Individual Contracts and Group Contracts, we establish an Account for each Participant, which we will refer to as "your" Account or a "Participant Account."

Your Contract provides a number of important benefits for your retirement planing. It has an Accumulation Phase, during which you make payments under the Contract and allocate them to one or more Variable Account or Fixed Account options, and an Income Phase, during which we make payments based on the amount you have accumulated. Your Contract provides tax deferral, so that you do not pay taxes on your earnings under your Contract until you withdraw them. However, if you purchase your Contract in connection with a tax-qualified plan, your purchase should be made for reasons other than tax-deferral.  Tax-qualified plans provide tax-deferral without the need for purchasing an annuity contract.

Your Contract also provides a death benefit if you die during the Accumulation Phase. Finally, if you so elect, during the Income Phase we will make payments to you or someone else for life or for another period that you choose.

You choose these benefits on a variable or fixed basis or a combination of both. When you choose Variable Account investment options or a Variable Annuity option, your Account Value will change in response to changes in the return available from the different types of investments you select under your Contract. With these options, you assume all investment risk under the Contract. When you choose a Guarantee Period in our Fixed Account or a Fixed Annuity option, we assume the investment risk, except in the case of early withdrawals, where you bear the risk of unfavorable interest rate changes. You may also bear the risk that the interest rates we will offer in the future and the rates we will use in determining your Fixed Annuity may not exceed our minimum guaranteed rate. Our minimum guaranteed interest rate will never be less than that permitted by law.

The Contract is designed for use in connection with personal retirement and deferred compensation plans, some of which qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Contract is also designed so that it may be used in connection with certain non-tax-qualified retirement plans, such as payroll savings plans and such other groups (trusteed or nontrusteed) as may be eligible under applicable law. We refer to Contracts used with plans that receive favorable tax treatment as "Qualified Contracts," and all others as "Non-Qualified Contracts." A qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract. A decision to purchase an annuity contract should not be based on the assumption that the purchase of an annuity contract is necessary to obtain tax-deferral benefits under a qualified retirement plan.

COMMUNICATING TO US ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT

All materials sent to us, including Purchase Payments, must be sent to our Annuity Mailing Address as set forth on the first page of this Prospectus. For all telephone communications, you must call (800) 752-7215.

Unless this Prospectus states differently, we will consider all materials sent to us and all telephone communications to be received on the date we actually receive them at our Annuity Mailing Address. However, we will consider Purchase Payments, withdrawal requests and transfer instructions to be received on the next Business Day if we receive them (1) on a day that is not a Business Day or (2) after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. In some cases, receipt of financial transactions by the broker-dealer of record will be deemed to be constructive receipt by us.

When we specify that notice to us must be in writing, we reserve the right, at our sole discretion, to accept notice in another form.


We are a stock life insurance company incorporated under the laws of Delaware on January 12, 1970. We do business in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and we have an insurance company subsidiary that does business in New York. Our Executive Office mailing address is One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.

We are ultimately controlled by Sun Life Financial Inc. ("Sun Life Financial"). Sun Life Financial, a corporation organized in Canada, is a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with common shares listed on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

We established the Variable Account as a separate account on July 13, 1989, pursuant to a resolution of our Board of Directors. The Variable Account funds the Contract and various other variable annuity contracts that we offer. These other products may have features, benefits and charges that are different from those under the Contract.

Under Delaware insurance law and the Contract, the income, gains or losses of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the assets of the Variable Account without regard to the other income, gains or losses of the Company. These assets are held in relation to the Contracts described in this Prospectus and other variable annuity contracts that provide benefits that vary in accordance with the investment performance of the Variable Account. Although the assets maintained in the Variable Account will not be charged with any liabilities arising out of any other business we conduct, all obligations arising under the Contracts, including the promise to make annuity payments, are general corporate obligations of the Company.

The assets of the Variable Account are divided into Sub-Accounts. Each Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of a specific Fund. All amounts allocated by you to a Sub-Account will be used to purchase Fund shares at their net asset value. Any and all distributions made by the Fund with respect to the shares held by the Variable Account will be reinvested to purchase additional shares at their net asset value. Deductions from the Variable Account for cash withdrawals, annuity payments, death benefits, Account Fees, Contract charges against the assets of the Variable Account for the assumption of mortality and expense risks, administrative expenses and any applicable taxes will, in effect, be made by redeeming the number of Fund shares at their net asset value equal in total value to the amount to be deducted. The Variable Account will be fully invested in Fund shares at all times.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE FUNDS

The Contract offers Sub-Accounts that invest in a number of Fund options. Each Fund is a mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or a separate series of shares of such a mutual fund.

More comprehensive information about the Funds, including a discussion of their management, investment objectives, expenses, and potential risks, is found in the current prospectuses for the Funds (the "Fund Prospectuses"). The Fund Prospectuses should be read in conjunction with this Prospectus before you invest. A copy of each Fund Prospectus, as well as a Statement of Additional Information for each Fund, may be obtained without charge from the Company by calling (800)752-7215 or writing to Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), P.O. Box 9133, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.

The Funds may also be available to registered separate accounts offering variable annuity and variable life products of other affiliated and unaffiliated insurance companies, as well as to the Variable Account and other separate accounts of the Company. Although we do not anticipate any disadvantages to this, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of the Variable Account and one or more of the other separate accounts participating in the Funds. A conflict may occur due to a change in law affecting the operations of variable life and variable annuity separate accounts, differences in the voting instructions of the Participants and Payees and those of other companies, or some other reason. In the event of conflict, we will take any steps necessary to protect Participants and Payees, including withdrawal of the Variable Account from participation in the underlying Funds which are involved in the conflict or substitution of shares of other Funds.

Certain of the investment advisers, transfer agents, or underwriters to the Funds may reimburse us for administrative costs in connection with administering the Funds as options under the Contracts. These amounts are not charged to the Funds or Participants, but are paid from assets of the advisers, transfer agents, or underwriters, except for the administrative costs of the Lord Abbett Series Trust Portfolios and the Rydex Funds which are paid from Fund assets and reflected under "Fees and Expenses."

Certain publicly available mutual funds may have similar investment goals and principal investment policies and risks as one or more of the Funds, and may be managed by a Fund's portfolio managers(s). While a Fund may have many similarities to these other funds, its investment performance will differ from their investment performance. This is due to a number of differences between a Fund and these similar products, including differences in sales charges, expense ratios and cash flows.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

The Fixed Account is made up of all the general assets of the Company other than those allocated to any separate account. Amounts you allocate to Guarantee Periods become part of the Fixed Account, and are available to fund the claims of all classes of our customers, including claims for benefits under the Contracts.

We will invest the assets of the Fixed Account in those assets we choose that are allowed by applicable state insurance laws. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate mortgages, real estate and certain other investments. We intend to invest primarily in investment-grade fixed income securities (i.e., rated by a nationally recognized rating service within the 4 highest grades) or instruments we believe are of comparable quality.

We are not obligated to invest amounts allocated to the Fixed Account according to any particular strategy, except as may be required by applicable state insurance laws. You will not have a direct or indirect interest in the Fixed Account investments.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS:  THE GUARANTEE PERIODS

You may elect one or more Guarantee Period(s) from those we make available.  From time to time, we may offer Guarantee Periods of different durations or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.  Once we stop offering a Guarantee Period for a particular duration, allocations or transfers into that Guarantee Period will not be permitted. We publish Guaranteed Interest Rates for each Guarantee Period offered.  We may change the Guaranteed Interest Rates we offer from time to time, but no Guaranteed Interest Rate will ever be less than the minimum guaranteed rate permitted by state law.  Also, once we have accepted your allocation to a particular Guarantee Period, we promise that the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to that allocation will not change for the duration of the Guarantee Period.

We determine Guaranteed Interest Rates at our discretion. We do not have a specific formula for establishing the rates for different Guarantee Periods. Our determination will be influenced by the interest rates on fixed income investments in which we may invest with amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods. We will also consider other factors in determining these rates, including regulatory and tax requirements, sales commissions and administrative expenses borne by us, general economic trends and competitive factors. We cannot predict the level of future interest rates.

We may from time to time at our discretion offer interest rate specials for new Purchase Payments that are higher than the rates we are then offering for renewals or transfers.

Early withdrawals from your allocation to a Guarantee Period, including cash withdrawals, transfers, and commencement of an annuity, may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which could decrease or increase the value of your Account. See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment."

THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, you make payments into your Account, and your earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The Accumulation Phase begins with our acceptance of your first Purchase Payment and ends the Business Day before your Annuity Commencement Date. The Accumulation Phase will end sooner if you surrender your Contract or die before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Issuing Your Contract

When you purchase a Contract, a completed Application and the initial Purchase Payment are sent to us for acceptance. When we accept an Individual Contract, we issue the Contract to you. When we accept a Group Contract, we issue the Contract to the Owner; we issue a Certificate to you as a Participant when we accept your Application.

We will credit your initial Purchase Payment to your Account within 2 business days of receiving your completed Application. If your Application is not complete, we will notify you. If we do not have the necessary information to complete the Application within 5 business days, we will send your money back to you or ask your permission to retain your Purchase Payment until the Application is made complete. Then we will apply the Purchase Payment within 2 business days of when the Application is complete.

Amount and Frequency of Purchase Payments

The amount of Purchase Payments may vary; however, we will not accept an initial Purchase Payment of less than $10,000, and, although there is currently no minimum for additional Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to limit each additional Purchase Payment to at least $1,000.  In addition, we will not accept a Purchase Payment if your Account Value is over $1 million, or if the Purchase Payment would cause your Account Value to exceed $1 million, unless we have approved the Payment in advance. Within these limits, you may make Purchase Payments at any time during the Accumulation Phase, except that, if you own a Contract issued in the State of Oregon, you may make Purchase Payments only during the first 3 Account Years, rather than at any time during the Accumulation Period.

Allocation of Net Purchase Payments

You may allocate your Purchase Payments among the different Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods currently available.

In your Application, you may specify the percentage of each Purchase Payment to be allocated to each Sub-Account or Guarantee Period. These percentages are called your allocation factors. Your allocation factors will remain in effect as long as your selected Sub-Accounts and Guarantee Periods continue to be available for investment.  You may, however, change the allocation factors for future Payments by sending us notice of the change in a form acceptable to us. We will use your new allocation factors for the first Purchase Payment we receive with or after we have received notice of the change, and for all future Purchase Payments, until we receive another change notice.

Although it is currently not our practice, we may deduct applicable premium taxes or similar taxes from your Purchase Payments (see "Contract Charges - Premium Taxes"). In that case, we will credit your Net Purchase Payment, which is the Purchase Payment minus the amount of those taxes.

Your Account

When we accept your first Purchase Payment, we establish an Account for you, which we maintain throughout the Accumulation Phase of your Contract.

Your Account Value

Your Account Value is the sum of the value of the 2 components of your Contract: the Variable Account portion of your Contract ("Variable Account Value") and the Fixed Account portion of your Contract ("Fixed Account Value"). These 2 components are calculated separately, as described below under the headings "Variable Account Value" and "Fixed Account Value."

Variable Account Value

     Variable Accumulation Units

In order to calculate your Variable Account Value, we use a measure called a Variable Accumulation Unit for each Sub-Account. Your Variable Account Value is the sum of your Account Value in each Sub-Account, which is the number of your Variable Accumulation Units for that Sub-Account times the value of each Unit.

     Variable Accumulation Unit Value

The value of each Variable Accumulation Unit in a Sub-Account reflects the net investment performance of that Sub-Account. We determine that value once on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, at the close of trading, which is currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. (The close of trading is determined by the New York Stock Exchange.) We also may determine the value of Variable Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account on days the Exchange is closed if there is enough trading in securities held by that Sub-Account to materially affect the value of the Variable Accumulation Units. Each day we make a valuation is called a "Business Day." The period that begins at the time Variable Accumulation Units are valued on a Business Day and ends at that time on the next Business Day is called a Valuation Period. On days other than Business Days, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit does not change.

To measure these values, we use a factor - which we call the Net Investment Factor- which represents the net return on the Sub-Account's assets. At the end of any Valuation Period, the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit for a Sub-Account is equal to the value of that Sub-Account's Variable Accumulation Units at the end of the previous Valuation Period, multiplied by the Net Investment Factor. We calculate the Net Investment Factor by dividing (1) the net asset value of a Fund share held in the Sub-Account at the end of that Valuation Period, plus the per share amount of any dividend or capital gains distribution made by that Fund during the Valuation Period, by (2) the net asset value per share of the Fund share at the end of the previous Valuation Period; we then deduct a factor representing the asset-based insurance charges (the mortality and expense risk charge and administrative expense charge) for each day in the Valuation Period.

For a hypothetical example of how we calculate the value of a Variable Accumulation Unit, see the Statement of Additional Information.

     Crediting and Canceling Variable Accumulation Units

When we receive an allocation to a Sub-Account, either from a Net Purchase Payment or a transfer of Account Value, we credit that amount to your Account in Variable Accumulation Units. Similarly, we cancel Variable Accumulation Units when you transfer or withdraw amounts from a Sub-Account, or when we deduct certain charges under the Contract. We determine the number of Units credited or canceled by dividing the dollar amount by the Variable Accumulation Unit value for that Sub-Account at the end of the Valuation Period during which the transaction or charge is effective.

Fixed Account Value

Your Fixed Account value is the sum of all amounts allocated to Guarantee Periods, either from Net Purchase Payments, transfers or renewals, plus interest credited on those amounts, and minus withdrawals, transfers out of Guarantee Periods, and any deductions for charges under the Contract taken from your Fixed Account Value.

     Crediting Interest

We credit interest on amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period at the applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate for the duration of the Guarantee Period. The Guarantee Period begins the day we apply your allocation and ends when the number of calendar years (or months if the Guarantee Period is less than one year) in the Guarantee Period (measured from the end of the calendar month in which the amount was allocated to the Guarantee Period) have elapsed. The last day of the Guarantee Period is its Expiration Date. During the Guarantee Period, we credit interest daily at a rate that yields the Guaranteed Interest Rate on an annual effective basis.

     Guarantee Amounts

Each separate allocation you make to a Guarantee Period, together with interest credited thereon, is called a Guarantee Amount. Each Guarantee Amount is treated separately for purposes of determining the Market Value Adjustment. We may restrict a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. Renewals into a Guarantee Period that extends beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date will result in the application of a Market Value Adjustment upon annuitization or withdrawal. We reserve the right to limit each new allocation to a Guarantee Period to at least $1,000.

     Renewals

We will notify you in writing between 45 and 75 days before the Renewal Date for any Guarantee Amount. If you would like to change your Fixed Account option, we must receive from you prior to the Renewal Date:

l
written notice electing a different Guarantee Period from among those we then offer, or
   
l
written instructions to transfer the Guarantee Amount to one or more Sub-Accounts, in accordance with the transfer privilege provisions of the Contract (see "Transfer Privilege.")

If we receive no instructions from you prior to the Renewal Date, we will automatically renew your Fixed Account allocation into a new Guarantee Period of the same duration as the last Guarantee Period. A Guarantee Amount will not renew into a Guarantee Period that will extend beyond your maximum Annuity Commencement Date. In that case, unless you notify us otherwise, we will automatically transfer your Guarantee Amount into the next available Guarantee Period.

     Early Withdrawals

If you withdraw, transfer, or annuitize an allocation from a Guarantee Period more than 30 days prior to the Expiration Date, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to the transaction. This could result in an increase or decrease of your Account Value, depending on interest rates at the time. You bear the risk that you will receive less than your principal if the Market Value Adjustment applies. See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment."

Transfer Privilege

     Permitted Transfers

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer all or part of your Account Value to one or more Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Periods then available, subject to the following restrictions:

l
you may not make more than 12 transfers in any Account Year;
   
l
the amount transferred from a Guarantee Period must be the entire Guarantee Amount, except for transfers of interest credited during the current Account Year;
   
l
at least 30 days must elapse between transfers to and from Guarantee Periods;
   
l
transfers to or from Sub-Accounts are subject to terms and conditions that may be imposed by the Fund; and
   
l
we impose additional restrictions on market timers, which are further described below.

These restrictions do not apply to transfers made under any Optional Program. At our discretion, we may waive some or all of these restrictions.

We reserve the right to waive these restrictions and exceptions at any time, as discussed under "Short-Term Trading," or to change them.  Any change will be applied uniformly.  We will notify you of any change prior to its effectiveness.

There is usually no charge imposed on transfers; however, we reserve the right to impose a transfer charge of $15 for each transfer. Transfers out of a Guarantee Period occurring more than 30 days before the Renewal Date or any time after the Expiration Date or any time after the Expiration Date will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment described below. Under current law there is no tax liability for transfers.

     Requests for Transfers

You may request transfers in writing or by telephone. If the request is by telephone, it must be made before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. The telephone transfer privilege is available automatically during regular business hours before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, and does not require your written election. We will require personal identifying information to process a request for transfer made by telephone. We will not be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that we reasonably believe are genuine.

Your transfer request will be effective as of the close of the Business Day if we receive your transfer request before the earlier of (a) 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day, or (b) the close of the New York Stock Exchange on days that the Stock Exchange closes before 4:00 p.m. Otherwise, your transfer request will be effective on the next Business Day.

     Short-Term Trading

The Contracts are not designed for short-term trading.  If you wish to employ such strategies, do not purchase a Contract. Transfer limits and other restrictions, described below, are subject to our ability to monitor transfer activity.  Some Participants and their third party intermediaries engaging in short-term trading may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection.  Despite our efforts to prevent short-term trading, there is no assurance that we will be able to identify such Participants or intermediaries or curtail their trading.  A failure to detect and curtail short-term trading could result in adverse consequences to the Participants.  Short-term trading can increase costs for all Participants as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, short-term trading can adversely affect a Fund's performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund's investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

The Company has policies and procedures to discourage frequent transfers of contract value.  As described under "Transfer Privilege," such policies include limiting the number and timing of certain transfers, subject to exceptions described in that section and exceptions designed to protect the interests of individual Participants.  The Company also reserves the right to charge a fee for transfers.

Short-term trading activities whether by the Participant or a third party authorized to initiate transfer requests on behalf of Participant(s) may be subject to other restrictions as well. For example, we reserve the right to take actions against short-term trading which restrict your transfer privileges more narrowly than the policies described under "Transfer Privilege," such as requiring transfer requests to be submitted in writing through regular first-class U.S mail (e.g., no overnight, priority or courier delivery allowed), and refusing any and all transfer instructions.

If we determine that a third party acting on your behalf is engaging (alone or in combination with transfers effected by you directly) in a pattern of short-term trading, we may refuse to process certain transfers requested by such a third party. In particular, we will treat as short-term trading activity and refuse to process any transfer that is requested by an authorized third party within 6 days of a previous transfer (whether the earlier transfer was requested by you or a third party acting on your behalf). We may also impose special restrictions on third parties that engage in reallocations of contract values by limiting the frequency of the transfer, requiring advance notice of the transfer pursuant to in-force service agreements, and reallocating or exchanging 100% of the values in the redeeming sub-accounts.

We will provide you written notification of any restrictions imposed.

We reserve the right to waive short-term trading restrictions, where permitted by law and not adverse to the interests of the relevant underlying Fund and other shareholders, in the following instances:

l
when a new broker of record is designated for the Contract;
   
l
when the Participant changes;
   
l
when control of the Contract passes to the designated beneficiary upon the death of the Participant or Annuitant;
   
l
when necessary in our view to avoid hardship to a Participant; or
   
l
when underlying Funds are dissolved or merged or substituted.

If short-term trading results as a consequence of waiving the restrictions against short-term trading, it could expose Participants to certain risks.  The short-term trading could increase costs for all Participants as a result of excessive portfolio transaction fees.  In addition, the short-term trading could adversely affect a Fund’s performance.  If large amounts of money are suddenly transferred out of a Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser cannot effectively invest in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.  Unless the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy are applied uniformly, some Participants may experience a different application of the policy and therefore may experience some of these risks. We uniformly apply the short-term trading policy and the permitted waivers of that policy to all Contracts. If we did not do so, some Participants could experience a different application of the policy and therefore may be treated unfairly. Too much discretion on our part in allowing the waivers of short-term trading policy could result in an unequal treatment of short-term traders by permitting some short-term traders to engage in short-term trading while prohibiting others from doing the same.

     Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies

In addition to the restrictions that we impose (as described under "Permitted Transfers" and "Short-Term Trading"), most of the Funds have adopted restrictions or other policies about transfers or other purchases and sales of the Fund's shares. These policies (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies") are intended to protect the Fund from short-term trading or other trading practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund. The Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies may be more restrictive in some respects than the restrictions that we otherwise would impose, and the Funds may modify their Shareholder Trading Policies from time to time.

We are legally obligated to provide (at the Funds' request) information about each amount you cause to be deposited into a Fund (including by way of Purchase Payments and transfers under your Contract) or removed from the Fund (including by way of withdrawals and transfers under your Contract). If a Fund identifies you as having violated the Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, we are obligated, if the Fund requests, to restrict or prohibit any further deposits or exchanges by you (or a third party acting on your behalf) in respect of that Fund. Any such restriction or prohibition may remain in place indefinitely.

Accordingly, if you do not comply with any Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, you (or a third party acting on your behalf) may be prohibited from directing any additional amounts into that Fund or directing any transfers or other exchanges involving that Fund. You should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

Funds may differ significantly as to such matters as: (a) the amount, format, and frequency of information that the Funds request from us about transactions that our customers make; and (b) the extent and nature of any limits or restrictions that the Funds request us to impose upon such transactions. As a result of these differences, the costs borne by us and (directly or indirectly) by our customers may be significantly increased. Any such additional costs may outweigh any additional protection that would be provided to our customers, particularly in view of the protections already afforded by the trading restrictions that we impose as described under "Permitted Transfers" and under " Short-Term Trading." Also, if a Fund imposes more strict trading restrictions than are reasonably necessary under the circumstances, you could be deprived of potentially valuable flexibility to make transactions with respect to that Fund.  For these and other reasons, we may disagree with the timing or substance of a Fund's requests for information from us or with any transaction limits or restrictions that the Fund requests us to impose upon our customers.  If any such disagreement with respect to a Fund cannot be satisfactorily resolved, the Fund might be restricted or, subject to obtaining any required regulatory approval, replaced as a variable investment option.

Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates

We may reduce or waive the withdrawal charge or annual Account Fee, credit additional amounts, or grant bonus Guaranteed Interest Rates in certain situations. These situations may include sales of Contracts (1) where selling and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as the sale of several Contracts to the same Participant, sales of large Contracts, and certain group sales, and (2) to officers, directors and employees of the Company or its affiliates, registered representatives and employees of broker-dealers with a current selling agreement with the Company and affiliates of such representatives and broker-dealers, employees of affiliated asset management firms, and persons who have retired from such positions ("Eligible Employees") and immediate family members of Eligible Employees. Eligible Employees and their immediate family members may also purchase a Contract without regard to minimum Purchase Payment requirements. For other situations in which withdrawal charges may be waived, see "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment."

Other Programs

You may participate in any of the following Optional Programs free of charge.  Transfers made pursuant to the provisions of the following optional programs will not be charged a transfer fee, nor will such transfers count as one of the 12 free transfers per year allowed under the section entitled “Transfer Privilege.”

     Dollar-Cost Averaging

Dollar-cost averaging allows you to invest gradually, over time, in up to 12 Sub-Accounts. You may select a dollar-cost averaging program at no extra charge by allocating a minimum amount to a designated Sub-Account or to a Guarantee Period we make available in connection with the program.  (We reserve the right to limit minimum investments to at least $1,000.)

Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account under the program will earn interest at a rate declared by the Company for the Guarantee Period you select. Previously applied amounts may not be transferred to a Guarantee Period made available in connection with this program. Each month or quarter, as you select, we will transfer the same amount automatically to one or more Sub-Accounts that you choose, up to a maximum of 12 Sub-Accounts. The program continues until your Account Value allocated to the program is depleted or you elect to stop the program. The final amount transferred from the Fixed Account will include all interest earned.

No Market Value Adjustment (either positive or negative) will apply to amounts automatically transferred from the Fixed Account under the dollar-cost averaging program, except that if you discontinue or alter the program prior to completion, amounts remaining in the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Sun Capital Money Market Sub-Account, unless you instruct us otherwise, and the Market Value Adjustment will be applied. Any allocation of a new Purchase Payment to the program will be treated as commencing a new dollar-cost averaging program and may be subject to the $1,000 minimum investment limit.

The main objective of a dollar-cost averaging program is to minimize the impact of short-term price fluctuations on Account Value. Since you transfer the same dollar amount to the Sub-Accounts at set intervals, dollar-cost averaging allows you to purchase more Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, more Fund shares) when prices are low and fewer Variable Accumulation Units (and, indirectly, fewer Fund shares) when prices are high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per Variable Accumulation Unit over the long term. A dollar-cost averaging program allows you to take advantage of market fluctuations. However, it is important to understand that a dollar-cost averaging program does not insure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market. We do not allow transfers into any of the Guarantee Periods pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging program.

     Asset Allocation

One or more asset allocation programs may be available in connection with the Contracts, at no extra charge. Asset allocation is the process of investing in different asset classes - such as equity funds, fixed income funds, and money market funds - depending on your personal investment goals, tolerance for risk, and investment time horizon. By spreading your money among a variety of asset classes, you may be able to reduce the risk and volatility of investing, although there are no guarantees, and asset allocation does not insure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market.

Currently, you may select one of the available asset allocation models, each of which represents a combination of Sub-Accounts with a different level of risk. These models, as well as the terms and conditions of the asset allocation program, are fully described in a separate brochure. We may add or delete programs in the future.

Our asset allocation programs are "static" programs.  That is to say, if you elect an asset allocation program, we automatically rebalance your Account Value among the Sub-Accounts represented in the model you chose, but we do not change your original percentage allocations among the Sub-Accounts in your chosen model, unless you advise us to do so. Nevertheless, we have selected an independent third-party administrator who reviews the existing models annually to determine whether the investment objective of the model is being met in light of changing markets.  Based upon this review, the third-party administrator may recommend that new models be substituted for the existing models.  If so, the new models will only be offered to Contracts issued on or after the date the new model goes into effect or to Participants who elect an asset allocation program on or after that date.  Participants of any existing asset allocation programs may make an independent decision to change their asset allocations at any time.  You should consult your financial adviser periodically to consider whether the model you have selected is still appropriate for you.

     Systematic Withdrawal and Interest Out Programs

You may select our Systematic Withdrawal Program or Interest Out Program.  Under the Systematic Withdrawal Program, you determine the amount and frequency of regular withdrawals you would like to receive from your Fixed Account Value and/or Variable Account Value and we will process them automatically.  Under the Interest Out Program, we automatically pay to you, or reinvest, interest credited for all Guarantee Periods you have chosen.  The withdrawals under these programs may be subject to surrender charges and Market Value Adjustment. They may also be included as income and subject to a 10% federal tax penalty as well as charges applicable on withdrawal. You should consult a qualified tax professional before choosing these options.  We reserve the right to limit the election of either of these programs to Contracts with a minimum Account Value of $10,000.

You may change or stop either program at any time, by written notice to us or other means approved by us.

     Portfolio Rebalancing Program

Under the Portfolio Rebalancing Program, we transfer funds among the Sub-Accounts to maintain the percentage allocation you have selected among these Sub-Accounts. At your election, we will make these transfers on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.

No transfers to or from any Guarantee Period are permitted while this program is in effect.

     Principal Return Program

Under the Principal Return Program, we divide your Purchase Payments between the Fixed Account and the Variable Account. For the Fixed Account portion, you choose a Guarantee Period from among those we offer. We then allocate to that Guarantee Period the portion of your Purchase Payment necessary so that, at the end of the Guarantee Period, your Fixed Account allocation, including interest, will equal the entire amount of your original Purchase Payment, less the amount of any Contract charges that have been deducted from the Fixed Account. The remainder of the original Purchase Payment will be invested in the Sub-Accounts of your choice. At the end of the Guarantee Period, you will be guaranteed the amount of your original Purchase Payment (assuming no withdrawals or transfers), plus you will have the benefit, if any, of the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts you have chosen.

WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGE AND MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Cash Withdrawals

     Requesting a Withdrawal

At any time during the Accumulation Phase you may withdraw in cash all or any portion of your Account Value. To make a withdrawal, other than a Systematic Withdrawal, you must send us a written request at our Annuity Mailing Address. Your request must specify whether you want to withdraw the entire amount of your Account or, if less, the amount you wish to receive.

All withdrawals may be subject to a withdrawal charge (see "Withdrawal Charge," below) and withdrawals from your Fixed Account Value also may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (see "Market Value Adjustment," below). Upon request we will notify you of the amount we would pay in the event of a full or partial withdrawal. Withdrawals also may have adverse federal income tax consequences, including a 10% penalty tax (see "Tax Considerations"). You should carefully consider these tax consequences before requesting a cash withdrawal.

     Full Withdrawals

If you request a full withdrawal, we calculate the amount we will pay you as follows: We start with your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your withdrawal request; we deduct the Account Fee, if applicable, for the Account Year in which the withdrawal is made; we add or subtract the amount of any Market Value Adjustment applicable to your Fixed Account Value; and finally, we deduct any applicable withdrawal charge.

A full withdrawal results in the surrender of your Contract, and cancellation of all rights and privileges under your Contract.

     Partial Withdrawals

Unless you specify otherwise, when you request a partial withdrawal we will pay you the amount specified in your request adjusted for any applicable charges and/or MVA and then reduce the value of your Account by the gross amount of the withdrawal.

You may specify the amount you want withdrawn from each Sub-Account and/or Guarantee Period to which your Account is allocated. If you do not so specify, we will deduct the total amount you request pro rata, based on your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request.

Partial withdrawals may affect the death benefit.  In calculating the amount payable under the death benefit, we may reduce the benefit amount to an amount equal to the benefit amount payable immediately before withdrawal multiplied by the ratio of the Account Value immediately after the withdrawal to the Account Value immediately before the withdrawal.  (See “Calculating the Death Benefit.”)

If you request a partial withdrawal that would result in your Account Value being reduced to an amount less than the Account Fee for the Account Year in which you make the withdrawal, we reserve the right to treat it as a request for a full withdrawal.

     Time of Payment

We will pay you the applicable amount of any full or partial withdrawal within 7 days after we receive your withdrawal request, except in cases where we are permitted to defer payment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and applicable state insurance law. Currently, we may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Variable Account only for the following periods:

l
when the New York Stock Exchange is closed (except weekends and holidays) or when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
   
l
when it is not reasonably practical to dispose of securities held by a Fund or to determine the value of the net assets of a Fund, because an emergency exists; and
   
l
when an SEC order permits us to defer payment for the protection of Participants.

We also may defer payment of amounts you withdraw from the Fixed Account for up to six months from the date we receive your withdrawal request. We do not pay interest on the amount of any payments we defer.

     Withdrawal Restrictions for Qualified Plans

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you should carefully check the terms of your retirement plan for limitations and restrictions on cash withdrawals.

Special restrictions apply to withdrawals from Contracts used for Section 403(b) annuities. (See "Tax Considerations - Tax-Sheltered Annuities.")

When you make a withdrawal, we consider the oldest Purchase Payment that you have not already withdrawn to be withdrawn first, then the second oldest Purchase Payment, and so forth. Once all Purchase Payments are withdrawn, the balance withdrawn is considered to be accumulated value.

Withdrawal Charge

We do not deduct any sales charge from your Purchase Payments when they are made. However, we may impose a withdrawal charge (known as a "contingent deferred sales charge") on certain amounts you withdraw. We impose this charge primarily to defray some of our expenses related to the sale of the Contracts, such as commissions we pay to agents, the cost of sales literature, and other promotional costs and transaction expenses.

     Free Withdrawal Amount

In each Account Year you may withdraw a portion of your Account Value, which we call the "free withdrawal amount," before incurring the withdrawal charge. For any year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to (1) 10% of the amount of all Purchase Payments you have made during the last 7 Account Years, including the current Account Year (the "Annual Withdrawal Allowance"), plus (2) the amount of all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years that you have not previously withdrawn. Any portion of the Annual Withdrawal Allowance that you do not use in an Account Year is cumulative, that is, it is carried forward and available for use in future years.

For convenience, we refer to Purchase Payments made during the last 7 Account Years (including the current Account Year) as "New Payments," and all Purchase Payments made before the last 7 Account Years as "Old Payments."

For example, assume you wish to make a withdrawal from your Contract in Account Year 10. You made an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 in Account Year 1, you made one additional Purchase Payment of $8,000 in Account Year 8, and you have made no previous withdrawals. Your Account Value in Account Year 10 is $35,000. The free withdrawal amount for Account Year 10 is $19,400, calculated as follows:

l
$800, which is the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for Account Year 10 (10% of the $8,000 Purchase Payment made in Account Year 8, the only New Payment); plus
   
l
$8,600, which is the total of the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances of $1,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 7 and $800 for each of Account Years 8 and 9 that are carried forward and available for use in Account Year 10; plus
   
l
$10,000, which is the amount of all Old Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

     Withdrawal Charge on Purchase Payments

If you withdraw more than the free withdrawal amount in any Account Year, we consider the excess amount to be withdrawn first from New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn. We impose the withdrawal charge on the amount of these New Payments. Thus, the maximum amount on which we will impose the withdrawal charge in any year will never be more than the total of all New Payments that you have not previously withdrawn.

The amount of your withdrawal, if any, that exceeds the total of the free withdrawal amount plus the
aggregate amount of all New Payments not previously withdrawn, is not subject to the withdrawal charge.

     Order of Withdrawal

New Payments are withdrawn on a first-in first-out basis until all New Payments have been withdrawn. For example, assume the same facts as in the example above. In Account Year 10 you wish to withdraw $25,000. We attribute the withdrawal first to the free withdrawal amount of $19,400, which is not subject to the withdrawal charge. The remaining $5,600 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 8 (the only New Payment) and is subject to the withdrawal charge. The $2,400 balance of the Account Year 8 Purchase Payment will remain in your Account. If you make a subsequent $5,000 withdrawal in Account Year 10, $2,400 of that amount will be withdrawn from the remainder of the Account Year 8 Purchase Payment and will be subject to the withdrawal charge. The other $2,600 of your withdrawal (which exceeds the amount of all New Payments not previously withdrawn) will not be subject to the withdrawal charge.

     Calculation of Withdrawal Charge

We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the Purchase Payments you withdraw by a percentage. The percentage varies according to the number of Account Years the Purchase Payment has been held in your Account, including the year in which you made the Payment, but not the year you withdraw it. Each payment begins a new seven-year period and moves down a declining surrender charge scale at each Account Anniversary. Payments received during the current Account Year will be charged 6% if withdrawn. On your next scheduled Account Anniversary, that payment along with any other payments made during that Account Year, will be considered to be in their second Account Year and will have a 5% withdrawal charge. On the next Account Anniversary, these payments will move into their third Account Year and will have a withdrawal charge of 5%, if withdrawn. The withdrawal charge decreases according to the number of Account Years the purchase payment has been in your Account. The declining Withdrawal Charge scale is as follows:

Number of Account Years Purchase
Payment has been in Your Account
 
Withdrawal Charge
0-1
6%
2-3
5%
4-5
4%
6
3%
7 or more
0%

For example, using the same facts as in the example in "Free Withdrawal Amount" above, the percentage applicable to the withdrawals in Account Year 10 of Purchase Payments made in Account Year 8 would be 5%, because the number of Account Years the Purchase Payments have been held in your Account would be 2.

The withdrawal charge will never be greater than 6% of the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments you make under the Contract.

For a Group Contract, we may modify the withdrawal charges and limits, upon notice to the Owner of the Group Contract. However, any modification will only apply to Accounts established after the date of the modification.

For additional examples of how we calculate withdrawal charges, see Appendix B.

Types of Withdrawals Not Subject to Withdrawal Charge

We do not impose a withdrawal charge on withdrawals from the Accounts of (a) our employees, (b) employees of our affiliates, or (c) licensed insurance agents who sell the Contracts. We also may waive withdrawal charges with respect to Purchase Payments derived from the surrender of other annuity contracts we issue.

     Nursing Home Waiver

If approved in your state, we will waive the withdrawal charge for a full withdrawal if:

l
at least one year has passed since we issued your Contract and
   
l
you are confined to an eligible nursing home and have been confined there for at least the preceding 180 days, or any shorter period required by your state.

An "eligible nursing home" means a licensed hospital or licensed skilled or intermediate care nursing facility at which medical treatment is available on a daily basis and daily medical records are kept for each patient. You must provide us evidence of confinement in the form we determine.

     Minimum Distributions

For each Qualified Contract, the free withdrawal amount in any Account Year will be the greater of the free withdrawal amount described above or any amounts required to be withdrawn to comply with the minimum distribution requirement of the Internal Revenue Code. This applies only to the portion of the required minimum distribution attributable to that Qualified Contract.

     Other Withdrawals

We do not impose the withdrawal charge on amounts you apply to provide an annuity, amounts withdrawn from a Non-Qualified Contract as part of our non-qualified stretch program, amounts we pay as a death benefit, or amounts you transfer among the Sub-Accounts, between the Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account, or within the Fixed Account.

Market Value Adjustment

If permitted under the laws of your state, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment if you withdraw or transfer amounts from your Fixed Account Value more than 30 days before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period. For this purpose, using Fixed Account Value to provide an annuity is considered a withdrawal, and the Market Value Adjustment will apply. However, we will not apply the Market Value Adjustment to automatic transfers to a Sub-Account from a Guarantee Period as part of our dollar-cost averaging program.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment separately to each Guarantee Amount in the Fixed Account, that is to each separate allocation you have made to a Guarantee Period together with interest credited on that allocation. However, we do not apply the adjustment to the amount of interest credited during your current Account Year. Any withdrawal from a Guarantee Amount is attributed first to such interest.

A Market Value Adjustment may decrease, increase or have no effect on your Account Value. This will depend on changes in interest rates since you made your allocation to the Guarantee Period and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. In general, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate we currently declare for Guarantee Periods equal to the balance of your Guarantee Period (or your entire Guarantee Period for Guarantee Periods of less than one year) is higher than your Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to decrease your Account Value. If our current Guaranteed Interest Rate is lower, the Market Value Adjustment is likely to increase your Account Value.

We determine the amount of the Market Value Adjustment by multiplying the amount that is subject to the adjustment by the following formula:

[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
where:

I
is the Guaranteed Interest Rate applicable to the Guarantee Amount from which you withdraw, transfer or annuitize;
   
J
is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for Guarantee Periods equal to the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period applicable to your Guarantee Amount, rounded to the next higher number of complete years, for Guarantee Periods of one year or more. For any Guarantee Periods of less than one year, J is the Guaranteed Interest Rate we declare at the time of your withdrawal, transfer or annuitization for a Guarantee Period of the same length as your Guarantee Period. If, at that time, we do not offer the applicable Guarantee Period we will use an interest rate determined by straight-line interpolation of the Guaranteed Interest Rates for the Guarantee Periods we do offer;
   
N
is the number of complete months remaining in your Guarantee Period; and
   
b
is a factor that currently is 0% but that in the future we may increase to up to 0.25%. Any increase would be applicable only to Participants who purchase their Contracts after the date of that increase.

We will apply the Market Value Adjustment to the amount being withdrawn after deduction of any Account Fee, if applicable, but before we impose any withdrawal charge on the amount withdrawn.

For examples of how we calculate the Market Value Adjustment, see Appendix B.

No Market Value Adjustment will apply to Contracts issued in the states of Maryland, Texas and Washington, or to one-year Guarantee Periods under Contracts issued in the state of Oregon.

CONTRACT CHARGES

Account Fee

During the Accumulation Phase of your Contract, we will deduct from your Account an annual Account Fee to help cover the administrative expenses we incur related to the issuance of Contracts and the maintenance of Accounts. We deduct the Account Fee on each Account Anniversary, which is the anniversary of the first day of the month after we issue your Contract. In Account Years 1 through5, the Account Fee is equal to the lesser of $35 or 2% of your Account Value. After Account Year 5, we may change the Account Fee each year, but the Account Fee will never exceed the lesser of $50 or 2% of your Account Value. We deduct the Account Fee pro rata from each Sub-Account and each Guarantee Period, based on the allocation of your Account Value on your Account Anniversary.

We will not charge the annual Account Fee if:

l
your Account Value has been allocated only to the Fixed Account during the applicable Account Year; or
   
l
your Account Value is more than $75,000 on your Account Anniversary.

If you make a full withdrawal of your Account, we will deduct the full amount of the Account Fee at the time of the withdrawal. In addition, on the Annuity Commencement Date we will deduct a pro rata portion of the Account Fee to reflect the time elapsed between the last Account Anniversary and the day before the Annuity Commencement Date.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, we will deduct an annual Account Fee of $35 in the aggregate in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment we make during the year. We do not deduct any Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments.

Administrative Expense Charge

We deduct an administrative expense charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an annual effective rate equal to 0.15% of your average daily Variable Account Value during both the Accumulation Phase and the Income Phase. This charge is designed to reimburse us for expenses we incur in administering the Contracts, the Accounts and the Variable Account that are not covered by the annual Account Fee.

Depending on the amount of expenses that we incur, we expect that we may earn a profit from this charge. If so, we may use the profit for any proper corporate purpose, including paying any other expenses in connection with the Contracts or adding to our corporate surplus.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

During the Accumulation Phase, we deduct a mortality and expense risk charge from the assets of the Variable Account at an effective annual rate equal to 1.25%. We assume numerous mortality and expense risks under the Contracts. These risks include, but are not limited to, (1) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to continue to make annuity payments to each Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives and regardless of how long all Annuitants as a group live; (2) the risk that arises from our contractual obligation to pay a death benefit upon the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, including in cases where the death benefit is greater than a Contract's Account Value; (3) the risk that our cost of providing benefits according to the terms of any optional death benefit riders will exceed the amount of the charges we deduct for those riders; and (4) the risk that the Account Fee and the administrative expense charge we assess under the Contracts may be insufficient to cover the actual total administrative expenses we incur. If the amount of the charge is insufficient to cover our costs resulting from these and other mortality and expense risks, we will bear the loss. If, as we expect, the amount of the charge is more than sufficient to cover the risks, we will make a profit on the charge. We may use this profit for any proper corporate purpose, including the payment of marketing and distribution expenses for the Contracts. In setting the rate of this charge, we not only consider our expected mortality and expense risks, but also our objective to earn a profit from the Contracts, after all of the costs, expenses, credits, and benefits we expect to pay in connection with the Contracts.

Premium Taxes

Some states and local jurisdictions impose a premium tax on us that is equal to a specified percentage of the Purchase Payments you make. In many states there is no premium tax. We believe that the amounts of applicable premium taxes currently range from 0% to 3.5%. You should consult a qualified tax professional to find out if your state imposes a premium tax and the amount of any tax.

In order to reimburse us for the premium tax we may pay on Purchase Payments, our policy is to deduct the amount of such taxes from the amount you apply to provide an annuity at the time of annuitization. However, we reserve the right to deduct the amount of any applicable tax from your Account at any time, including at the time you make a Purchase Payment or make a full or partial withdrawal. We do not make any profit on the deductions we make to reimburse premium taxes.

Fund Expenses

There are fees and charges deducted from each Fund. These fees and expenses are described in the Fund's prospectus and related Statement of Additional Information.

Modification in the Case of Group Contracts

For Group Contracts, we may modify the Account Fee, the administrative expense charge and the mortality and expense risk charge upon notice to Owners. However, such modification will apply only with respect to Participant Accounts established after the effective date of the modification.

DEATH BENEFIT

If you die during the Accumulation Phase, we will pay a death benefit to the designated Beneficiary(ies), using the payment method elected (a single cash payment or one of our Annuity Options). If the Beneficiary is not living on the date of your death, we will pay the death benefit in one sum to your estate. We do not pay a death benefit if you die during the Income Phase. However, the Beneficiary will receive any payments provided under an Annuity Option that is in effect.

Amount of Death Benefit

To calculate the amount of your death benefit, we use a "Death Benefit Date." The Death Benefit Date is the date we receive proof of your death in an acceptable form ("Due Proof of Death") if you have elected a death benefit payment method before your death and it remains effective. Otherwise, the Death Benefit Date is the later of the date we receive Due Proof of Death or, the date we receive the Beneficiary's election of either payment method or, if the Beneficiary is your spouse, Contract continuation. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Death Benefit Date will be the last day of the 60 day period.

The amount of the death benefit is determined as of the Death Benefit Date.

If you were 85 or younger on your Contract Date (the date we accepted your first Purchase Payment), the death benefit will be the greatest of the following amounts:

(1)
your Account Value for the Valuation Period during which the Death Benefit Date occurs;
   
(2)
the amount we would pay if you had surrendered your entire Account on the Death Benefit Date;
   
(3)
your Account Value on the Seven-Year Anniversary immediately before the Death Benefit Date, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals and charges made between the Seven-Year Anniversary and the Death Benefit Date;
   
(4)
your highest Account Value on any Account Anniversary before your 81st birthday, adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments and partial withdrawals made between that Account Anniversary and the Death Benefit Date; and
   
(5)
your total Purchase Payments plus interest accruals thereon, adjusted for partial withdrawals;  interest will accrue on Purchase Payments allocated to and transfers to the Variable Account while they remain in the Variable Account at a rate of 5% per year until the first day of the month following your 80th birthday, or until the Purchase Payment or amount transferred has doubled in amount, whichever is earlier.

If you were 86 or older on your Contract Date, the death benefit is equal to amount (2) above; because this amount will reflect any applicable withdrawal charges and Market Value Adjustment, it may be less than your Account Value.

If your Contract is a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity or a 403(b) TSA annuity, required minimum distributions under the Internal Revenue Code may affect the value of your death benefit.  Please refer to “Required Minimum Distribution Requirements for Tax-Sheltered Annuities and Traditional Individual Retirement Annuities” under “TAX CONSIDERATIONS” for more information regarding tax issues that you should consider before choosing a death benefit.

Spousal Continuance

If your spouse is your Beneficiary, upon your death your spouse may elect to continue the Contract as the Participant, rather than receive the death benefit. In that case, the amount of your death benefit, calculated as described under "Amount of Death Benefit," will become the Contract's Account Value on the Death Benefit Date. All other provisions of the Contract, including any withdrawal charges, will continue as if your spouse had purchased the Contract on the original date of coverage. Upon surrender or annuitization, this step-up to the spouse will not be treated as premium, but will be treated as income.

Calculating the Death Benefit

In calculating the death benefit amount payable under (3), (4) and (5), any partial withdrawals will reduce the amount by the ratio of the Account Value immediately following the withdrawal to the Account Value immediately before the withdrawal.

If the death benefit is amount (2), (3), (4) or (5), your Account Value will be increased by the excess, if any, of that amount over amount (1). Any such increase will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts in proportion to your Account Value in those Sub-Accounts on the Death Benefit Date. Also, any portion of this new Account Value attributed to the Fixed Account will be transferred to the Sun Capital Money Market Sub-Account (without the application of a Market Value Adjustment). The Beneficiary may then transfer to the Fixed Account and begin a new Guarantee Period.

Method of Paying Death Benefit

The death benefit may be paid in a single cash payment or as an annuity (either fixed, variable or a combination), under one or more of our Annuity Options. We describe the Annuity Options in this Prospectus under "The Income Phase - Annuity Provisions."

During the Accumulation Phase, you may elect the method of payment for the death benefit. These elections are made by sending us at our Service Address an election form, which we will provide. If no such election is in effect on the date of your death, the Beneficiary may elect either a single cash payment or an annuity. If the Beneficiary is the Participant's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract. This election is made by sending us a letter of instruction. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, we will pay the death benefit in a single cash payment.

If we pay the death benefit in the form of an Annuity Option, the Beneficiary becomes the Annuitant/Payee under the terms of that Annuity Option (See "The Income Phase - Annuity Provisions.")

Non-Qualified Contracts

If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, special distribution rules apply to the payment of the death benefit. The amount of the death benefit must be distributed either (1) as a lump sum within 5 years after your death or (2) if in the form of an annuity, over a period not greater than the life or expected life of the "designated beneficiary" within the meaning of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code, with payments beginning no later than one year after your death.

The person you have named a Beneficiary under your Contract, if any, will be the "designated beneficiary." If the named Beneficiary is not living and no contingent beneficiary has been named, the surviving Participant, if any, or the estate of the deceased Participant automatically becomes the designated beneficiary.

If the designated beneficiary is your surviving spouse, your spouse may continue the Contract in his or her own name as Participant. To make this election, your spouse must give us written notification within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death. The special distribution rules will then apply on the death of your spouse. To understand what happens when your spouse continues the Contract, see "Spousal Continuance," above.

During the Income Phase, if the Annuitant dies, the remaining value of the Annuity Option(s) in place must be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution under that option.

If the Participant is not a natural person, the special distribution rules apply upon the death or removal of any Annuitant or Co-Annuitant.

Payments made in contravention of these special rules would adversely affect the treatment of the Contracts as annuity contracts under the Internal Revenue Code. Neither you nor the Beneficiary may exercise rights that would have that effect.

Selection and Change of Beneficiary

You select your Beneficiary in your Application. You may change your Beneficiary at any time by sending us written notice on our required form, unless you previously made an irrevocable Beneficiary designation. A new Beneficiary designation is not effective until we record the change.

Payment of Death Benefit

Payment of the death benefit in cash will be made within 7 days of the Death Benefit Date, except if we are permitted to defer payment in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. If an Annuity Option is elected, the Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second calendar month following the Death Benefit Date, and your Account will remain in effect until the Annuity Commencement Date.

Due Proof of Death

We accept any of the following as proof of any person's death:

l
an original certified copy of an official death certificate;
   
l
an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or
   
l
any other proof we find satisfactory.

THE INCOME PHASE - ANNUITY PROVISIONS

During the Income Phase, we make regular monthly payments to the Annuitant.

The Income Phase of your Contract begins with the Annuity Commencement Date. On that date, we apply your Account Value, adjusted as described below, under the Annuity Option(s) you have selected, and we make the first annuity payment.

Once the Income Phase begins, no lump sum settlement option or cash withdrawals are permitted, except pursuant to Annuity Option D, Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain, as described under "Annuity Options," and you cannot change the Annuity Option(s) selected. (Also, a Beneficiary receiving payments after the Annuitant's death under Option B, Life Annuity with 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain, may elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in a single sum, as discussed under "Annuity Options.") You may request a full withdrawal before the Annuity Commencement Date, which will be subject to all charges applicable on withdrawals. (See "Withdrawals, Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment.")

Selection of the Annuitant or Co-Annuitant

You select the Annuitant in your Application. The Annuitant is the person who receives annuity payments during the Income Phase and on whose life these payments are based. In your Contract, the Annuity Option(s) refer to the Annuitant as the "Payee." If you name someone other than yourself as Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before the Income Phase, you become the Annuitant.

Under a Non-Qualified Contract, if you name someone other than yourself as the Annuitant, you may also select a Co-Annuitant, who will become the new Annuitant if the original Annuitant dies before the Income Phase. If both the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant die before the Income Phase, you become the Annuitant. If you have named both an Annuitant and a Co-Annuitant, you may designate one of them to become the sole Annuitant as of the Annuity Commencement Date, if both are living at that time. If you have not made that designation on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date, and both the Annuitant and the Co-Annuitant are still living, the Co-Annuitant will become the Annuitant on the Annuity Commencement Date.

When an Annuity Option has been selected as the method of paying the death benefit, the Beneficiary is the Payee of the annuity payment.

Selection of the Annuity Commencement Date

You select the Annuity Commencement Date in your Application. The following restrictions apply to the date you may select:

l
The earliest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the second month. following your Contract Date.
   
l
The latest possible Annuity Commencement Date is the first day of the month following the Annuitant's 95th birthday ("maximum Annuity Commencement Date") or, if there is a Co-Annuitant, the 95th birthday of the younger of the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant.
   
l
The Annuity Commencement Date must always be the first day of a calendar month.

You may change the Annuity Commencement Date from time to time by sending us written notice, in a form acceptable to us, with the following additional limitations:

l
We must receive your notice, in good order, at least 30 days before the current Annuity Commencement Date.
   
l
The new Annuity Commencement Date must be at least 30 days after we receive the notice.

There may be other restrictions on your selection of the Annuity Commencement Date imposed by your retirement plan or applicable law. In most situations, current law requires that for a Qualified Contract, certain minimum distributions must commence no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2 (or, for Qualified Contracts other than IRAs, no later than April 1 following the year the Annuitant retires, if later than the year the Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2).

Annuity Options

We offer the following Annuity Options for payments during the Income Phase. Each Annuity Option may be selected for a Variable Annuity, a Fixed Annuity, or a combination of both. We may also agree to other settlement options, at our discretion.

     Annuity Option A - Life Annuity

We provide monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. Annuity payments stop when the Annuitant dies. There is no provision for continuation of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option B - Life Annuity With 60, 120, 180 or 240 Monthly Payments Certain

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. In addition, we guarantee that the Beneficiary will receive monthly payments for the remainder of the period certain, if the Annuitant dies during that period. The election of a longer period results in smaller monthly payments. If no Beneficiary is designated, we pay the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum to the Annuitant's estate. The Beneficiary may also elect to receive the discounted value of the remaining payments in one sum. The discount rate for a Variable Annuity will be the assumed interest rate in effect; the discount rate for a Fixed Annuity will be based on the interest rate we used to determine the amount of each payment.

     Annuity Option C - Joint and Survivor Annuity

We make monthly payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant and another person you designate and during the lifetime of the survivor of the two. We stop making payments when the survivor dies. There is no provision for continuance of any payments to a Beneficiary.

     Annuity Option D - Monthly Payments for a Specified Period Certain

We make monthly payments for a specified period of time from 5 to 30 years, as you elect. The longer the period you elect, the smaller your monthly payments will be. If payments under this option are paid on a Variable Annuity basis, the Annuitant may elect to receive some or all of the discounted value of the remaining payments, less any applicable withdrawal charge; the discount rate for this purpose will be the assumed interest rate in effect. If the Annuitant dies during the period selected, the remaining income payments are made as described above for payments to a Beneficiary under Annuity Option B. The election of this Annuity Option may result in the imposition of a penalty tax.

Selection of Annuity Option

You select one or more of the Annuity Options, which you may change from time to time during the Accumulation Phase, as long as we receive your selection or change in writing at least 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. If we have not received your written selection on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date, you will receive Annuity Option B, for a life annuity with 120 monthly payments certain.

You may specify the proportion of your Adjusted Account Value you wish to provide a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity. Under a Variable Annuity, the dollar amount of annuity payments will vary, while under a Fixed Annuity, the dollar amount of payments will remain the same. If you do not specify a Variable Annuity or a Fixed Annuity, your Adjusted Account Value will be divided between Variable and Fixed Annuities in the same proportions as your Account Value was divided between the Variable and Fixed Accounts on the Annuity Commencement Date. You may allocate your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity among the Sub-Accounts, or we will use your existing allocations.

There may be additional limitations on the options you may elect under your particular retirement plan or applicable law.

Remember that the Annuity Options may not be changed once annuity payments begin.

Amount of Annuity Payments

     Adjusted Account Value

The Adjusted Account Value is the amount we apply to provide a Variable Annuity and/or a Fixed Annuity. We calculate Adjusted Account Value by taking your Account Value on the Business Day immediately prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and making the following adjustments:

l
We deduct a proportional amount of the annual Account Fee, based on the fraction of the current Account Year that has elapsed.
   
l
If applicable, we apply the Market Value Adjustment to your Account Value in the Fixed Account, which may result in a deduction, an addition, or no change to your Account Value.
   
l
We deduct any applicable premium tax or similar tax if not previously deducted.

     Variable Annuity Payments

Variable Annuity payments may vary each month. We determine the dollar amount of the first payment using the portion of your Adjusted Account Value applied to a Variable Annuity and the Annuity Payment Rates in your Contract, which are based on an assumed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually. See "Annuity Payment Rates."

To calculate the remaining payments, we convert the amount of the first payment into Annuity Units for each Sub-Account; we determine the number of those Annuity Units by dividing the portion of the first payment attributable to the Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Period ending just before the Annuity Commencement Date. This number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account will remain constant (unless the Annuitant requests an exchange of Annuity Units). However, the dollar amount of the next Variable Annuity payment - which is the sum of the number of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account times its Annuity Unit Value for the Valuation Period ending just before the date of the payment - will increase, decrease, or remain the same, depending on the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts.

If the net investment return of the Sub-Accounts selected is the same as the assumed interest rate of 3%, compounded annually, the payments will remain level. If the net investment return exceeds the assumed interest rate, payments will increase and, conversely, if it is less than the assumed interest rate, payments will decrease.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more information about calculating Variable Annuity Units and Variable Annuity payments, including examples of these calculations.

     Fixed Annuity Payments

Fixed Annuity payments are the same each month. We determine the dollar amount of each Fixed Annuity payment using the fixed portion of your Adjusted Account Value and the applicable Annuity Payment Rates. These will be either (1) the rates in your Contract, which are based on a minimum guaranteed interest rate of 3% per year, compounded annually, or (2) new rates we have published and are using on the Annuity Commencement Date, if they are more favorable. See "Annuity Payment Rates."

     Minimum Payments

If your Adjusted Account Value is less than $2,000, or the first annuity payment for any Annuity Option is less than $20, we will pay the Adjusted Account Value to the Annuitant in one payment.

Exchange of Variable Annuity Units

During the Income Phase, the Annuitant may exchange Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another, up to 12 times each Account Year. Any such exchanges may be subject to any restrictions or other policies that the Funds have adopted to protect the Funds from short-term trading or other practices that are potentially harmful to the Fund (the "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies"). The applicability of the Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies is the same during the Income Phase as during the Accumulation Phase, and this is discussed in this prospectus under "Funds' Shareholder Trading Policies." For the reasons discussed there, you should review and comply with each Fund's Shareholder Trading Policies, which are disclosed in the Funds' current prospectuses.

To make an exchange, the Annuitant sends us, at our Annuity Mailing Address, a written request stating the number of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account he or she wishes to exchange and the new Sub-Account for which Annuity Units are requested. The number of new Annuity Units will be calculated so the dollar amount of an annuity payment on the date of the exchange would not be affected. To calculate this number, we use Annuity Unit values for the Valuation Period during which we receive the exchange request.

Before exchanging Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another, the Annuitant should carefully review the Fund prospectuses for the investment objectives and risk disclosure of the Funds in which the Sub-Accounts invest.

During the Income Phase, we permit only exchanges among Sub-Accounts. No exchanges to or from a Fixed Annuity are permitted.

Account Fee

During the Income Phase, we deduct the annual Account Fee in equal amounts from each Variable Annuity payment. We do not deduct the annual Account Fee from Fixed Annuity payments (see "Contract Charges - Account Fee").

Annuity Payment Rates

The Contract contains Annuity Payment Rates for each Annuity Option described in this Prospectus.  The rates show, for each $1,000 applied, the dollar amount of: (a) the first monthly Variable Annuity payment based on the assumed interest rate specified in the applicable Contract (at least 3% per year, compounded annually); and (b) the monthly Fixed Annuity payment, when this payment is based on the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in the Contract (at least 3% per year, compounded annually). We may change these rates under Group Contracts for Accounts established after the effective date of such change (see "Other Contract Provisions - Modification").

The Annuity Payment Rates may vary according to the Annuity Option(s) elected and the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The Contract also describes the method of determining the adjusted age of the Annuitant. The mortality table used in determining the Annuity Payment Rates for Options A, B and C is the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table.

Annuity Options as Method of Payment for Death Benefit

You or your Beneficiary may also select one or more Annuity Options to be used in the event of your death before the Income Phase, as described under the "Death Benefit" section of this Prospectus. In that case, your Beneficiary will be the Annuitant/Payee. The Annuity Commencement Date will be the first day of the second month beginning after the Death Benefit Date.

OTHER CONTRACT PROVISIONS

Exercise of Contract Rights

An Individual Contract belongs to the individual to whom the Contract is issued. A Group Contract belongs to the Owner. In the case of a Group Contract, the Owner may expressly reserve all Contract rights and privileges; otherwise, each Participant will be entitled to exercise such rights and privileges. In any case, such rights and privileges can be exercised without the consent of the Beneficiary (other than an irrevocably designated Beneficiary) or any other person. Such rights and privileges may be exercised only before the Annuity Commencement Date, except as the Contract otherwise provides.

The Annuitant becomes the Payee on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. The Beneficiary becomes the Payee on the death of the Participant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, or on the death of the Annuitant after the Annuity Commencement Date. Such Payee may thereafter exercise such rights and privileges, if any, of ownership which continue.

Change of Ownership

Ownership of a Qualified Contract may not be transferred except to: (1) the Annuitant; (2) a trustee or successor trustee of a pension or profit sharing trust which is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; (3) the employer of the Annuitant, provided that the Qualified Contract after transfer is maintained under the terms of a retirement plan qualified under Section 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Annuitant; (4) the trustee or custodian of an individual retirement account plan qualified under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code for the benefit of the Participants under a Group Contract; or (5) as otherwise permitted from time to time by laws and regulations governing the retirement or deferred compensation plans for which a Qualified Contract may be issued. Subject to the foregoing, a Qualified Contract may not be sold, assigned, transferred, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other purpose to any person other than the Company.

The Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract may change the ownership of the Contract prior to the last Annuity Commencement Date and each Participant, in like manner, may change the ownership interest in a Contract.

A change of ownership will not be binding on us until we receive written notification. When we receive such notification, the change will be effective as of the date on which the request for change was signed by the Owner or Participant, as appropriate, but the change will be without prejudice to us on account of any payment we make or any action we take before receiving the change. If you change the Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract, you will become immediately liable for the payment of taxes on any gain realized under the Contract prior to the change of ownership, including possible liability for a 10% federal excise tax.

Voting of Fund Shares

We will vote Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts at meetings of shareholders of the Funds or in connection with similar solicitations, but will follow voting instructions received from persons having the right to give voting instructions. During the Accumulation Phase, you will have the right to give voting instructions, except in the case of a Group Contract where the Owner has reserved this right. During the Income Phase, the Payee (that is the Annuitant or Beneficiary entitled to receive benefits) is the person having such voting rights. We will vote any shares attributable to us and Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as the shares for which we receive instructions from Owners, Participants and Payees, as applicable.

Owners of Qualified Contracts issued on a group basis may be subject to other voting provisions of the particular plan and under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Employees who contribute to plans that are funded by the Contracts may be entitled to instruct the Owners as to how to instruct us to vote the Fund shares attributable to their contributions. Such plans may also provide the additional extent, if any, to which the Owners shall follow voting instructions of persons with rights under the plans. If no voting instructions are received from any such person with respect to a particular Participant Account, the Owner may instruct the Company as to how to vote the number of Fund shares for which instructions may be given.

Neither the Variable Account nor the Company is under any duty to provide information concerning the voting instruction rights to persons who may have such rights under plans, other than rights afforded under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any duty to inquire as to the instructions received by Owners, Participants or others, or the authority of any such persons, to instruct the voting of Fund shares.  Except as the Variable Account or the Company has actual knowledge to the contrary, the instructions given by Owners under Group Contracts and Payees will be valid as they affect the Variable Account, the Company and any others having voting instruction rights with respect to the Variable Account.

All Fund proxy material, together with an appropriate form to be used to give voting instructions, will be provided to each person having the right to give voting instructions at least 10 days prior to each meeting of the shareholders of the Fund. We will determine the number of Fund shares as to which each such person is entitled to give instructions as of the record date set by the Fund for such meeting which is expected to be not more than 90 days prior to each such meeting. Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which voting instructions may be given to the Company is determined by dividing the value of all of the Variable Accumulation Units of the particular Sub-Account credited to the Participant Account by the net asset value of one Fund share as of the same date. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which such instructions may be given by a Payee is determined by dividing the reserve held by the Company in the Sub-Account with respect to the particular Payee by the net asset value of a Fund share as of the same date. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the number of Fund shares as to which a Payee is entitled to give voting instructions will generally decrease due to the decrease in the reserve.

Reports to Owners

We will send you, by regular U.S. mail, confirmation of all Purchase Payments (including any interest credited), withdrawals, (including any withdrawal charges, negative market value adjustments, and federal taxes on withdrawals), minimum distributions, death benefit payments, and transfers (excluding dollar-cost averaging transfers).  Such confirmations will be sent within two business days after the transaction occurs.

In addition, within 5 business days after each Account Quarter, we will send you a statement showing your current Account Value, death benefit value, and investment allocation by asset class.  Each quarterly statement will detail transactions that occurred during the last Account Quarter including Purchase Payments, annuity payments, transfers (including dollar-cost averaging transfers), partial withdrawals, systematic withdrawals, minimum distributions, portfolio rebalancing, asset reallocations, interest credited on fixed accounts, and annual contract fees assessed.

We will also send you annual and semi-annual reports of the funds in which you are invested, including a list of investments held by each portfolio as of the current date of the report.

It is your obligation to review each such statement carefully and to report to us, at the address or telephone number provided on the statement, any errors or discrepancies in the information presented therein within 60 days of the date of such statement. Unless we receive notice of any such error or discrepancy from you within such period, we may not be responsible for correcting the error or discrepancy.

Substitution of Securities

Shares of any or all Funds may not always be available for investment under the Contract. We may add or delete Funds or other investment companies as variable investment options under the Contracts. We may also substitute shares of another registered open-end investment company or unit investment trust for the shares held in any Sub-Account, provided that the substitution has been approved, if required, by the SEC. In the event of any substitution pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the substitution.

Change in Operation of Variable Account

At our election and subject to any necessary vote by persons having the right to give instructions with respect to the voting of Fund shares held by the Sub-Accounts, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or it may be deregistered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in the event registration is no longer required. Deregistration of the Variable Account requires an order by the SEC. In the event of any change in the operation of the Variable Account pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change and take such other action as we deem necessary and appropriate to effect the change.

Splitting Units

We reserve the right to split or combine the value of Variable Accumulation Units, Annuity Units or any of them. In effecting any such change of unit values, strict equity will be preserved and no change will have a material effect on the benefits or other provisions of the Contracts.

Modification

Upon notice to the Participant, in the case of an Individual Contract, and the Owner and Participant(s), in the case of a Group Contract (or the Payee(s) during the Income Phase), we may modify the Contract if such modification: (1) is necessary to make the Contract or the Variable Account comply with any law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which the Company or the Variable Account is subject; (2) is necessary to assure continued qualification of the Contract under the Internal Revenue Code or other federal or state laws relating to retirement annuities or annuity contracts; (3) is necessary to reflect a change in the operation of the Variable Account or the Sub-Account(s) (See "Change in Operation of Variable Account"); (4) provides additional Variable Account and/or fixed accumulation options; or (5) as may otherwise be in the best interests of Owners, Participants, or Payees, as applicable. In the event of any such modification, we may make appropriate endorsement in the Contract to reflect such modification.

In addition, upon notice to the Owner, we may modify a Group Contract to change the withdrawal charges, Account Fees, mortality and expense risk charges, administrative expense charges, the tables used in determining the amount of the first monthly variable annuity and fixed annuity payments and the formula used to calculate the Market Value Adjustment, provided that such modification applies only to Participant Accounts established after the effective date of such modification. In order to exercise our modification rights in these particular instances, we must notify the Owner of such modification in writing. The notice shall specify the effective date of such modification which must be at least 60 days following the date we mail notice of modification. All of the charges and the annuity tables which are provided in the Group Contract prior to any such modification will remain in effect permanently, unless improved by the Company, with respect to Participant Accounts established prior to the effective date of such modification.

Limitation or Discontinuance of New Participants

We may limit or discontinue the acceptance of new Applications and the issuance of new Certificates under a Group Contract by giving 30 days prior written notice to the Owner. This will not affect rights or benefits with respect to any Participant Accounts established under such Group Contract prior to the effective date of such limitation or discontinuance.

Reservation of Rights

We reserve the right, to the extent permitted by law, to: (1) combine any 2 or more variable accounts or Sub-Accounts; (2) add or delete Funds or other investment companies and corresponding Sub-Accounts; (3) add or remove Guarantee Periods available at any time for election by a Participant; and (4) restrict or eliminate any of the voting rights of Participants (or Owners) or other persons who have voting rights as to the Variable Account. Where required by law, we will obtain approval of changes from Participants or any appropriate regulatory authority. In the event of any change pursuant to this provision, we may make appropriate endorsement to the Contract to reflect the change.

Right to Return

If you are not satisfied with your Contract, you may return it by mailing or delivering it to us at our Annuity Mailing Address as shown on the cover of this Prospectus within 10 days, or longer if allowed by your state, after it was delivered to you. State law may also allow you to return the Contract to your sales representative. When we receive the returned Contract, it will be cancelled and we will refund to you your Account Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which we received it. However, if applicable state law requires we will return the full amount of any Purchase Payment(s) we received.

If you are establishing an Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA"), the Internal Revenue Code requires that we give you a disclosure statement containing certain information about the Contract and applicable legal requirements. We must give you this statement on or before the date the IRA is established. If we give you the disclosure statement before the seventh day preceding the date the IRA is established, you will not have any right of revocation under the Code. If we give you the disclosure statement at a later date, then you may give us a notice of revocation at any time within 7 days after your Contract Date. Upon such revocation, we will refund your Purchase Payment(s). This right of revocation with respect to an IRA is in addition to the return privilege set forth in the preceding paragraph. We allow a Participant establishing an IRA a "ten day free-look," notwithstanding the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section provides general information on the federal income tax consequences of ownership of a Contract based upon our understanding of current federal tax laws. Actual federal tax consequences will vary depending on, among other things, the type of retirement plan under which your Contract is issued. Also, legislation altering the current tax treatment of annuity contracts could be enacted in the future and could apply retroactively to Contracts that were purchased before the date of enactment. We make no attempt to consider any applicable federal estate, federal gift, state, or other tax laws. We also make no guarantee regarding the federal, state, or local tax status of any Contract or any transaction involving any Contract. You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice before purchasing a Contract or executing any other transaction (such as a rollover, distribution, withdrawal or payment) involving a Contract.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion applies only to those Contracts issued in the United States. For a discussion of tax considerations effecting Contracts issued in Puerto Rico, see "Puerto Rico Tax Considerations."

     Deductibility of Purchase Payments

For federal income tax purposes, Purchase Payments made under Non-Qualified Contracts are not deductible. .  Under certain circumstances, Purchase Payments made under Qualified Contracts may be excludible or deductible from taxable income.  Any such amounts will also be excluded from the "investment in the contract" for purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distributions from a Qualified Contract. As a general rule, regardless of whether you own a Qualified or a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount of your tax liability on earnings and distributions will depend upon the specific tax rules applicable to your Contract and your particular circumstances.


Generally, an increase in the value of a Contract will not give rise to a current income tax liability to the Owner of a Contract or to any payee under the Contract until a distribution is received from the Contract.  However, certain assignments or pledges of a Contract or loans under a Contract will be treated as distributions to the Owner of the Contract and will accelerate the taxability of any increases in the value of a Contract.

Also, corporate (or other non-natural person) Owners of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally incur a current tax liability on Account Value increases. There are certain exceptions to this current taxation rule, including: (i) any Contract that is an "immediate annuity", which the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") defines as a single premium contract with an annuity commencement date within one year of the date of purchase which provides for a series of substantially equal periodic payments (to be made not less frequently than annually) during the annuity period, and (ii) any Contract that the non-natural person holds as agent for a natural person (such as where a bank or other entity holds a Contract as trustee under a trust agreement).

You should note that a qualified retirement plan generally provides tax deferral regardless of whether the plan invests in an annuity contract.  For that reason, no decision to purchase a Qualified Contract should be based on the assumption that the purchase of a Qualified Contract is necessary to obtain tax deferral under a qualified plan.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts

The Account Value of a Non-Qualified Contract will generally include both (i) an amount attributable to Purchase Payments, the return of which will not be taxable, and (ii) an amount attributable to investment earnings, the receipt of which will be taxable at ordinary income rates. The relative portions of any particular distribution that derive from nontaxable Purchase Payments and taxable investment earnings depend upon the nature and the timing of that distribution.

Any withdrawal of less than your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date must be treated as a receipt of investment earnings. You may not treat such withdrawals as a non-taxable return of Purchase Payments unless you have first withdrawn the entire amount of the Account Value that is attributable to investment earnings. For purposes of determining whether a Participant has withdrawn the entire amount of the investment earnings under a Non-Qualified Contract, the Code provides that all Non-Qualified deferred annuity contracts issued by the same company to the same Participant during any one calendar year must be treated as one annuity contract. If you withdraw your entire Account Value under a Non-Qualified Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date (a "full surrender"), the taxable portion will equal the amount you receive less the "investment in the contract" (i.e., the total Purchase Payments (excluding amounts that were deductible by, or excluded from the gross income of, the Participant of a Contract), less any Purchase Payments that were amounts previously received which were not includable in income).

A Payee who receives annuity payments under a Non-Qualified Contract after the Annuity Commencement Date, will generally be able to treat a portion of each payment as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments and to treat only the remainder of each such payment as taxable investment earnings. Until the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered in this manner, the nontaxable portion of each payment will be determined by the ratio of (i) the total amount of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract, to (ii) the Payee's expected return under the Contract. Once the Payee has received nontaxable payments in an amount equal to total Purchase Payments, no further exclusion is allowed and all future distributions will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. If payments are terminated upon the death of the Annuitant or other Payee before the Purchase Payments have been fully recovered, the unrecovered Purchase Payments may be deducted on the final return of the Annuitant or other Payee.

A penalty tax of 10% may also apply to taxable cash withdrawals, including lump-sum payments from Non-Qualified Contracts. This penalty will generally not apply to distributions made after age 59 1/2, to distributions pursuant to the death or disability of the owner, to distributions that are a part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made not less frequently than annually for life or life expectancy, or to distributions under an immediate annuity (as defined above).

Death benefits paid upon the death of a Participant are not life insurance benefits and will generally be includible in the income of the recipient to the extent they represent investment earnings under the contract.  For this purpose, the amount of the "investment in the contract" is not affected by the Participant's or annuitant's death, i.e., the investment in the contract must still be determined by reference to the Participant's investment in the Contract. Special mandatory distribution rules also apply after the death of the Participant when the beneficiary is not the surviving spouse of the Participant.

If death benefits are distributed in a lump sum, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as upon a full surrender of the contract. If death benefits are distributed under an annuity option, the taxable amount of those benefits will be determined in the same manner as annuity payments, as described above.

Any amounts held under a Non-Qualified Contract that are assigned or pledged as collateral for a loan will also be treated as if withdrawn from the Contract.  In addition, upon the transfer of a Non-Qualified Contract by gift (other than to the Participant's spouse), the Participant must treat an amount equal to the Account Value minus the total amount paid for the Contract as income.

     Distributions and Withdrawals from Qualified Contracts

In most cases, all of the distributions you receive from a Qualified Contract will constitute fully taxable ordinary income. Also, a 10% penalty tax will apply to distributions prior to age 59 1/2, except in certain circumstances.

If you receive a distribution for a Qualified Contract used in connection with a qualified pension plan, from a tax-sheltered annuity, a governmental Code Section 457 plan or an individual retirement annuity "IRA" and roll over some or all that distribution to another eligible plan, following the rules set out in the Code and IRS regulations, the portion of such distribution that is rolled over will not be includible in your income. An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, tax-sheltered annuity or governmental Section 457 plan will be subject to 20% mandatory withholding as described below. Because the amount of the cash paid to you as an eligible rollover distribution will be reduced by this withholding, you will not be able to roll over the entire account balance under your Contract, unless you use other funds equal to the tax withholding to complete the rollover. Rollovers of IRA distributions are not subject to the 20% mandatory withholding requirement.

An eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan, governmental Section 457 plan or tax-sheltered annuity is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of an employee, except that the term does not include:

l
a distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made annually under a lifetime annuity or for a specified period of ten years or more;
   
l
any required minimum distribution, or
   
l
any hardship distribution.

Only you or your surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect to roll over a distribution to an eligible retirement plan. However, a non-surviving-spouse Beneficiary may able to directly transfer a distribution to a so-called inherited IRA that will be subject to the IRS distribution rules applicable to beneficiaries.

     Withholding

In the case of an eligible rollover distribution (as defined above) from a Qualified Contract (other than from an IRA), we (or the plan administrator) must withhold and remit to the U.S. Government 20% of the distribution, unless the Participant or Payee elects to make a direct rollover of the distribution to another qualified retirement plan that is eligible to receive the rollover; however, only you and your spouse may elect a direct rollover. In the case of a distribution from (i) a Non-Qualified Contract, (ii) an IRA, or (iii) a Qualified Contract where the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution, we will withhold and remit to the U.S. Government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution unless, prior to the distribution, the Participant or Payee provides us his or her taxpayer identification number and instructs us (in the manner prescribed) not to withhold. The Participant or Payee may credit against his or her federal income tax liability for the year of distribution any amounts that we (or the plan administrator) withhold.

     Investment Diversification and Control

The Treasury Department has issued regulations that prescribe investment diversification requirements for the mutual fund series underlying nonqualified variable contracts. All Non-Qualified Contracts must comply with these regulations to qualify as annuities for federal income tax purposes. The owner of a Non-Qualified Contract that does not meet these guidelines will be subject to current taxation on annual increases in value of the Contract.   We believe that each Fund available as an investment option under the Contract complies with these regulations.

The IRS has stated that satisfaction of the diversification requirements described above by itself does not prevent a Participant from being treated as the owner of separate account assets under an "owner control" test.  If a Participant is treated as the owner of separate account assets for tax purposes, the Participant would be subject to taxation on the income and gains from the separate account assets. In published revenue rulings through 1982 and then again in 2003, the IRS has stated that a variable contract Participant will be considered the owner of separate account assets if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise control over the investment of the assets.  In Revenue Ruling 2003-91, the IRS considered certain variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and concluded that the owners of the variable contracts would not be considered the owners of the contracts' underlying assets for federal income tax purposes.

Revenue Ruling 2003-91 states that the determination of whether the owner of a variable contract possesses sufficient incidents of ownership over the assets underlying the variable contract so as to be deemed the owner of those assets for federal income tax purposes will depend on all the facts and circumstances. We do not believe that the differences between the Contract and the contracts described in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 should prevent the holding in Revenue Ruling 2003-91 from applying.  Nevertheless, you should consult with a qualified tax professional on the potential impact of the investor control rules of the IRS as they relate to the investment decisions and activities you may undertake with respect to the Contract.  In addition, the IRS and/or the Treasury Department may issue new rulings, interpretations or regulations on this subject in the future.  Accordingly, we therefore reserve the right to modify the Contracts as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner, for tax purposes, of the underlying assets.  We also reserve the right to notify you if we determine that it is no longer practicable to maintain the Contract in a manner that was designed to prevent you from being considered the owner of the assets of the Separate Account.  You bear the risk that you may be treated as the owner of Separate Account assets and taxed accordingly.

     Tax Treatment of the Company and the Variable Account

As a life insurance company under the Code, we will record and report operations of the Variable Account separately from other operations. The Variable Account will not, however, constitute a regulated investment company or any other type of taxable entity distinct from our other operations. Under present law, we will not incur tax on the income of the Variable Account (consisting primarily of interest, dividends, and net capital gains) if we use this income to increase reserves under Contracts participating in the Variable Account.

     Qualified Retirement Plans

"Qualified Contracts" are Contracts used with plans that receive tax-deferral treatment pursuant to specific provisions of the Code.  Annuity contracts also receive tax-deferral treatment.  It is not necessary that you purchase an annuity contract to receive the tax-deferral treatment available through a Qualified Contract.  If you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you do not received additional tax-deferral.  Therefore, if you purchase this annuity Contract as a Qualified Contract, you should do so for reasons other than obtaining tax deferral.

You may use Qualified Contracts with several types of qualified retirement plans. Because tax consequences will vary with the type of qualified retirement plan and the plan's specific terms and conditions, we provide below only brief, general descriptions of the consequences that follow from using Qualified Contracts in connection with various types of qualified retirement plans. We stress that the rights of any person to any benefits under these plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms of the Qualified Contracts that you are using. These terms and conditions may include restrictions on, among other things, ownership, transferability, assignability, contributions and distributions.

     Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans

Sections 401(a), 401(k) and 403(a) of the Code permit business employers and certain associations to establish various types of retirement plans for employees. The Code requirements are similar for qualified retirement plans of corporations and those of self-employed individuals. Self-employed persons may therefore use Qualified Contracts as a funding vehicle for their retirement plans, as a general rule.

     Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to purchase annuity contracts and, subject to certain limitations, exclude the amount of purchase payments from gross income for tax purposes. The Code imposes restrictions on cash withdrawals from Section 403(b) annuities.

If the Contracts are to receive tax deferred treatment, cash withdrawals of amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions (other than withdrawals of accumulation account value as of December 31, 1988) may be made only when the Participant attains age 59 1/2, has a severance from employment with the employer, dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 72(m)(7) of the Code). These restrictions apply to (i) any post-1988 salary reduction contributions, (ii) any growth or interest on post-1988 salary reduction contributions, and (iii) any growth or interest on pre-1989 salary reduction contributions that occurs on or after January 1, 1989, and (iv) any pre-1989 salary reduction contributions since we do not maintain records that separately account for such contributions. It is permissible, however, to withdraw post-1988 salary reduction contributions (but not the earnings attributable to such contributions) in cases of financial hardship. The Internal Revenue Service has issued specific rules defining financial hardship, but those rules do not become effective until January 1, 2009.  Until then, we expect that to qualify for a hardship distribution, the Participant must have an immediate and heavy bona fide financial need and lack other resources reasonably available to satisfy the need. Hardship withdrawals (as well as certain other premature withdrawals) will be subject to a 10% tax penalty, in addition to any withdrawal charge applicable under the Contracts. Under certain circumstances the 10% tax penalty will not apply if the withdrawal is for medical expenses.

Section 403(b) annuities, like IRAs, are subject to required minimum distributions under the Code.  Section 403(b) annuities are unique, however, in that any account balance accruing before January 1, 1987 (the "pre-1987 balance") needs to comply with only the minimum distribution incidental benefit (MDIB) rule and not also with the minimum distribution rules set forth in Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  This special treatment for any pre-1987 balance is, however, conditioned upon the issuer identifying the pre-1987 balance and maintaining accurate records of changes to the balance.  Since we do not maintain such records, your pre-1987 balance, if any, will not be eligible for special distribution treatment.

Under the terms of a particular Section 403(b) plan, the Participant may be entitled to transfer all or a portion of the Account Value to one or more alternative funding options. Participants should consult the documents governing their plan and the person who administers the plan for information as to such investment alternatives.

The Internal Revenue Service has issued comprehensive regulations that are generally effective January 1, 2009, to 403(b) plans and annuities, but that may apply to a Section 403(b) annuity issued before that date.  You should consult with a qualified tax professional about those regulations.

     Individual Retirement Arrangements

 Sections 219 and 408 of the Code permit eligible individuals to contribute to a so-called “traditional” individual retirement program, including Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities, Simplified Employee Pension Plans, and SIMPLE Retirement Accounts. Such IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution levels, the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when distributions may commence. In addition, certain distributions from some other types of retirement plans may be placed in an IRA on a tax-deferred basis. The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to IRAs and we will provide purchasers of the Contracts as Individual Retirement Annuities with any necessary information. You will have the right to revoke a Contract issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity under certain circumstances, as described in the section of this Prospectus entitled "Right to Return." If your Contract is issued in connection with an Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Roth Individual Retirement Arrangements

Section 408A of the Code permits an individual to contribute to an individual retirement program called a Roth IRA. Unlike contributions to a traditional IRA under Section 408 of the Code, contributions to a Roth IRA are not tax-deductible. Provided certain conditions are satisfied, distributions are generally tax-free. Like traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on contribution amounts and the timing of distributions. If you convert a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity Contract into a Roth IRA Contract or your Individual Retirement Account that holds a Contract is converted to a Roth Individual Retirement Account, the fair market value of the Contract is included in taxable income. Under IRS regulations and Revenue Procedure 2006-13, fair market value may exceed the Contract's account balance.  Thus, you should consult with a qualified tax professional prior to any conversion.

The Internal Revenue Service imposes special information requirements with respect to Roth IRAs and we will provide the necessary information for Contracts issued as Roth Individual Retirement Annuities. If your Contract is issued in connection with a Roth Individual Retirement Account, we have no information about the Account and you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian.

     Required Minimum Distribution Requirements for Tax-Sheltered Annuities and Traditional Individual      Retirement Annuities

If your Contract is a traditional Individual Retirement Annuity or a 403(b) TSA annuity, it is subject to certain required minimum distribution (RMD) requirements imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and IRS regulations. Under the RMD rules, distributions must begin no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which you attain age 70 1/2 or, for non-IRAs, the date of retirement instead of age 70 1/2 if it is later. The RMD amount for a distribution calendar year is generally calculated by dividing the Contract's value as of 12/31 of the prior calendar year by the applicable distribution factor set forth in a Uniform Lifetime Table in the IRS regulations. For Contracts issued in connection with traditional Individual Retirement Accounts, you should contact the Account’s trustee or custodian about RMD requirements since we only provide the trustee or custodian with the Contract’s value (including any actuarial present value of additional benefits discussed below) so that it can be used in the Account’s RMD calculations.

Effective with the 2006 distribution calendar year, the actuarial present value as of 12/31 of any additional benefits that are provided under your Contract (such as death benefits) will be added to the Contract’s Account Value as of 12/31 in order to calculate the RMD amount. There are two exceptions to the requirement that the actuarial present value of an additional benefit must be added to the Account Value for RMD calculation purposes. First, if the only additional benefit provided under a Contract is a return of premium death benefit (i.e., a benefit under which the final payment does not exceed the amount of purchase payments made less prior distributions), then the additional benefit is disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. Second, if (1) the Contract provides only for additional benefits that are each reduced on a proportional basis in the event of distributions, with or without a return of premium death benefit that is not reduced in amount proportionately in the event of distributions and (2) the actuarial present value of all the Contract’s additional benefits is no more than 20% of the 12/31 Account Value, then the additional benefits are disregarded and the RMD calculation uses only the 12/31 Account Value. When we notify you of the RMD amount for a distribution calendar year, we will inform you if the calculation included the actuarial present value of additional benefits. Because of the above requirements, a death benefit in your Contract could cause your RMD amount to be higher than it would be without such a benefit.

You may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular IRA annuity from that annuity or from another IRA account or IRA annuity of yours.  Similarly, you may take an RMD amount calculated for a particular TSA annuity from that annuity or from another TSA account or TSA annuity of yours.  If your Qualified Contract is an asset of a qualified retirement plan, the qualified plan is subject to the RMD requirements and the Contract, as an asset of the qualified plan, may need to be used as a source of funds for the RMDs.

Puerto Rico Tax Considerations

The Contract offered by this Prospectus is considered an annuity contract under Section 1022 of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended (the "1994 Code"). Under the current provisions of the 1994 Code, no income tax is payable on increases in value of accumulation shares of annuity units credited to a variable annuity contract until payments are made to the annuitant or other payee under such contract.

When payments are made from your Contract in the form of an annuity, the annuitant or other payee will be required to include as gross income the lesser of the amount received during the taxable year or the portion of the amount received equal to 3% of the aggregate premiums or other consideration paid for the annuity. The amount, if any, in excess of the included amount is excluded from gross income as a return of premium. After an amount equal to the aggregate premiums or other consideration paid for the annuity has been excluded from gross income, all of the subsequent annuity payments are considered to be taxable income.

When a payment under a Contract is made in a lump sum, the amount of the payment would be included in the gross income of the Annuitant or other Payee to the extent it exceeds the Annuitant's aggregate premiums or other consideration paid.

The provisions of the 1994 Code with respect to qualified retirement plans described in this Prospectus vary significantly from those under the Internal Revenue Code.  We currently offer the Contract in Puerto Rico in connection with Individual Retirement Arrangements that qualify under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code but do not qualify under the Puerto Rico 1994 Code. See the applicable text of this Prospectus under the heading "Federal Tax Status" dealing with such Arrangements and their RMD requirements.. We may make Contracts available for use with other retirement plans that similarly qualify under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code but do not qualify under the Puerto Rico 1994 Code.

As a result of IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75, as amplified by Revenue Ruling 2004-97, we will treat Contract distributions and withdrawals occurring on or after January 1, 2005 as U.S.-source income that is subject to U.S. income tax withholding and reporting.  Under “TAX CONSIDERATIONS”, see “Pre-Distribution Taxation of Contracts”, “Distributions and Withdrawals from Non-Qualified Contracts”, “Withholding” and “Non-Qualified Contracts”.  You should consult a qualified tax professional for advice regarding the effect of Revenue Ruling 2004-75 on your U.S. and Puerto Rico income tax situation.

For information regarding the income tax consequences of owning a Contract, you should consult a qualified tax professional.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

We perform certain administrative functions relating to the Contracts, Participant Accounts, and the Variable Account. These functions include, but are not limited to, maintaining the books and records of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts; maintaining records of the name, address, taxpayer identification number, Contract number, Participant Account number and type, the status of each Participant Account and other pertinent information necessary to the administration and operation of the Contracts; processing Applications, Purchase Payments, transfers and full and partial withdrawals; issuing Contracts and Certificates; administering annuity payments; furnishing accounting and valuation services; reconciling and depositing cash receipts; providing confirmations; providing toll-free customer service lines; and furnishing telephonic transfer services.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Contracts are sold by licensed insurance agents ("the Selling Agents") in those states where the Contract may be lawfully sold.  Such Selling Agents will be registered representatives of affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealer firms ("the Selling Broker-Dealers") registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") and who have entered into selling agreements with the Company and the general distributor, Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc. ("Clarendon"), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481.  Clarendon is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of FINRA.

The Company (or its affiliate, for purposes of this section only, collectively, "the Company"), pays the Selling Broker-Dealers compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract.  The Selling Agents who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid by the Company to the Selling Broker-Dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and their Selling Agent.  This compensation is not paid directly by the Participant or the separate account.  The Company intends to recoup this compensation through fees and charges imposed under the Contract, and from profits on payments received by the Company for providing administrative, marketing, and other support and services to the Funds.

The amount and timing of commissions the Company may pay to Selling Broker-Dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to be more than 8.50% of Purchase Payments, and 1.25% annually of the Participant's Account Value. The Company may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, and this compensation may be significant in amount.

The Company also pays compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries, including payments to affiliates of the Company, in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training and administrative services to the Selling Agents of the Selling Broker-Dealers.  This compensation may be based on a percentage of Purchase Payments and/or a percentage of Contract Value and/or may be a fixed dollar amount.

In addition to the compensation described above, the Company may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as "override" compensations, or reimbursements to Selling Broker-Dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support.  These payments are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Broker-Dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of the Company's products on the Selling Broker-Dealers' preferred or recommended list, access to the Selling Broker-Dealers' registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of the Company's products, assistance in training and education of the Selling Agents, and opportunities for the Company to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars.  The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular Selling Broker-Dealer's actual or expected aggregate sales of our variable contracts (including the Contract) or assets held within those contracts and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Selling Agent. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional compensation as described above may provide Selling Broker-Dealers with an incentive to favor sales of the Contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which the Selling Broker-Dealer does not receive additional compensation, or lower levels of additional compensation. You should take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts.

In addition to selling our variable contracts (including the Contract), some Selling Broker-Dealers or their affiliates may have other business relationships with the Company. Those other business relationships may include, for example, reinsurance agreements pursuant to which an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer provides reinsurance to the Company relative to some or all of the Policies or other variable policies issued by the Company or its affiliates. The potential profits for a Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliates (including its registered representatives) associated with such reinsurance arrangements could be significant in amount and could indirectly provide incentives to the Selling Broker-Dealer and its Selling Agents to recommend products for which they provide reinsurance over similar products which do not result in potential reinsurance profits to the Selling Broker-Dealer or its affiliate. The operation of an individual contract is not impacted by whether the policy is subject to a reinsurance arrangement between the Company and an affiliate of the Selling Broker-Dealer.

As discussed in the preceding paragraphs, the Company makes numerous forms of payments and engages in a variety of other activities that, directly or indirectly, provide incentives to, and otherwise facilitate and encourage the offer and sale of the Contracts by Selling Broker-Dealers and their registered representatives. Such payments and other activities may be significantly greater or less in connection with the Contracts than in connection with other products offered and sold by the Company or by others. Accordingly, our payments and other activities described above may create a potential conflict of interest, as they may influence your Selling Broker-Dealer or registered representative to present a Contract to you instead of (or more favorably than) another product or products that might be preferable to you.

You should ask your Selling Agent for further information about what commissions or other compensation he or she, or the Selling Broker-Dealer for which he or she works, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

Commissions may be waived or reduced in connection with certain transactions described in this Prospectus under the heading “Waivers; Reduced Charges; Credits; Special Guaranteed Interest Rates.”  During 2005, 2006, and 2007, approximately $7,339, $3,560, and $4,496, respectively, in commissions were paid to but not retained by Clarendon in connection with the distribution of the Contracts.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Company and the Variable Account have filed with the SEC registration statements under the Securities Act of 1934 relating to the Contracts. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statements and their exhibits. For further information regarding the Variable Account, the Company and the Contracts, please refer to the registration statements and their exhibits.

In addition, the Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We file reports and other information with the SEC to meet these requirements.

You can inspect and copy this information and our registration statements at the SEC's public reference facilities at the following locations: Washington, D.C. - 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; Chicago, Illinois - 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60661. The Washington, D.C. office will also provide copies by mail for a fee. You may also find these materials on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") is incorporated herein by reference. All documents or reports we file pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering, shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the prospectus.

The Company will furnish, without charge, to each person to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy of the documents referred to above which have been incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, other than exhibits to such document (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in this Prospectus). Requests for such document should be directed to the Secretary, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481, telephone (800) 225-3950.

STATE REGULATION

The Company is subject to the laws of the State of Delaware governing life insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware. An annual statement is filed with the Commissioner of Insurance on or before March 1st in each year relating to the operations of the Company for the preceding year and its financial condition on December 31st of such year. Its books and records are subject to review or examination by the Commissioner or his agents at any time and a full examination of its operations is conducted at periodic intervals.

The Company is also subject to the insurance laws and regulations of the other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. The laws of the various jurisdictions establish supervisory agencies with broad administrative powers with respect to licensing to transact business, overseeing trade practices, licensing agents, approving policy forms, establishing reserve requirements, fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum rates for accumulation of surrender values, prescribing the form and content of required financial statements and regulating the type and amounts of investments permitted. Each insurance company is required to file detailed annual reports with supervisory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business and its operations and accounts are subject to examination by such agencies at regular intervals.

In addition, many states regulate affiliated groups of insurers, such as the Company, Sun Life (Canada) and its affiliates, under insurance holding company legislation. Under such laws, inter-company transfers of assets and dividend payments from insurance subsidiaries may be subject to prior notice or approval, depending on the size of such transfers and payments in relation to the financial positions of the companies involved. Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurers doing business therein can be assessed (up to prescribed limits) for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. The amount of any future assessments of the Company under these laws cannot be reasonably estimated. However, most of these laws do provide that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength and many permit the deduction of all or a portion of any such assessment from any future premium or similar taxes payable.

Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the business of insurance, federal initiatives often have an impact on the business in a variety of ways. Current and proposed federal measures which may significantly affect the insurance business include employee benefit regulation, removal of barriers preventing banks from engaging in the insurance business, tax law changes affecting the taxation of insurance companies, the tax treatment of insurance products and its impact on the relative desirability of various personal investment vehicles.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the Variable Account. We and our subsidiaries are engaged in various kinds of routine litigation which, in management's judgment, is not of material importance to our respective total assets or material with respect to the Variable Account.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements of the Company which are included in the Statement of Additional Information should be considered only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations with respect to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and with respect to the death benefit and the Company's assumption of the mortality and expense risks. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the Fund shares held in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.

The financial statements of the Variable Account for the year ended December 31, 2007 are also included in the Statement of Additional Information.


Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
Advertising and Sales Literature
Calculations
Example of Variable Accumulation Unit Value Calculation
Example of Variable Annuity Unit Calculation
Example of Variable Annuity Payment Calculation
Distribution of the Contracts
Designation and Change of Beneficiary
Custodian
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Financial Statements


 
 

 

This Prospectus sets forth information about the Contracts and the Variable Account that a prospective purchaser should know before investing. Additional information about the Contracts and the Variable Account has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a Statement of Additional Information dated May 1, 2008 which is incorporated herein by reference. The Statement of Additional Information is available upon request and without charge from Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.). To receive a copy, return this request form to the address shown below or telephone (800) 752-7215.


To:
Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
 
P.O. Box 9133
 
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481

 
Please send me a Statement of Additional Information for
 
Futurity II Variable and Fixed Annuity
 
Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F



Name
                                                                                                                              
   
Address
                                                                                                                              
   
 
                                                                                                                              
   
City
                                                           State                Zip                                     
   
Telephone
                                                                                                                               


 
 

 

APPENDIX A -
GLOSSARY

The following terms as used in this Prospectus have the indicated meanings:

ACCOUNT or PARTICIPANT ACCOUNT:An account established for each Participant to which Net Purchase Payments are credited.

ACCOUNT VALUE:The Variable Accumulation Value, if any, plus the Fixed Accumulation Value, if any, of your Account for any Valuation Period.

ACCOUNT YEAR and ACCOUNT ANNIVERSARY:Your first Account Year is the period of (a) 12 full calendar months plus (b) the part of the calendar month in which we issue your Contract (if not on the first day of the month), beginning with the Contract Date. Your Account Anniversary is the first day immediately after the end of an Account Year. Each Account Year after the first is the 12 calendar month period that begins on your Account Anniversary. If, for example, the Contract Date is in March, the first Account Year will be determined from the Contract Date but will end on the last day of March in the following year; your Account Anniversary is April 1 and all Account Years after the first will be measured from April 1.

ACCUMULATION PHASE:The period before the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the Annuitant during which you make Purchase Payments under the Contract. This is called the "Accumulation Period" in the Contract.

*ANNUITANT:The person or persons to whom the first annuity payment is made. If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the new Annuitant will be the Co-Annuitant, if any. If the Co-Annuitant dies or if no Co-Annuitant is named, the Participant becomes the Annuitant upon the Annuitant's death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. If you have not named a sole Annuitant on the 30th day before the Annuity Commencement Date and both the Annuitant and Co-Annuitant are living, the Co-Annuitant will be the sole Annuitant during the Income Phase

*ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE:The date on which the first annuity payment under each Contract is to be made.

*ANNUITY OPTION: The method you choose for making annuity payments.

ANNUITY UNIT:A unit of measure used in the calculation of the amount of the second and each subsequent Variable Annuity payment from the Variable Account.

APPLICATION:The document signed by you or other evidence acceptable to us that serves as your application for participation under a Group Contract or purchase of an Individual Contract.

*BENEFICIARY:Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the person or entity having the right to receive the death benefit and, for Non-Qualified Contracts, who, in the event of the Participant's death, is the "designated beneficiary" for purposes of Section 72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code. After the Annuity Commencement Date, the person or entity having the right to receive any payments due under the Annuity Option elected, if applicable, upon the death of the Payee.

BUSINESS DAY:Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

CERTIFICATE:The document for each Participant which evidences the coverage of the Participant under a Group Contract.

COMPANY ("WE," "US," "SUN LIFE (U.S.)"):Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.).

CONTRACT DATE:The date on which we issue your Contract. This is called the "Date of Coverage" in the Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT DATE:If you have elected a death benefit payment option before your death that remains in effect, the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If your Beneficiary elects the death benefit payment option, the later of (a) the date on which we receive the Beneficiary's election and (b) the date on which we receive Due Proof of Death. If we do not receive the Beneficiary's election within 60 days after we receive Due Proof of Death, the Death Benefit Date will be the last day of the 60 day period and we will pay the death benefit in cash.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH:An original certified copy of an official death certificate, an original certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death, or any other proof satisfactory to the Company.

EXPIRATION DATE:The last day of a Guarantee Period.

FIXED ACCOUNT:The general account of the Company, consisting of all assets of the Company other than those allocated to a separate account of the Company.

FIXED ACCOUNT VALUE:The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Fixed Account.

FIXED ANNUITY:An annuity with payments which do not vary as to dollar amount.

FUND: A registered management investment company, or series thereof, in which assets of a Sub-Account may be invested.

GROUP CONTRACT:A Contract issued by the Company on a group basis.

GUARANTEE AMOUNT:Each separate allocation of your Account Value to a particular Guarantee Period (including interest earned thereon).

GUARANTEE PERIOD:The period for which a Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE:The rate of interest we credit on a compound annual basis during any Guarantee Period.

INCOME PHASE:The period on and after the Annuity Commencement Date and during the lifetime of the
Annuitant during which we make annuity payments under the Contract.

INDIVIDUAL CONTRACT:A Contract issued by the Company on an individual basis.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR:An index applied to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. The Net Investment Factor may be greater or less than or equal to one.

NET PURCHASE PAYMENT:The portion of a Purchase Payment which remains after the deduction of any applicable premium tax or similar tax.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT:A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan that does not receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Participant's interest in the Contract must be owned by a natural person or agent for a natural person for the Contract to receive income tax treatment as an annuity.

OWNER:The person, persons or entity entitled to the ownership rights stated in a Group Contract and in whose name or names the Group Contract is issued. The Owner may designate a trustee or custodian of a retirement plan which meets the requirements of Section 401, Section 408(c), Section 408(k), Section 408(p) or Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code to serve as legal owner of assets of a retirement plan, but the term "Owner," as used herein, shall refer to the organization entering into the Group Contract.

*PARTICIPANT:In the case of an Individual Contract, the owner of the Contract. In the case of a Group Contract, the person named in the Contract who is entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of ownership under the Contract, except as reserved by the Owner.

PAYEE:A recipient of payments under a Contract. The term includes an Annuitant or a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to benefits upon the death of the Participant.

PURCHASE PAYMENT (PAYMENT): An amount paid to the Company as consideration for the benefits provided by a Contract.

QUALIFIED CONTRACT:A Contract used in connection with a retirement plan which may receive favorable federal income tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408 or 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

SEVEN-YEAR ANNIVERSARY:The seventh Account Anniversary and each succeeding Account Anniversary occurring at any seven year interval thereafter; for example, the 14th, 21st and 28th Account Anniversaries.

SUB-ACCOUNT:That portion of the Variable Account which invests in shares of a specific Fund or series of a Fund.

VALUATION PERIOD:The period of time from one determination of Variable Accumulation Unit or Annuity Unit values to the next subsequent determination of these values. Value determinations are made as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on each day that the Exchange is open for trading.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT:Variable Account F of the Company, which is a separate account of the Company consisting of assets set aside by the Company, the investment performance of which is kept separate from that of the general assets of the Company.

VARIABLE ACCUMULATION UNIT:A unit of measure used in the calculation of Variable Account Value.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE:The value of that portion of your Account allocated to the Variable Account.

VARIABLE ANNUITY:An annuity with payments which vary as to dollar amount in relation to the investment performance of the Variable Account.

*You specify these items on the Application and may change them, as we describe in this Prospectus.


 
 

 

APPENDIX B -
WITHDRAWALS, WITHDRAWAL CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Part 1: Variable Account (the Market Value Adjustment does not apply to the Variable Account)

Withdrawal Charge Calculation:

Full Withdrawal:

Assume a Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Contract Date, no additional Purchase Payments are made and there are no partial withdrawals. The table below presents four examples of the withdrawal charge
resulting from a full withdrawal of your Account, based on hypothetical Account Values.

 
Account Year
Hypothetical Account Value
Free Withdrawal Amount
New Payments Withdrawn
Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Withdrawal Charge Amount
(a)
1
$ 41,000
$   4,000
$ 37,000
6.00%
$ 2,220
(b)
3
$ 52,000
$ 12,000
$ 40,000
5.00%
$ 2,000
(c)
7
$ 80,000
$ 28,000
$ 40,000
3.00%
$ 1,200
(d)
9
$ 98,000
$ 68,000
0
0.00%
0

(a)
The free withdrawal amount in any Account Year is equal to (1) the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for that year (i.e., 10% of all Purchase Payments made in the last seven Account Years ("New Payments")); plus (2) any unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances from previous years; plus (3) any Purchase Payments made before the last seven Account Years ("Old Payments") not previously withdrawn. In Account Year 1, the free withdrawal amount is $4,000 (the Annual Withdrawal Allowance for that year) because there are no unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances from previous years and no Old Payments. The $41,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the $4,000 free withdrawal amount. The remaining $37,000 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 and is subject to the withdrawal charge.
 
(b)
In Account Year 3, the free withdrawal amount is $12,000 (the $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowance for the current year plus the unused $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowances for each of Account Years 1 and 2). The $52,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount and the remaining $40,000 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1.
 
(c)
In Account Year 7, the free withdrawal amount is $28,000 (the $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowance for the current Account Year plus the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowance of $4,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 6). The $80,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount. The next $40,000 is withdrawn from the Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 and is subject to the withdrawal charge. The remaining $12,000 exceeds the total of the free withdrawal amount plus all New Payments not previously withdrawn, so it is not subject to the withdrawal charge.
 
(d)
In Account Year 9, the free withdrawal amount is $68,000, calculated as follows. There are no Annual Withdrawal Allowances for Account Years 8 or 9 because there are no New Payments in those years. The $40,000 Purchase Payment made in Account Year 1 is now an Old Payment that constitutes a portion of the free withdrawal amount. In addition, the unused Annual Withdrawal Allowances of $4,000 for each of Account Years 1 through 7 are carried forward and available for use in Account Year 9. The $98,000 full withdrawal is attributed first to the free withdrawal amount. Because the remaining $30,000 is not withdrawn from New Payments, this part of the withdrawal also will not be subject to the withdrawal charge.

Partial Withdrawal:

Assume a single Purchase Payment of $40,000 is made on the Contract Date, no additional Purchase Payments are made, no partial withdrawals have been taken prior to the fifth Account Year, and there are a series of three partial withdrawals made during the fifth Account Year of $9,000, $12,000, and $15,000.

 
 

 


 
Hypothetical Account Value
Partial Withdrawal Amount
Free Withdrawal Amount
New Payments Withdrawn
Withdrawal Charge Percentage
Withdrawal Charge Amount
(a)
$64,000
$  9,000
$20,000
$         0
4.00%
$    0
(b)
$56,000
$12,000
$11,000
$  1,000
4.00%
$  40
(c)
$40,000
$15,000
$         0
$15,000
4.00%
$600

(a)
In the fifth Account Year, the free withdrawal amount is equal to $20,000 (the $4,000 Annual Withdrawal Allowance for the current year, plus the unused $4,000 for each of the Account Years 1 through 4). The partial withdrawal amount ($9,000) is less than the free withdrawal amount so no New Payments are withdrawn and no withdrawal charge applies.
 
(b)
Since a partial withdrawal of $9,000 was taken, the remaining free withdrawal amount is equal to $11,000. The $12,000 partial withdrawal will first be applied against the $11,000 free withdrawal amount. The remaining $1,000 will be withdrawn from the $40,000 New Payment, incurring a withdrawal charge of $40.
 
(c)
The free withdrawal amount is zero since the previous partial withdrawals have already used the free withdrawal amount. The entire partial withdrawal amount will result in New Payments being withdrawn and will incur a withdrawal charge.

Part 2 - Fixed Account - Examples of the Market Value Adjustment ("MVA")

The MVA Factor is:
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1

These examples assume the following:

l
The Guarantee Amount was allocated to a five year Guarantee Period with a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 6% or .06.
l
The date of surrender is two years from the Expiration Date (N = 24).
l
The value of the Guarantee Amount on the date of surrender is $11,910.16.
l
The interest earned in the current Account Year is $674.16.
l
No transfers or partial withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Amount have been made.
l
Withdrawal charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown in the examples in Part 1.

Example of a Negative MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 8% or .08 and the b factor is zero.

The MVA factor =
=
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
 
=
[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .08)](24/12) - 1
 
=
(.9812) - 1
 
=
.963 - 1
 
=
-.037

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interest credited to the Guarantee Amount in the current Account Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16) x ( - .037) = - $415.73

- $415.73 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x
( - .037) = - $49.06. - $49.06 represents the MVA that will be deducted from the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

Example of a Positive MVA:

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (J) is 5% or .05 and the b factor is zero.

The MVA factor =
=
[(1 + I) ÷ (1 + J + b)](N/12) - 1
 
=
[(1 + .06) ÷ (1 + .05)](24/12) - 1
 
=
(1.0102) - 1
 
=
1.019 - 1
 
=
 .019

The value of the Guarantee Amount less interested credit to the Guarantee Amount in the current Account Year is multiplied by the MVA factor to determine the MVA:

($11,910.16 - $674.16) x .019 = $213.48

$213.48 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the Guarantee Amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.

For a partial withdrawal of $2,000 from this Guarantee Amount, the MVA would be ($2,000.00 - $674.16) x .019 = $25.19.

$25.19 represents the MVA that would be added to the value of the partial withdrawal amount before the deduction of any withdrawal charge.


 
 

 

APPENDIX C -
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following information for FUTURITY II should be read in conjunction with the Variable Account's Financial Statements appearing in the Statement of Additional Information.

 
Accumulation
Accumulation
Number of
 
 
Unit Value
Unit Value
Accumulation
 
 
Beginning
End
Units End
 
Sub-Account
of Period
of Period
of Period
Year
         
AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund
$12.0579
 
$13.,3164
 
784,867
 
2007
 
11.5040
 
12.0579
 
996,881
 
2006
 
10.7196
 
11.5040
 
460,733
 
2005
 
10.1966
 
10.7196
 
584,791
 
2004
 
7.9843
 
10.1966
 
650,4160
 
2003
 
10.7052
 
$7.9843
 
690,479
 
2002
 
14.1533
 
10.7052
 
971,025
 
2001
 
16.1116
 
14.1533
 
1,012,264
 
2000
 
11.2991
 
16.1116
 
299,649
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.2991
 
100
 
1998
               
AIM V.I. Core Equity Fund
12.2076
 
13.1192
 
489,079
 
2007
 
10.6955
 
12.2076
 
626,833
 
2006
 
10.2998
 
10.6955
 
759,243
 
2005
 
9.5866
 
10.2998
 
993,442
 
2004
 
7.8143
 
9.5866
 
1,158,384
 
2003
 
9.3884
 
7.8143
 
1,408,269
 
2002
 
12.3404
 
9.3884
 
2,064,005
 
2001
 
14.6474
 
12.3404
 
2,523,813
 
2000
 
11.0655
 
14.6474
 
1,312,444
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.0655
 
1,704
 
1998
               
AIM V.I. Dynamics Fund
10.2809
 
11.3714
 
36,650
 
2007
 
8.9796
 
10.2809
 
42,811
 
2006
 
8.2250
 
8.9796
 
10,799
 
2005
 
7.3603
 
8.2250
 
8,121
 
2004
 
5.4161
 
7.3603
 
250
 
2003
 
8.0662
 
5.4161
 
43,828
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.0662
 
4,782
 
2001
               
AIM V.I. International Growth Fund
16.7916
 
18.9922
 
357,948
 
2007
 
13.2799
 
16.7916
 
488,528
 
2006
 
11.4205
 
13.2799
 
568,140
 
2005
 
9.3408
 
11.4205
 
645,906
 
2004
 
7.3401
 
9.3408
 
736,460
 
2003
 
8.8282
 
7.3401
 
808,541
 
2002
 
11.7102
 
8.8282
 
1,750,456
 
2001
 
16.1369
 
11.7102
 
2,182,559
 
2000
 
10.5553
 
16.1369
 
659,564
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5553
 
2,553
 
1998
               
AIM VI Small Cap Equity Fund
10.0000
 
9.8859
 
38,187
 
2007
               
Alger American Income and Growth Portfolio
12.9488
 
14.0600
 
308,756
 
2007
 
12.0138
 
12.9488
 
401,074
 
2006
 
11.7790
 
12.0138
 
514,827
 
2005
 
11.0776
 
11.7790
 
660,199
 
2004
 
8.6528
 
11.0776
 
841,500
 
2003
 
12.7372
 
8.6528
 
1,072,491
 
2002
 
15.0789
 
12.7372
 
1,488,827
 
2001
 
15.4887
 
15.0789
 
1,689,012
 
2000
 
11.0273
 
15.4887
 
755,933
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.0273
 
1,785
 
1998
               
Alger American Small Capitalization Portfolio
12.8253
 
14.8249
 
125,459
 
2007
 
10.8376
 
12.8253
 
157,469
 
2006
 
9.4036
 
10.8376
 
221,990
 
2005
 
8.1817
 
9.4036
 
280,603
 
2004
 
5.8294
 
8.1817
 
335,152
 
2003
 
8.0139
 
5.8294
 
402,757
 
2002
 
11.5319
 
8.0139
 
591,126
 
2001
 
16.0647
 
11.5319
 
609,369
 
2000
 
11.3603
 
16.0647
 
221,946
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.3603
 
100
 
1998
               
Alliance VP Global Technology Fund
7.4303
 
8.7832
 
49,646
 
2007
 
6.9529
 
7.4303
 
2,645
 
2006
 
6.8032
 
6.9529
 
16,107
 
2005
 
6.5660
 
6.8032
 
13,304
 
2004
 
4.6312
 
6.5660
 
20,094
 
2003
 
8.0717
 
4.6312
 
16,151
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.0717
 
6,363
 
2001
               
Alliance VP Growth and Income Fund
12.0660
 
12.4744
 
194,895
 
2007
 
10.4604
 
12.0660
 
243,967
 
2006
 
10.1423
 
10.4604
 
375,693
 
2005
 
9.2488
 
10.1423
 
390,574
 
2004
 
7.0962
 
9.2488
 
414,154
 
2003
 
9.2586
 
7.0962
 
314,875
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
9.2586
 
261,464
 
2001
               
Alliance VP International Growth Fund
20.6540
 
23.9838
 
79,300
 
2007
 
16.5326
 
20.6540
 
92,080
 
2006
 
13,9083
 
16.5326
 
82,072
 
2005
 
11.3784
 
13,9083
 
46,179
 
2004
 
8.0659
 
11.3784
 
23,940
 
2003
 
8.5446
 
8.0659
 
14,762
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.5446
 
271
 
2001
               
Alliance VP Small Cap Growth Fund
11.7322
 
13.1515
 
10,709
 
2007
 
10.7674
 
11.7322
 
21,213
 
2006
 
10.4140
 
10.7674
 
13,,449
 
2005
 
9.2340
 
10.4140
 
25,032
 
2004
 
6.2990
 
9.2340
 
22,285
 
2003
 
9.4039
 
6.2990
 
15,088
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
9.4039
 
106,292
 
2001
               
Credit Suisse Emerging Markets Fund
28.1431
 
35.9152
 
66,177
 
2007
 
21.5383
 
28.1431
 
64,751
 
2006
 
17.0738
 
21.5383
 
48,590
 
2005
 
13.8611
 
17.0738
 
51,876
 
2004
 
9.8390
 
13.8611
 
54,134
 
2003
 
11.2837
 
9.8390
 
72,127
 
2002
 
12.6672
 
11.2837
 
89,091
 
2001
 
18.7689
 
12.6672
 
133,103
 
2000
 
10.4931
 
18.7689
 
67,177
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.4931
 
100
 
1998
               
Credit Suisse International Focus Fund
13.9544
 
16.0413
 
13,408
 
2007
 
11.9272
 
13.9544
 
17,436
 
2006
 
10.2999
 
11.9272
 
28,152
 
2005
 
9.1043
 
10.2999
 
333,488
 
2004
 
6.9377
 
9.1043
 
42,103
 
2003
 
8.7850
 
6.9377
 
47,790
 
2002
 
11.4643
 
8.7850
 
67,000
 
2001
 
15.6899
 
11.4643
 
89,465
 
2000
 
10.3709
 
15.6899
 
29,939
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.3709
 
100
 
1998
               
Credit Suisse Global Small Cap Fund
14.3418
 
13.5804
 
13,989
 
2007
 
12.8484
 
14.3418
 
20,376
 
2006
 
11.2190
 
12.8484
 
21,764
 
2005
 
9.6439
 
11.2190
 
29,665
 
2004
 
6.6239
 
9.6439
 
25,519
 
2003
 
10.2032
 
6.6239
 
27,576
 
2002
 
14.5020
 
10.2032
 
37,955
 
2001
 
18.1439
 
14.5020
 
40,978
 
2000
 
11.2546
 
18.1439
 
22,526
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.2546
 
100
 
1998
               
Credit Suisse Small Cap Growth Fund
12.8338
 
12.5476
 
34,922
 
2007
 
12.4233
 
12.8338
 
41,245
 
2006
 
12.9461
 
12.4233
 
52,453
 
2005
 
11.8432
 
12.9461
 
62,298
 
2004
 
8.0857
 
11.8432
 
76,633
 
2003
 
12.3675
 
8.0857
 
87,648
 
2002
 
14.9354
 
12.3675
 
178,034
 
2001
 
18.4977
 
14.9354
 
160,078
 
2000
 
11.0954
 
18.4977
 
79,878
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.0954
 
100
 
1998
               
Fidelity VIP Contrafund Portfolio
15.2954
 
17.6894
 
332,834
 
2007
 
13.9206
 
15.2954
 
390,142
 
2006
 
12.1029
 
13.9206
 
393,165
 
2005
 
10.6594
 
12.1029
 
302,631
 
2004
 
8.4329
 
10.6594
 
194,223
 
2003
 
9.4614
 
8.4329
 
118,714
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
9.4614
 
10,955
 
2001
               
Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio
8.6627
 
10.8178
 
526,853
 
2007
 
8.2437
 
8.6627
 
697,793
 
2006
 
7.9243
 
8.2437
 
760,035
 
2005
 
7.7938
 
7.9243
 
887,375
 
2004
 
5.9637
 
7.7938
 
772,588
 
2003
 
8.6775
 
5.9637
 
733,997
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.6775
 
1,060,472
 
2001
               
Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio
13.5181
 
15.6007
 
51,289
 
2007
 
11.6407
 
13.5181
 
42,114
 
2006
 
9.9388
 
11.6407
 
62,495
 
2005
 
8.8959
 
9.9388
 
69,463
 
2004
 
6.3075
 
8.8959
 
79,175
 
2003
 
8.0424
 
6.3075
 
85,508
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.0424
 
761,375
 
2001
               
First Eagle Overseas Variable Fund
30.8046
 
32.7413
 
445,851
 
2007
 
24.9765
 
30.8046
 
599,129
 
2006
 
20.8554
 
24.9765
 
706,803
 
2005
 
16.5975
 
20.8554
 
703,621
 
2004
 
11.1419
 
16.5975
 
669,795
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
11.1419
 
634,848
 
2002
               
Goldman Sachs VIT Structured  Small Cap Equity Fund
20.8740
 
17.1877
 
45,809
 
2007
 
18.8561
 
20.8740
 
74,936
 
2006
 
15.7190
 
18.8561
 
99,595
 
2005
 
15.7190
 
15.7190
 
120,192
 
2004
 
10.9188
 
15.7190
 
160,396
 
2003
 
13.0232
 
10.9188
 
145,832
 
2002
 
12.6369
 
13.0232
 
190,152
 
2001
 
12.5954
 
12.6369
 
196,193
 
2000
 
10.8679
 
12.5954
 
71,821
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.8679
 
100
 
1998
               
Goldman Sachs VIT Structured U.S. Equity Fund
13.3858
 
12.9825
 
209,443
 
2007
 
12.0253
 
13.3858
 
288,957
 
2006
 
11.4500
 
12.0253
 
342,734
 
2005
 
10.1034
 
11.4500
 
402,843
 
2004
 
7.9141
 
10.1034
 
462,686
 
2003
 
10.2766
 
7.9141
 
611,659
 
2002
 
11.8371
 
10.2766
 
780,565
 
2001
 
13.2821
 
11.8371
 
948,020
 
2000
 
10.8370
 
13.2821
 
714,634
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.8370
 
2,341
 
1998
               
Goldman Sachs VIT Growth and Income Fund
14.0791
 
18.0883
 
153,986
 
2007
 
11.6435
 
14.0791
 
203,313
 
2006
 
11.3619
 
11.6435
 
167,829
 
2005
 
9.7002
 
11.3619
 
191,665
 
2004
 
7.9108
 
9.7002
 
185,673
 
2003
 
9.0492
 
7.9108
 
204,986
 
2002
 
10.1238
 
9.0492
 
268,295
 
2001
 
10.7721
 
10.1238
 
312,510
 
2000
 
10.3642
 
10.7721
 
202,285
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.3642
 
100
 
1998
               
Goldman Sachs VIT Core International Equity Fund
14.6890
 
15.6239
 
90,108
 
2007
 
12.2004
 
14.6890
 
126,515
 
2006
 
10.8819
 
12.2004
 
156,476
 
2005
 
9.7254
 
10.8819
 
201,187
 
2004
 
7.2798
 
9.7254
 
216,054
 
2003
 
9.0410
 
7.2798
 
244,143
 
2002
 
11.7963
 
9.0410
 
314,943
 
2001
 
13.7806
 
11.7963
 
363,268
 
2000
 
10.5999
 
13.7806
 
119,879
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5999
 
578
 
1998
               
Goldman Sachs VIT Capital Growth Fund
9.3784
 
10.1831
 
40,206
 
2007
 
8.7613
 
9.3784
 
34,976
 
2006
 
8.6314
 
8.7613
 
40,142
 
2005
 
8.0250
 
8.6314
 
31,638
 
2004
 
6.5776
 
8.0250
 
7,901
 
2003
 
8.8162
 
6.5776
 
9,493
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.8162
 
1,822
 
2001
               
J.P. Morgan International Opportunities Portfolio
15.1010
 
16.2779
 
66,194
 
2007
 
12.5492
 
15.1010
 
81,318
 
2006
 
11.4974
 
12.5492
 
109,386
 
2005
 
9.8513
 
11.4974
 
140,873
 
2004
 
7.5437
 
9.8513
 
168,935
 
2003
 
9.3656
 
7.5437
 
193,017
 
2002
 
11.7482
 
9.3656
 
269,728
 
2001
 
14.1565
 
11.7482
 
369,882
 
2000
 
10.5058
 
14.1565
 
118,543
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5058
 
100
 
1998
               
J.P. Morgan Small Company Portfolio
18.3992
 
17.1117
 
54,286
 
2007
 
16.2251
 
18.3992
 
66,132
 
2006
 
15.9112
 
16.2251
 
87,779
 
2005
 
12.6899
 
15.9112
 
120,683
 
2004
 
9.4647
 
12.6899
 
132,472
 
2003
 
12.2521
 
9.4647
 
140,899
 
2002
 
13.5120
 
12.2521
 
174,787
 
2001
 
15.4528
 
13.5120
 
204,338
 
2000
 
10.8537
 
15.4528
 
57,635
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.8537
 
100
 
1998
               
J.P. Morgan U.S. Large Cap Core Equity Portfolio
11.1136
 
11.1391
 
212,213
 
2007
 
9.6686
 
11.1136
 
292,257
 
2006
 
9.6748
 
9.6686
 
401,877
 
2005
 
8.9622
 
9.6748
 
499,989
 
2004
 
7.0934
 
8.9622
 
557,904
 
2003
 
9.5446
 
7.0934
 
636,929
 
2002
 
10.9897
 
9.5446
 
855,975
 
2001
 
12.5201
 
10.9897
 
1,023,702
 
2000
 
10.7114
 
12.5201
 
625,004
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.7114
 
474
 
1998
               
Lord Abbett Series Fund Growth and Income Portfolio
17.4819
 
17.8283
 
1,077,943
 
2007
 
15.1180
 
17.4819
 
1,445,302
 
2006
 
14.8500
 
15.1180
 
1,697,513
 
2005
 
13.3697
 
14.8500
 
1,842,333
 
2004
 
10.3497
 
13.3697
 
1,950,078
 
2003
 
12.8063
 
10.3497
 
2,094,283
 
2002
 
13.9246
 
12.8063
 
2,706,650
 
2001
 
12.1973
 
13.9246
 
1,808,298
 
2000
 
10.5917
 
12.1973
 
982,146
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5917
 
1,763
 
1998
               
Lord Abbett Series Fund Mid Cap Value
16.3908
 
16.2539
 
494,136
 
2007
 
14.8114
 
16.3908
 
640,526
 
2006
 
13.8799
 
14.8114
 
767,309
 
2005
 
11.3489
 
13.8799
 
778,373
 
2004
 
9.2260
 
11.3489
 
713,762
 
2003
 
516,528
 
9.2260
 
588,687
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
10.3719
 
516,528
 
2001
               
Lord Abbett Series Fund International
16.8317
 
17.3798
 
34,665
 
2007
 
13.2248
 
16.8317
 
37,407
 
2006
 
10.5915
 
13.2248
 
26,159
 
2005
 
8.8995
 
10.5915
 
26,549
 
2004
 
6.3897
 
8.8995
 
8,658
 
2003
 
7.8745
 
6.3897
 
800
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
7.8745
 
0
 
2001
               
MFS®/Sun Life Capital Appreciation Series
9.0431
 
9.9089
 
229,906
 
2007
 
8.6219
 
9.0431
 
298,811
 
2006
 
8.6646
 
8.6219
 
383,559
 
2005
 
7.9155
 
8.6646
 
490,895
 
2004
 
6.2371
 
7.9155
 
566,551
 
2003
 
9.3559
 
6.2371
 
639,719
 
2002
 
12.7064
 
9.3559
 
891,436
 
2001
 
14.5469
 
12.7064
 
1,155,804
 
2000
 
11.1244
 
14.5469
 
500,296
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.1244
 
2,367
 
1998
               
MFS®/Sun Life Emerging Growth Series
10.8283
 
12.9442
 
413,786
 
2007
 
10.1663
 
10.8283
 
544,416
 
2006
 
9.4470
 
10.1663
 
695,005
 
2005
 
8.4611
 
9.4470
 
856,833
 
2004
 
6.5258
 
8.4611
 
1,046,866
 
2003
 
10.0550
 
6.5258
 
1,230,619
 
2002
 
15.5898
 
10.0550
 
1,764,833
 
2001
 
19.5404
 
15.5898
 
2,187,292
 
2000
 
11.2723
 
19.5404
 
804,467
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
11.2723
 
3,662
 
1998
               
MFS®/Sun Life Government Securities Series
12.9782
 
13.7141
 
536,188
 
2007
 
12.6943
 
12.9782
 
651,305
 
2006
 
12.5842
 
12.6943
 
785,565
 
2005
 
12.3008
 
12.5842
 
964,368
 
2004
 
12.2130
 
12.3008
 
1,247,389
 
2003
 
11.2806
 
12.2130
 
1,790,588
 
2002
 
10.6482
 
11.2806
 
1,475,424
 
2001
 
9.6303
 
10.6482
 
1,227,270
 
2000
 
9.9595
 
9.6303
 
807,566
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.9595
 
1,027
 
1998
               
MFS®/Sun Life High Yield Series
13.9420
 
14.0105
 
231,882
 
2007
 
12.8083
 
13.9420
 
368,865
 
2006
 
12.7108
 
12.8083
 
416,909
 
2005
 
11.7685
 
12.7108
 
543,542
 
2004
 
9.8283
 
11.7685
 
672,812
 
2003
 
9.7058
 
9.8283
 
685,256
 
2002
 
9.6747
 
9.7058
 
1,367,270
 
2001
 
10.5249
 
9.6747
 
1,315,170
 
2000
 
9.9916
 
10.5249
 
554,000
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.9916
 
729
 
1998
               
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Series
8.9314
 
9.8210
 
430,285
 
2007
 
8.4131
 
8.9314
 
584,576
 
2006
 
8.1747
 
8.4131
 
703,393
 
2005
 
7.5643
 
8.1747
 
874,121
 
2004
 
6.2175
 
7.5643
 
1,075,147
 
2003
 
8.7652
 
6.2175
 
1,267,105
 
2002
 
11.8375
 
8.7652
 
1,704,508
 
2001
 
12.7880
 
11.8375
 
1,995,550
 
2000
 
10.0000
 
12.7880
 
554,180
 
1999
               
MFS®/Sun Life Massachusetts Investors Trust Series
10.4409
 
10.9063
 
452,061
 
2007
 
9.3455
 
10.4409
 
598,551
 
2006
 
8.7998
 
9.3455
 
700,261
 
2005
 
7.9698
 
8.7998
 
838,696
 
2004
 
6.5804
 
7.9698
 
1,026,572
 
2003
 
8.4723
 
6.5804
 
1,108,488
 
2002
 
10.1975
 
8.4723
 
1,491,783
 
2001
 
10.3311
 
10.1975
 
1,675,934
 
2000
 
10.0000
 
10.3311
 
629,184
 
1999
               
MFS®/Sun Life New Discovery Series
15.7080
 
15.8830
 
385,990
 
2007
 
14.0765
 
15.7080
 
539,644
 
2006
 
13.5694
 
14.0765
 
669,857
 
2005
 
12.8041
 
13.5694
 
799,796
 
2004
 
9.5985
 
12.8041
 
832,022
 
2003
 
14.6303
 
9.5985
 
906,520
 
2002
 
15.6390
 
14.6303
 
608,129
 
2001
 
15.7992
 
15.6390
 
671,408
 
2000
 
10.0000
 
15.7992
 
99,212
 
1999
               
MFS®/Sun Life Total Return Series
14.7649
 
15.1861
 
596,848
 
2007
 
13.3432
 
14.7649
 
761,768
 
2006
 
13.1351
 
13.3432
 
896,990
 
2005
 
11.9512
 
13.1351
 
1,099,104
 
2004
 
10.3464
 
11.9512
 
1,220,383
 
2003
 
11.1294
 
10.3464
 
1,171,894
 
2002
 
11.2309
 
11.1294
 
1,120,957
 
2001
 
9.7515
 
11.2309
 
695,493
 
2000
 
10.0000
 
9.7515
 
211,045
 
1999
               
MFS®/Sun Life Utilities Series
20.9976
 
26.6187
 
401,908
 
2007
 
16.0981
 
20.9976
 
494,224
 
2006
 
13.9190
 
16.0981
 
645,882
 
2005
 
10.8282
 
13.9190
 
713,938
 
2004
 
8.0597
 
10.8282
 
820,649
 
2003
 
10.7347
 
8.0597
 
919,679
 
2002
 
14.3854
 
10.7347
 
1,349,145
 
2001
 
13.6365
 
14.3854
 
1,524,307
 
2000
 
10.5369
 
13.6365
 
552,461
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5369
 
821
 
1998
               
OpCap Equity Portfolio
13.8210
 
14.1864
 
122,886
 
2007
 
12.1588
 
13.8210
 
154,034
 
2006
 
11.5197
 
12.1588
 
219,908
 
2005
 
10.4385
 
11.5197
 
245,288
 
2004
 
8.2339
 
10.4385
 
293,652
 
2003
 
10.6264
 
8.2339
 
355,767
 
2002
 
11.5916
 
10.6264
 
479,567
 
2001
 
10.6953
 
11.5916
 
1,389,035
 
2000
 
10.5784
 
10.6953
 
388,617
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5784
 
1,517
 
1998
               
OpCap Managed Portfolio
13.3411
 
13.5407
 
49,969
 
2007
 
12.3391
 
13.3411
 
81,314
 
2006
 
11.8861
 
12.3391
 
97,086
 
2005
 
10.8835
 
11.8861
 
126,935
 
2004
 
9.0659
 
10.8835
 
148,640
 
2003
 
11.0623
 
9.0659
 
179,135
 
2002
 
11.7996
 
11.0623
 
254,421
 
2001
 
10.9043
 
11.7996
 
275,375
 
2000
 
10.5329
 
10.9043
 
196,817
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.5329
 
100
 
1998
               
OpCap Mid Cap Portfolio
29.8341
 
31.5416
 
71,025
 
2007
 
26.7616
 
29.8341
 
112,728
 
2006
 
23.3597
 
26.7616
 
150,581
 
2005
 
19.8527
 
23.3597
 
168,387
 
2004
 
15.2044
 
19.8527
 
205,163
 
2003
 
16.6051
 
15.2044
 
248,809
 
2002
 
15.8056
 
16.6051
 
371,011
 
2001
 
12.7334
 
15.8056
 
398,444
 
2000
 
10.6171
 
12.7334
 
108,852
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.6171
 
150
 
1998
               
OpCap Small Cap Portfolio
23.1986
 
23.0035
 
46,864
 
2007
 
18.9606
 
23.1986
 
59,897
 
2006
 
19.2181
 
18.9606
 
73,551
 
2005
 
16.5349
 
19.2181
 
83,858
 
2004
 
11.7554
 
16.5349
 
107,558
 
2003
 
15.2143
 
11.7554
 
156,880
 
2002
 
14.2449
 
15.2143
 
181,826
 
2001
 
10.0200
 
14.2449
 
477,890
 
2000
 
10.3520
 
10.0200
 
88,598
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.3520
 
100
 
1998
               
PIMCO Emerging Markets Fund
19.6474
 
20.4986
 
196,618
 
2007
 
18.2342
 
19.6474
 
300,237
 
2006
 
16.6924
 
18.2342
 
351,502
 
2005
 
15.0996
 
16.6924
 
369,397
 
2004
 
11.6287
 
15.0996
 
376,817
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
11.6287
 
423,772
 
2002
               
PIMCO High Yield Fund
15.6667
 
15.9887
 
347,975
 
2007
 
14.5627
 
15.6667
 
510,653
 
2006
 
14.1837
 
14.5627
 
572,639
 
2005
 
13.1300
 
14.1837
 
580,635
 
2004
 
10.8343
 
13.1300
 
579,926
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
10.8343
 
454,855
 
2002
               
PIMCO Real Return Fund
11.6186
 
12.6772
 
168,932
 
2007
 
11.6995
 
11.6186
 
216,441
 
2006
 
11.6214
 
11.6995
 
226,068
 
2005
 
10.8217
 
11.6214
 
204,011
 
2004
 
10.0826
 
10.8217
 
213,370
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
10.0826
 
20,942
 
2002
               
PIMCO Total Return Fund
11.3200
 
12.1385
 
679,114
 
2007
 
11.0545
 
11.3200
 
829,672
 
2006
 
10.9426
 
11.0545
 
832,996
 
2005
 
10.5808
 
10.9426
 
827,131
 
2004
 
10.2157
 
10.5808
 
762,635
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
10.2157
 
562,429
 
2002
               
Rydex VT Nova Fund Portfolio
9.7889
 
9.7597
 
8,875
 
2007
 
8.3233
 
9.7889
 
16,383
 
2006
 
8.1192
 
8.3233
 
20,871
 
2005
 
7.1842
 
8.1192
 
26,354
 
2004
 
5.2346
 
7.1842
 
53,325
 
2003
 
8.2618
 
5.2346
 
75,191
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
8.2618
 
1,253
 
2001
               
Rydex VT OTC Fund Portfolio
7.6923
 
8.9358
 
52,391
 
2007
 
7.3755
 
7.6923
 
76,415
 
2006
 
7.3976
 
7.3755
 
24,562
 
2005
 
6.8616
 
7.3976
 
36,367
 
2004
 
4.7855
 
6.8616
 
87,746
 
2003
 
7.9375
 
4.7855
 
16,316
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
7.9375
 
1,213
 
2001
               
SC FI Large Cap Growth Fund
10.0000
 
10.1200
 
55,835
 
2007
               
SC FI Large Cap Growth Fund (I Class)
10.0000
 
10.1390
 
697,355
 
2007
               
SCSM Blue Chip Mid Cap Fund
23.7777
 
27.0547
 
257,704
 
2007
 
21.6669
 
23.7777
 
364,958
 
2006
 
18.8438
 
21.6669
 
451,135
 
2005
 
16.4555
 
18.8438
 
499,813
 
2004
 
12.2627
 
16.4555
 
519,142
 
2003
 
14.6149
 
12.2627
 
574,185
 
2002
 
15.3237
 
14.6149
 
644,981
 
2001
 
12.4368
 
15.3237
 
840,530
 
2000
 
10.0000
 
12.4368
 
217,115
 
1999
               
SCSM Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund
15.7591
 
15.3132
 
351,680
 
2007
 
14.0692
 
15.7591
 
492,592
 
2006
 
13.6760
 
14.0692
 
577,749
 
2005
 
11.7121
 
13.6760
 
610,846
 
2004
 
8.3874
 
11.7121
 
611,804
 
2003
 
10.7165
 
8.3874
 
651,022
 
2002
 
10.0000
 
10.7165
 
391,359
 
2001
               
Sun Capital All Cap Fund
15.5265
 
14.4188
 
13,426
 
2007
 
13.1140
 
15.5265
 
15,082
 
2006
 
13.3955
 
13.1140
 
18,725
 
2005
 
11.2853
 
13.3955
 
61,441
 
2004
 
7.4861
 
11.2853
 
52,626
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
7.4861
 
1999
 
2002
               
Sun CapitalSM Davis Venture Value Fund
12.4487
 
12.7931
 
197,689
 
2007
 
11.0005
 
12.4487
 
226,626
 
2006
 
10.1673
 
11.0005
 
224,654
 
2005
 
9.1701
 
10.1673
 
223,274
 
2004
 
7.1265
 
9.1701
 
217,307
 
2003
 
8.6311
 
7.1265
 
171,170
 
2002
 
9.7933
 
8.6311
 
169,936
 
2001
 
10.0000
 
9.7933
 
46,250
 
2000
               
Sun Capital Investment Grade Bond FundSM
13.7835
 
14.1006
 
318,759
 
2007
 
13.2618
 
13.7835
 
422,182
 
2006
 
13.1905
 
13.2618
 
542,139
 
2005
 
12.5711
 
13.1905
 
628,806
 
2004
 
11.6274
 
12.5711
 
755,254
 
2003
 
11.2097
 
11.6274
 
1,000,187
 
2002
 
10.6022
 
11.2097
 
1,860,679
 
2001
 
9.7835
 
10.6022
 
1,552,524
 
2000
 
9.9809
 
9.7835
 
768,145
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
9.9809
 
1,806
 
1998
               
Sun Capital Money Market FundSM
11.3074
 
11.6918
 
599,523
 
2007
 
10.9632
 
11.3074
 
593,786
 
2006
 
10.8201
 
10.9632
 
835,646
 
2005
 
10.8939
 
10.8201
 
1,020,309
 
2004
 
10.9881
 
10.8939
 
1,180,334
 
2003
 
11.0202
 
10.9881
 
2,203,091
 
2002
 
10.7901
 
11.0202
 
2,302,744
 
2001
 
10.3353
 
10.7901
 
1,359,991
 
2000
 
10.0143
 
10.3353
 
699,550
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.0143
 
200
 
1998
               
Sun Capital Real Estate FundSM
36.7650
 
31.4870
 
197,313
 
2007
 
26.8308
 
36.7650
 
303,503
 
2006
 
24.8113
 
26.8308
 
371,397
 
2005
 
18.8753
 
24.8113
 
410,291
 
2004
 
14.0813
 
18.8753
 
464,446
 
2003
 
13.7193
 
14.0813
 
579,987
 
2002
 
12.3623
 
13.7193
 
372,457
 
2001
 
9.5549
 
12.3623
 
372,502
 
2000
 
10.0837
 
9.5549
 
131,848
 
1999
 
10.0000
 
10.0837
 
705
 
1998
               
Templeton Growth Securities Fund
20.3551
 
20.5396
 
41,941
 
2007
 
16.9474
 
20.3551
 
35,989
 
2006
 
15.7880
 
16.9474
 
35,880
 
2005
 
13.8010
 
15.7880
 
24,953
 
2004
 
10.5927
 
13.8010
 
6,873
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
10.5927
 
0
 
2002
               
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund
20.7156
 
23.5811
 
27,784
 
2007
 
17.2991
 
20.7156
 
38,803
 
2006
 
15.9247
 
17.2991
 
26,723
 
2005
 
13.6266
 
15.9247
 
19,065
 
2004
 
10.4528
 
13.6266
 
14,659
 
2003
 
10.0000
 
10.4528
 
11,434
 
2002



 
 

 




































SUN LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA (U.S.)
P.O. Box 9133
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481
Telephone:
Toll Free (800) 752-7215

General Distributor
Clarendon Insurance Agency, Inc.
One Sun Life Executive Park
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts 02481






 
 

 


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS.

ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The expenses incurred by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows*:

SEC Registration Fee
$        100
Printing and Engraving
   15,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses
   10,000
Legal Fees and Expenses
  15,000
   
 
$40,100
-----------------

*   Except for SEC Registration Fee, all expenses are estimates

ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

Article 8 of the By-Laws of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), as amended March 14, 2004, provides for indemnification of directors and officers as follows:

"Section 8.01.  General.  The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, have reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.02.  Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation.  The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 8.03  Indemnification Against Expenses.  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 8.04.  Board Determinations.  Any indemnification under Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such disinterested directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

Section 8.05.  Advancement of Expenses.  Expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by law or in this Article. Such expenses incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 8.06.  Nonexclusive.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8.07.  Insurance.  The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of applicable statutes, the certificate of incorporation or this Article.

Section 8.08.  Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article, (a) references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued; (b) references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; (c) references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and (d) references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Article.

Section 8.09.  Change in Governing Law.  In the event of any amendment or addition to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the addition of any other section to such law that limits indemnification rights thereunder, the corporation shall, to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify to the fullest extent authorized or permitted hereunder, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding."

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS

Exhibit

Number Description
------------------

(1)
Underwriting Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-37907, filed on January 16, 1998)
   
(4)(a)
Specimen Combination Fixed/Variable Group Annuity Contract (Regatta Platinum, Regatta Gold, Futurity II) (Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 033-41628, filed on March 2, 1998)
   
(4)(b)
Specimen Certificate (Regatta Platinum, Regatta Gold, Futurity II) to be used in connection with Contract filed as Exhibit 4(a) (Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Variable Account F, File No. 33-41628, filed on March 2, 1998)
   
(5)
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality of annuity contracts providing for the market value adjustment interests being registered*
   
(23)(a)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (to be filed by amendment)
   
(23)(b)
Consent of Counsel (included as part of the opinion filed as Exhibit 5)
   
(24)
Powers of Attorney (included as part of the Signature pages to this Registration Statement)





*Filed herewith

 
 

 


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

Provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission  by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of this registration statement.

        (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

        (4)  That, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

        (5)  That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that, in a primary offering of securities pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)  any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)  any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

(iii)  any portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant;  and

(iv)  any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.


 
 

 


(b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of a Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.





 
 

 

 SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.), certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3* and has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-3 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Wellesley Hills, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 25th day of November, 2008.

 
Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)
 
(Registrant)
   
 
By:  /s/ Westley V. Thompson
 
       Westley V. Thompson
 
       President, SLF U.S.

Attest:
/s/ Sandra M. DaDalt
 
Sandra M. DaDalt
 
Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel

SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY

     We the undersigned officers and directors of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) hereby constitute and appoint Susan J. Lazzo, Michael S. Bloom, James J. Klopper, Sandra M. DaDalt, and Elizabeth B. Love, and each of them singly, our attorneys-in-fact, with full power to any of them, to sign, for each of us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement of Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.) on Form S-3 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and to deliver and file the same, with exhibits thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or his or her substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney may be executed in counterparts.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE
TITLE
DATE
     
     
/s/ Westley V. Thompson
President, SLF U.S. and Director
November 25, 2008
Westley V. Thompson
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
     
/s/ Ronald H. Friesen
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and
November 25, 2008
Ronald H. Friesen
Treasurer and Director
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
     
/s/ Michael K. Moran
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
November 25, 2008
Michael K. Moran
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
     
/s/ Jon A. Boscia
Director
November 25, 2008
Jon A. Boscia
   
     
/s/ Scott M. Davis
Director
November 25, 2008
Scott M.Davis
   
     
/s/ Richard P. McKenney
Director
November 25, 2008
Richard P. McKenney
   
     
/s/ Terrence J. Mullen
Director
November 25, 2008
Terrence J. Mullen
   

* In making this representation the Registrant relies on Instruction 3 to the Signatures requirement for Form S-3 in that, to the extent that the registered securities have not received an investment grade rating, Registrant reasonably believes that such rating will be obtained before the first sale of those securities pursuant to this Registration Statement.